Classic Audiobook Collection - The Complete Golfer by Harry Vardon ~ Full Audiobook [self help]
Episode Date: May 6, 2024The Complete Golfer by Harry Vardon audiobook. Genre: self help Written by legendary champion Harry Vardon, The Complete Golfer is a clear, practical guide to learning and improving the game from the... perspective of one of its great masters. Blending instruction with hard-won experience, Vardon breaks down golf into understandable parts: choosing clubs, building a reliable grip and stance, and shaping a repeatable swing that holds up under pressure. He walks listeners through the full range of shots, from confident driving and controlled iron play to the delicate demands of pitching, chipping, putting, and escaping bunkers and rough. Along the way, he addresses strategy and course management, explaining how to play for position, read conditions, and make smart decisions in both match play and stroke play. More than a mechanics manual, the book explores the mindset of scoring well: concentration, nerves, rhythm, and the discipline to practice with purpose. Whether you are a beginner seeking sound fundamentals or an experienced player looking to sharpen technique, Vardon's straightforward advice and timeless principles offer a complete foundation for better golf. For ad-free listening try our premium subscription Chapters (Approximate) (00:00:00) Chapter 00 (00:03:48) Chapter 01 (00:25:32) Chapter 02 (00:57:01) Chapter 03 (01:21:00) Chapter 04 (01:48:08) Chapter 05 (02:10:26) Chapter 06 (02:36:33) Chapter 07 (02:47:37) Chapter 08 (03:14:53) Chapter 09 (03:39:25) Chapter 10 (03:49:52) Chapter 11 (04:13:54) Chapter 12 (04:37:11) Chapter 13 (05:00:26) Chapter 14 (05:18:02) Chapter 15 (05:46:34) Chapter 16 (06:07:25) Chapter 17 (06:24:49) Chapter 18 (06:39:12) Chapter 19 (07:03:04) Chapter 20 (07:27:14) Chapter 21 (07:53:39) Chapter 22 (08:19:38) Chapter 23 (08:38:22) Chapter 24 Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices
Transcript
Discussion (0)
The Complete Golfer by Harry Varden
Preface
Many times I have been strongly advised to write a book on golf
and now I offer a volume to the great and increasing public
who are devoted to the game.
So far as the instructional part of the book is concerned,
I may say that,
while I have had the needs of the novice constantly in mind
and have endeavoured to the best of my ability
to put him on the right road to success,
I have also presented the full fruits of my experience
in regards to the fine points of the game,
so that what I have written may be of advantage to improve in golfers of all degrees of skill.
There are some things in golf which cannot be explained in writing,
or for the matter of that even by practical demonstration on the links.
They come to the golfer only through instinct and experience.
But I am far from believing that, as is so often said,
the player can learn next to nothing from a book.
If he goes about his golf in the proper manner he can learn very much indeed.
The services of a competent tutor will be necessary to him,
and they must not be understood to suggest that this work can to any extent take the place of that compulsory in most invaluable tuition in the other hand it is next impossible for a tutor to tell a pupil on the links everything about any particular stroke while he is playing it and if he could it would not be remembered
therefore i hope and think that in conjunction with careful coaching by those who are qualified for the task and by immediate and constant practice of the methods which i set forth this book may be of service to all who aspire to
play a really good game. If any player of the first degree of skills should take exception to any of these
methods, I have only one answer to make, and that is that, just as they're explained in the following
pages, they are precisely those which helped me to win my five championships. These are no others I practice
every day upon the links. I attach great importance to the photographs and the accompanying diagrams,
the objects of which are simplicity and lucidity. When a golfer is in difficulty with any particular
a stroke, and the best of us are constantly in trouble with some stroke or other,
I think that a careful examination of the pictures relating to that stroke will frequently
put him right, while a glance at the companion in the How Not to Do It series,
may reveal to him at once the error into which he has fallen and which has hitherto
defied detection.
All the illustrations in this volume have been prepared from photographs of myself in the act
of playing the different strokes on the totterage links last autumn.
Each stroke was carefully studied at the time for absolute exactness, and the picture
now reproduced were finally selected by me from about two hundred which were taken in order
to obtain complete satisfaction i found it necessary to have a few of the negatives repeated after the
wind had set in and there was a slight fall of snow the night before the morning appointed for the purpose
i owe so much everything to the great game of golf which i love very dearly and which i believe
without a superior for deep human in sporting interest that i shall feel very delighted if my complete golfer is found of any benefit to
others who play or about to play, I give my good wishes to every golfer and express the hope to each
that he may one day regard himself as complete. I fear that, in the playing sense, this is an
impossible ideal. However, it may in time be nearly dead in his approach to it. I have especially
to thank Mr. Henry Leach for the invaluable services he has rendered to me in the preparation of the
work. Harry Varden
Totteridge, May 1905
End of Preface, read by Inco
Chapter 1 of The Complete Golfer
This is a Libravox recording
All Libravox recordings are in the public domain
For more information or to volunteer
Please visit Libravox.org
The Complete Golfer by Harry Varden
Chapter 1
Golf at Home
I have sometimes heard good golfers
sigh regretfully
after hauling out on the 18th green, that in the best of circumstances as to health and duration of life,
they cannot hope for more than another 20 or 30 or 40 years of golf,
and they are then very likely inclined to be a little bitter about the good years of their youth
that they may have wasted at some other less fascinating sport.
When the golfer's mind turns to reflections such as these,
you may depend upon it that it has been one of those days when everything has gone right and nothing wrong,
and the supreme joy of life has been experienced on the links. The little white ball has seemed
possessed of a soul, a soul full of kindness, and the desire for doing good. The clubs have seemed
endowed with some subtle qualities that had rarely been discovered in them before. Their lie,
their balance, their whip, have appeared to reach the ideal, and such command has been felt over
them as over a dissecting instrument in the hands of a skillful surgeon. The sun has been shining,
and the atmosphere has sparkled, when, flicked cleanly from the tea, the rubber cord ball
has been sent singing through the air. The drives have all been long and straight, the brassy shots
well up, the approach is mostly dead, and the putts have taken the true line to the tin.
Hole after hole has been done in bogey, and here and there the common enemy has been beaten by a stroke.
Perhaps the result is a record round, and so great as the enthusiasm for the game at this moment,
that it is regarded as a great misfortune that the sun has set, and there is no more light left
for play. These are the times when the golfer's pulse beats strong, and he feels the remorse of the man
with the misspent youth because he was grown up and his limbs were setting before ever he teed a ball.
Well, at least I can say that I have not missed much of the game that I love with a great fondness,
for I played a kind of prehistoric golf when I was a bad boy of seven, and off and on I have
played it ever since. It was fortunate for me that the common land at Jersey was years ago
the ideal thing for a golfing lynx, and that golfers from abroad found out its secret, as they
always do. If they had failed to do so in this case, I might still have been spending my life
in horticultural pursuits, for I was born, on May 9, 1870, and bred in Jersey, at that little place
called Gruville, which is no more than a collection of scattered cottages and farmhouses a few miles
from St. Hilliers. Both my parents were natives of Jersey, and my father, who was 74 on the 5th of
last November, has been a gardener there all his life, holding the proud record of having changed
his place of employment only once during the whole period. There was a big family of us,
six boys and two girls, and all, except one of my sisters, are still alive. My brothers were George,
Phil, Edward, Tom, and Fred, and I came fourth down the list after Edward. As most golfers know,
my brother Tom, to whom I owe very much, is now the professional at the Royal St. George's Club
at Sandwich, while Fred is a professional in the Isle of Man. In due course,
we all went to the little village school, but I fear, from all that I can remember, and from what
I have been told, that knowledge had little attraction for me in those days, and I know that I very
often played truant, sometimes for three weeks at a stretch. Consequently, my old schoolmaster,
Mr. Boomer, had no particular reason to be proud of me at that time, as he seems to have become since.
He never enjoys a holiday so much in these days as when he comes over from Jersey to see me play for the Open Championship, as he does whenever the meeting is held at Sandwich.
But when I did win a championship on that course, he was so nervous and excited about my play and my prospects that he felt himself unequal to watching me.
And during most of the time that I was doing my four rounds, he was sitting in a fretful state upon the
the seashore. I was a thin and rather delicate boy with not much physical strength, but I was as
enthusiastic as the others in the games that were played at that time, and my first ambition was to
excel at cricket. A while afterwards I became attached to football, and I retained some fondness
for this game long after I took up golf. Even after my golfing tour in America a few years ago, when quite at
my best, I captained the Gantin football team and played regularly in its matches.
One day, when I was about seven years of age, a very shocking thing happened at Gruville.
All the people there lived a quiet, undisturbed life, and had a very wholesome respect for the
sanctity of the Sabbath day. But of all days of the week, it was a Sunday when a small party of
strange gentlemen made their appearance on the common land and began to survey and to mark out places
for greens and teas. Then the story went about that they were making preparations to play a game
called golf. That was enough to excite the wrathful indignation of all the tenant farmers roundabout,
and without delay they began to think out means for expelling these trespassers from the common land.
A tale of indignation spread through Gruville, and these golfers, of whom I remember that Mr. Brewster was one,
were not at first regarded in the light of friendship, but they soon made their position secure
by obtaining all necessary authority and permission for what they were about to do from the constable of the parish.
And from that day we had to resign ourselves to the fact that a new feature had entered into the quiet life of
Jersey. The little party went ahead with the marking out of their course, though indeed the natural
state of the place was so perfect from the golfer's point of view that very little work was
necessary, and no first-class golf links was ever made more easily. There were sand and other natural
hazards everywhere. The grass was short and springy, just as it is on all good sea-coast links,
and all that was necessary to do was to put a flag down where each hole was going to be
and run the mower and the roller over the place selected for the putting green.
Rooms were rented at a little inn hard by, which was forthwith rechristened the Golf Inn,
and the headquarters of the Jersey golfers are still at the same place, though a large clubroom
has been added. That was the beginning of the Royal Jersey Golf Club. The low,
links as they were when they were first completed, were really excellent, much better than they
are today. For since then, in order to prevent the sand being blown all over the course by the
strong winds which sweep across the island, the bunkers have in most cases been filled with
clay, which has, to a great extent, spoiled them. When everything was ready, more of these
golfers came across from England to play this new game, which we had never seen before,
and all the youngsters of the locality were enticed into their service to carry their clubs.
I was among the number, and that was my first introduction to the game.
We did not think much of it upon our first experience, but after we had carried for a few
rounds, we came to see that it contained more than we had imagined. Then we were seized with
the desire to play it ourselves and discover what we could do. But we had no links to play upon,
no clubs, no balls, and no money. However, we surmounted all these difficulties. To begin with,
we laid out a special course of our very own. It consisted of only four holes, and each one of them
was only about 50 yards long. But for boys of seven, that was quite enough. We made our teeing grouse,
rounds, smoothed out the greens, and, so far as this part of the business was concerned,
we were soon ready for play. There was no difficulty about balls, for we decided at once
that the most suitable article for us, in the absence of real gutties, was the big white marble
which we called a ta, and which was about half the size of an ordinary golf ball, or perhaps
a little less than that. But there was some anxiety in our juvely.
benile minds when the question of clubs came to be considered, and I think we deserved credit for the
manner in which we disposed of it. It was apparent that nothing would be satisfactory except a club
fashioned on the lines of a real golf club, and that to procure anything of the sort we should have to
make it ourselves. Therefore, after several experiments, we decided that we would use for the purpose
the hardwood of the tree which we called the Lady Oak.
To make a club, we cut a thick branch from the tree,
saw it off a few inches from it,
and then trimmed this piece
so that it had a faint resemblance to the heads of the drivers
we had seen used on the links.
Any elaborate splicing operations were out of the question,
so we agreed that we must bore a hole in the center of the head.
The shaft sticks that we chose and trimmed
were made of good thorn, white or black, and when we had prepared them to our satisfaction,
we put the poker in the fire and made it red hot, then board a hole with it through the head,
and tightened the shaft with wedges until the club was complete. With this primitive driver,
we could get what was for our diminutive limbs a really long ball, or a long ta, as one should say.
In these later days, a patent has been taken out for drivers with the shaft led into the head,
which are, to all intents and purposes, the same in principle as those which we used to make at Gruville.
By and by, some of us became quite expert at the making of these clubs, and we set ourselves to discover ways and means of improving them.
The greater elaboration of such brassies as we had seen impressed us, and we would be able to,
We also found some trouble with our oak heads in that, being green, they were rather inclined to chip and crack.
Ultimately, we decided to sheath the heads entirely with tin.
It was not an easy thing to make a good job of this, and we were further troubled by the circumstance
that our respective fathers had no sympathy with us, and declined upon any account to lend us
their tools. Consequently, we had no option but to wait until the coast was clear, and then
surreptitiously borrow the tools for an hour or two. We called these tin-plated drivers our
brassies, and they were certainly an improvement on our original clubs. Occasionally, a club was
made in this manner which exhibited properties superior to those possessed by any other, as clubs will do
even today. Fourthwith, the reputation of the maker of this club went up by leaps and bounds,
and he was petitioned by others to make clubs for them, a heavy price in taws and marbles being
offered for the service. The club that had created all this stir would change hands two or three
times at an increasing price until it required the payment of four or five dozen marbles to become
possessed of it. But the boy who owned the treasure was looked upon as the Lord of the Manor,
and odds were demanded of him in the matches that we played. We practiced our very elementary
kind of golf whenever we could, and were soon enthusiastic. I remember particularly that many of our
best matches were played in the moonlight. The moon seemed to shine more clearly at Jersey than in
England, and we could see splendidly. Four of us would go out together on a moonlight night to play,
and our little competition was arranged on the metal system by scores. Usually a few marbles were at
stake. To prevent the loss of Taws, one of us was sent ahead to watch for their coming and listen
for the faint thought of their fall, while the other three drove from the tea. Then the three came forward,
while the watcher went back to drive,
and I am sorry to say that our keenness in those days
led us to disregard certain principles of the sportsman's code of honor,
which we appreciated better as we grew up.
What I mean is that the watcher was often handicapped
in a way that he little suspected,
for when he went back to the tea,
and we went forward and found that our balls were not always so well up
as we had hoped,
we gave them a gentle kick forwards, for in the dim light we were able to do this unknown to each other.
But in legitimate play, we often got a three at these 50-yard holes,
and with our homemade clubs, our little white taws, our lack of knowledge,
and our physical feebleness all taken into consideration,
I say we have often done less creditable things since then.
After such beginnings we progressed very well. We began to carry more and more for the golfers who came to Gruville. We found or were given real balls that took the place of the taws, and then a damaged club occasionally came our way and was repaired and brought into our own service. Usually it was necessary to put in new shafts, and so we burnt holes in the heads and put in the sticks as we did with clubs of our own.
make, but these converted clubs were disappointing in the matter of durability. It happened once or twice
that golfers for whom we had been carrying gave us an undamaged club as a reward for our enthusiasm,
and we were greatly excited and encouraged when such a thing happened. I used to carry clubs about
twice a week. I remember that Mr. Molesworth and Dr. Purvis, both well known in the golfing world,
were two players for whom I very often carried,
and only the other day,
when I saw the former at the professional tournament at Richmond,
watching the play,
I was able to remind him of those times
and of a particular shot he once played.
We young caddies were very eager to learn the game thoroughly,
and we were in the habit of watching these golfers very closely,
comparing their styles,
and then copying anything from them that seemed to take our friends,
fancy. I may say at once, in reply to a question that I am often asked, and which perhaps my
present readers may themselves be inclined to put, that I have never in my life taken a single
golfing lesson from anyone, and that whatever style I may possess is purely the result of watching
others play and copying them when I thought they made a stroke in a particularly easy and
satisfactory manner. It was my habit for very many years after these early days, until in fact I had
won the Open Championship, to study the methods of good golfers in this way, and there are few from whom
one is not able to learn something. I cannot say that the play of any one man particularly impressed me.
I cannot point to any player, past or present, and declare that I modeled my style on his.
It seemed to me that I took a little from one and a little from another, until my swing was a
composition of the swings of several players, and my approach shots likewise were of a very
mixed parentage. Of course, when I took a hint from the play of anyone I had been watching,
it required much subsequent practice properly to weld it to my own system. But I think that
this close watching of good players and the borrowing of their styles of all the
information that you think is good, and then constantly practicing the new idea yourself,
is an excellent method of improving your golf, though I do not recommend it as the sole method of learning,
despite the success which I personally have achieved. However, this is a matter for later consideration.
As we were such a large family, and my father's means were very limited,
there was the necessity which is common in such cases for all of the boys to turn out early in life
and do something towards helping the others. And accordingly, I went to work when I was 13.
Some time afterwards, I became Gardner to the late Mayor Spafforth of Beauvue,
who was himself a very keen golfer, and who occasionally gave me some of his old clubs.
Now and then, when he was in want of a partner, he used to take me out to play with him,
and I shall never forget the words he spoke to me one day after we had played one of these matches.
Henry, my boy, he said, take my advice and never give up golf.
It may be very useful to you someday.
Certainly his words came true.
I can only remember about these games that I was in the habit of getting very
nervous over them, much more so than I did later on when I played matches of far more consequence.
I joined a working men's golf club that had been formed, and it was through this agency that I won my
first prize. A vase was offered for competition among the members, the conditions being that six
metal rounds were to be played at the rate of one a month. When we had played five, I was leading by so
very many strokes that it was next to impossible for any of the others to catch me up.
And as just then my time came for leaving home and going out into the greater world of golf,
the committee kindly gave me permission to play my last round two or three weeks before the
proper time. It removed all doubt as to the destination of the prize, which has still one of the
most honored places on my mantelpiece. At that time, my handicap for this
club was plus three, but that did not mean that I would have been plus three anywhere else.
As a matter of fact, I should think I must have been about eight or ten.
By this time, my younger brother Tom had already gone away to learn club-making from Lowe at
St. Anz-on-Sea. He played very much the same game of golf as I did at that time,
and it was his venture and the success that waited upon it that made me determine.
to strike out. While Tom was at St. Anne's, he went on a journey north to take part in a tournament
at Musselberg, where he captured the second prize. Thereupon I came to the conclusion that,
if Tom could do that, then I, too, with a little patience, might do the same. Indeed,
I was a very keen golfer just then. At last, Lowe was summoned to Lord Rippen's place at Rippen,
near Harrogate to lay out a new nine-holes course, and Tom wrote to me saying that they would be
wanting a professional there, and if I desired such an appointment, I had better apply for it without delay.
I did so and was engaged. I was 20 years of age when I left home to assume these duties.
End of Chapter 1. Chapter 2 of the Complete Golfer.
This is the Libre Vox recording.
All Libravox recordings are in the public domain.
For more information or to volunteer, please visit Libravox.org, read by Eiffan,
The Complete Golfer by Harry Varden.
Some reminiscences
No true golfer is satisfied with a little of the game,
but there is no substantial reason why he should not have much of it.
I was greenkeeper as well as professional to the studly royal golf club.
Ripon. But golf did not seem to have taken a very deep route there up to that time.
There was so little of it played that I soon found time hanged heavily upon my hands.
And in the summer, I was reduced to playing cricket, and in fact played more with the bat than I did with the driver.
There were one or two good players on the links occasionally.
And now and then, I had some good games with visitors to the place.
One day after such a match, my opponent remarked very seriously to me.
Harry, if you take my advice, you will get away from here as quickly as you can,
as you don't get half enough golf to bring you out.
I took the advice very much to heart.
I was not unduly conceded about my golf in those days,
and the possibility of being championed at some future time had taken no definite shape in my mind.
but I was naturally ambitious and disinclined to waste any opportunities that might present themselves.
So, when I saw that the Bury Golf Club were advertising for a professional, I applied for the post and got it.
It was by no means a bad nine holes course that I found at Barry, and I was enabled to play much more golf than at Ripon.
While there were some very good amateurs there, Mr. S.F. Butcher being one,
of the best. I was now beginning to play fairly well, and the first professional match of my life
was arranged for me. Alexander Hurd of Huddersfield, being my opponent in this maiden effort,
upon the result of which a stake of a few pounds a side depended. Hurd was by that time a famous
player and accomplishing some very fine golf, so that on paper at all events, the unknown
Barry professional had no chance whatever. So indeed it proved. It was fixed that we were to play
36 holes, home and home, Hurd having the privilege of playing on his own course first. I forget how many
he was up at Huddersfield, but it was so many that I had practically no chance of wiping out
the difference when I brought my opponent to Barry. And in the end he won quite easily.
Sandy heard, as we all call him, and I have had many great matches since then, and many of them
a far greater consequence than this, but I shall never forget this beginning. Neither in those days,
nor in the others that soon followed, when it became clear that I had a chance of becoming champion,
was I ever in the least trouble with nervousness. I was completely cured of my early complaint.
Moreover, I have not known what it is to be nervous even in a championship round when my fate
depended upon almost every stroke, and particularly on those at the last few holes.
The feeling that was almost uppermost in my mind was that I had everything to gain and nothing
to lose.
It is only when a man has everything to lose and nothing to gain that he should become uneasy
about his game.
When you have won a few prizes,
and there are critical eyes upon you.
There may be some excuse for nerves, but not before.
All young players should grasp the simple truth of this simple statement,
but it is surprising how many failed to do so.
No stroke or game ever seemed to cause me any anxiety in those young days,
and my rapid success may have been in a large measure due to this indifference.
In 1893, I decided that I would enter for the Open Champion,
which in that year was played for at Presswick, and I went north in company with my brother Tom,
stopping on our way to take part in the tournament at Kilmacom, which was attended by most of the other professionals.
I did fairly well in this, the first open competition for which I entered,
being bracketed with poor Hugh Kirkcaldy for third place,
but I failed in the championship competition as, of course, I fully experienced.
expected to do. That was Willie Ocdolone's year, and I was some way down the list. I started
in great style, and though I broke down badly later on, there was just a consolation
left for me that after all I did better than my partner, Willie Campbell. There were some curious
circumstances attending the first big success of any kind that I achieved. This was at Patrush
in Ireland, shortly after the championship meeting, and the competition.
was a professional tournament. I was drawn against Andrew Kukaldi in the first round and his
brother Hugh was one of the next pair so it seemed that the two Kukaldis will meet in the
second round. Andrew assumed that that would happen as he had every right to do and he was
heard to remark that it was rather hard luck that the brothers should be set against each
other in this manner so early in the competition. The night before the man,
match play, part of the business commenced.
I was walking down one of the streets of Patrush when I encountered Andrew himself, and in his
own blunt but good-humored way, he remarked, young laddie, do you think you're going
to take the money away with ye?
You've no chance, you can.
I said nothing in reply, because I felt that he spoke the truth.
Next day, a heavy gale was blowing, and I started very cautiously.
The first hole was on the side of a hill, and where my ball lay a yard from the flag, and
I had the next stroke for the hole.
It was trembling in the wind and threatening every moment to start rolling, so I waited
for it to steady itself.
And my waiting exasperated Andrew to such an extent that at length he exclaimed,
Man, the can I call?
Are you going to keep me waiting here and ye?
Then I took the putt and missed it, so the hole was halved.
However, I set about my opponent after that, and had begun to enjoy the game immensely by the time we reached the turn.
At this point, two of the holes read parallel to each other, and as we were playing one of them, we passed Hugh and his partner going up to the other.
Man Andrew, who's the game?
Called our brother Hugh?
Man alive.
I'm five Dune, Andrew replied in tones of distress.
My conscience, Mother Hugh as he passed along.
Andrew was more than five down at the finish of that game.
And in the second round, I had the satisfaction of removing the remaining member of the
Kirkcaldy family from the competition.
While in the semi-final, I beat an old open champion, D. Brown.
But in the final, Her defeated me on the last green, and so I had to be content with the
prize given for runner-up.
Shortly afterwards, I won another prize in a tournament at Ilkley.
This time accounting for herd as well as my brother Tom and many other well-known players.
Tom was professional at Ickley and the course there was a very difficult nine holes.
I did better in the competition for the Open Championship in the following year when the meeting was held as sandwich.
Playing a particularly good game on the second day, when my 80 and 81 were one of the two lowest combined returns, at the finish I was fifth.
and felt very pleased to occupy the position for the excellence of the golf that i witnessed was a surprise to me from sandwich the professionals went on to deal
where a tournament was held in which i managed to secure second place it was her who beat me once again at st andrews in the eighteen ninety five competition i returned the lowest score in the first round but could only tie for the ninth place at the finish
My old friend, J.H. Taylor, who made his first essay to capture the blue ribbon of golf at Presswick at the same time that I did, was a winner at both this and the previous championship meeting.
A few months later, I left Barry for Gantan, Tom, who had been over there with some illy players at the Yorkshire meeting.
having heard that they were in need of a new professional and written to me at once with advice to apply.
Between leaving Barry and going to Gantan, I had three weeks of good golf at Pal in the south of France.
The great and unexpected honor being paid me of an invitation to form one of a small party of professionals
for whom a series of matches and competitions have been arranged there.
Taylor, Hurd, Archie Simpson, Willie Octolone, and Lloyd, the local professional, were the others.
Professional golfers, when they are out together, usually manage to have a pretty good time,
and this occasion was no exception.
Knowing a little French, I was once appointed cashier and paymaster for the party,
but I did not know enough of the language to feel quite at home when large figures were the subject of discussion.
And I remember that the result was an awkward incident at Bordeaux on the return journey.
We were called upon to pay excess fare for the luxury of traveling in the express.
And, failing to understand the ticket collector, I was filling his hand with Franks, one by one,
waiting for them to tell me when he was in possession of the required amount,
but he needed more and more,
and the situation was becoming embarrassing,
when the guard whistled and the train moved off.
If it had not been for that intervention,
we might still have been paying him excess fare.
I went to Gantan, immediately on my return,
and in the spring of that year, 1896,
a match between Taylor and myself was arranged on my new year,
course when I had the satisfaction of winning.
I was looking forward very keenly to the Open Championship that year.
It was at Meirfield and it took place only four or five weeks after this encouraging victory
over Taylor.
In the meantime, I had been a little off my game and when I teed my first ball at Meirfield,
it seemed to me that I was as likely to make a bad drive as a good one.
And I was equally uncertain with all the other clubs in my bag.
But as I happened, I was fortunate enough to be playing well during the competition and was close
up at the end of the first day with Taylor in the next place above me.
The next day I was again playing well and the result was exciting.
Taylor was doing his rounds only a few holes in front of me.
And late in the contest it became apparent that the issue would be left with.
between us. I did not know exactly what I had to do to win until about four holes from the finish.
When someone, who had seen Taylor putt out at the last green, came up to me and told me what
number of strokes was still left for me to play if I were to tie with him.
When I came to the last hole, I had set me what I think was the most anxious problem
that has ever come my way since I first took up golf. I had five strokes left to
play in order to tie with Taylor and give me the right to play off with him for the championship,
and four left with which to win it outright.
It is a fairly long hole, a drive and a good brassy, with a very nasty bunker guarding the
green. Thus, while it was an easy five, it was a difficult four, and the bold golfer who made
his bid for the low figure might possibly be punished with the six. My drive was good,
and then I had to make my choice between the bold game and the sure one.
A championship hung upon the decision.
The prospect of being the winner in less than five minutes was tempting.
The Brassy would give me the championship or nothing.
The iron will admit me to the privilege of playing off with Taylor another day.
I hesitated.
I think I would have taken the iron in any case.
But just when I was longing for an inspiration,
my eye wondered among the spectators some 60 or 70 yards in front of me.
And I caught sight of my friend James K. of Sealand Carew, making frantic efforts to attract my attention,
and pointing with his hand to the ground on the near side of the bunker as a hint to play short.
That settled it.
I played short, got my five, and tied with Taylor with a total score of 316.
The playoff was full of interest,
excitement. Taylor and I were granted permission to take part in the tournament at North
Berwick before we settled the question between us. When at length we teed up again at
Mirfield. I felt as though I were fit to play for anything and started in a way that
justified my confidence, for I picked up a useful lead of five strokes in the first
half dozen holes. After that Taylor settled down to most
brilliant golf and brought my lead down to a single stroke. But at the end of the first round,
I was two to the good. To my exasperation, this lead disappeared with the very first stroke
that I made after lunch. There is a wood running along the left-hand side of the line of the first
hole on this course. With my clique shot from the T, I pulled the ball into this dismal place,
and by the rule in force at the time, I lost two strokes and played again from the T.
Taylor holding out in three to my five.
However, at this crisis, I came out again and won a stroke at each of the next three holes,
and only lost one of them from that point to the 17th.
Two strokes to the good and two holes to go.
That at least seemed good for the championship.
On the 17th Green, my brother Tom, who was carrying my clubs for me, took a lot of trouble to point out the line of a putt, the whole length of the green.
But something prompted me to take an entirely different course, and I hold the putt, gaining another stroke.
There we were, Taylor and I, at the last hole again, but this time we were together, and I had a big advantage over my good friend on this occasion.
There was more mental golf to be played, and though Taylor's ordeal was the more trying,
neither of us had any difficulty in coming to a decision.
My course was clear.
With the lead of three strokes, I had to play four or five, as on the previous occasion,
because it was certain to give me the championship.
Taylor's only chance was to blaze away with both his driver and his brassy,
and trust to getting his second shot so well placed on the green as to secure.
3, which, in the event of my dropping a stroke through an accident in bunker or elsewhere
and taking 6, will enable him to tie.
I obtained my 5 without difficulty, but Taylor's gallant bid for 3 met with an unhappy fate,
for his second shot was trapped in the bunker, and it took him 6 to hole out.
And so, with the score of 157 to Taylor's 161, I was open champion at last,
and for the first time in my life, I felt some emotion as a golfer.
I was two days to speak, and it seemed as if my feet had taken root on the 18th green,
for I don't think I moved for several minutes.
There is a little tale I want to tell about that championship,
illustrating the old saying that golf is a very funny game,
and giving some point to a recommendation that I shall have to make later on,
Never in my life have I putted better than I did in those two rounds.
If, when I had a putt the whole length of the green,
I did not actually rattle it into the tin.
I laid a stone dead on the lip of the hole.
On no green did I take more than two putts.
Yet in various rounds I had played on several days before my putting had been very indifferent.
How came this remarkable change?
It seems to me that it was entirely due to a chance visit that I paid to Ben Sayyer's shop
when I was at North Berwick in the interval between tying with Taylor and playing the deciding
rounds.
I told the clubmaker who was in charge that I was off my putting and wanted a new putter.
Hitherto I had been playing with one of the bent-necked variety.
While I was looking about the shop, my eye was attracted by an old,
clique that lay in a corner, a light and neglected club, for which nobody seemed to have any use.
The strange idea occurred to me that this would make a grand putter, and so I told the man to take
out the old shaft and put a new and shorter one in, and with this process had been completed,
I determined to experiment with it in the playoff with Taylor. I fancied this new discovery of
mind and had confidence in it. And that was why I got all those long putts down and achieved
the golfer's greatest ambition. But though I keep it still and treasure it, I have never
played with that putter since. It has done its duty. I must tell just one other story concerning
this mere field championship. Among the favorites at the beginning of operations were Ben Sayers
and Andrew Kukaldi. And the victory on the part of either of them,
would have been most popular in the north,
as it would have settled the cup on the other side of the Tweed.
Ben was rather inclined to think his own prospects were good.
Someone asked him the day before the meeting,
who was the most likely champion?
Just gave me a one, and I'll show you what it'll be the champion, he replied.
And he had some reason for the implied confidence in himself,
for he knew Meir feel very well,
and no one had better knowledge of how to play the strokes properly there when there was a gale blowing over the course,
and polling and slicing were constantly required.
But neither Ben nor Andrew was as successful as was wished,
and not unnaturally they thought somewhat less of Mirfield than they had done before.
Therefore, it was not fair to ask Kirkcaldy, after the competition had been completed,
what he really considered to be the merits of the course.
course. I was standing near him when the player came up and bluntly asked,
What do you think of Mirfield now, Andrew? Andrew's lip curled as he replied,
No for golf of us, just on Wattelmiti. I'm glad I'm gone home. But the inquirer
must needs ejaculate. Hu-che, she would be very cute. Whatever if you have
pin in Harry Farden's shoes.
There was an exciting finish also to the 1898 Championship, which was held at Presswick.
The final struggle was left to Willie Park and myself, and at the end of the third round,
when Willie was three strokes to the good, it seemed a very likely victory for him.
In the last round, I was playing a hole in front of him, and we were watching each other as cats watch mice the whole way around the lynx.
I made a reckoning when we reached the turn that I helped him.
wiped out the three-strokes deficit, and could now discuss the remainder of the game with
Park without any sense of inferiority. I finished very steadily, and when Park stood on the last
tea, just as I had holed out, he was left to get a three on this 18th hole to tie. His drive
was a beauty, and plop came the ball down to the corner of the green, making the three
seem a certainty. An immense crowd pressed round the green to see these fateful putts,
and in the excitement of the moment I, the next most concerned man to Park himself, was elbowed out.
I just saw his long putt roll up to within about a yard of the hole, which was much too dead for my liking.
Then, while Park proceeded to carry out his ideas of accomplishing a certainty,
I stood at the edge of the crowd, seeing nothing and feeling the most nervous and miserable man alive.
Never while playing have I felt so uncomfortable as during those two or three minutes.
After what seemed an eternity there rose from all round the ring won long disappointed.
I didn't stop to look at the ball, which was still outside the hole.
I knew that I had won the championship again.
so I hastened lightheartedly away. I must admit that Park was playing an exceedingly fine game
at that time, and it was only the fact that I was probably playing as well as ever I did in my life
that enabled me to get the better of him. The day after winning the championship, I gained the
first prize in the tournament at the journeying course of St. Nicholas, and thereafter I frequently
took part in competitions, winning much more often than not.
But the most important event, and the biggest match I ever had with anyone, was my engagement
with Willie Park, who, not altogether satisfied at having missed the championship by a putt,
challenged me to play him home and home matches, 36 holes each time, for a hundred pound
aside.
There was some difficulty in arranging final details, but eventually we agreed to play at North Berwick and Gantan.
North Berwick first.
I have never seen such a golfing crowd as there was at North Berwick the day we played there.
All golfing Scotland seemed to be in attendance.
And goodness knows how many people would have been watching the play if it had not happened
that the lukewarm golfers went instead to Edinburgh to see the Prince of.
of Wales, who was visiting the capital that day, as it was, there were fully 7,000 people
on the links.
And yet this huge crowd, surely one of the very biggest that I have ever watched a golf
match, was perfectly managed and never in the least interfere with a single stroke made
by either park or myself.
The arrangements, indeed, were admirable.
In order to keep the crowd informed of the state of the game at each.
hole, two flags were made, one being white with the red P on it and the other red with
the V worked on in white. When Park won a hole the flag with his initial was hoisted, and
the V was sent up when I won a hole. Both flags being waved when it was a half. At each
teen ground a rope 300 yards long was stretched, and 14 constables and a like
number of honorary officials took control of it in order to prevent any inconvenience at the
dike on the course. A boarding 40 feet wide and 50 yards out of the line from the T to the
hole was erected so that the crowd could walk right over. Mr. C. C. Broadwood, the Gantin
captain acted as my referee and Lieutenant Freddy Tate serve in the same capacity on behalf
of Park. One of the most laborious tasks was that undertaken by the two messrs, Hunter, who
acted as four caddies and did their work splendidly. In two practice rounds that I played
before the Great Encounter opened, I did 76 each time, and I felt very fit when we teed up
on the adventful morning. And I played very steadily too, though my putting was sometimes
a little erratic, and Park is one of the greatest putters who have ever lived.
The early part of the game was very extraordinary in that the first ten holes were halved
in 4-5-4-4-4-4-4-4-4-5-4.
Then Park drew first blood, but in the end I finished two up on the day's play.
When Park came to Gantan three weeks later, I beat him on the two matches by 11 up,
tend to play. Naturally, he was disappointed, but he was very sportsman-like. He was acknowledged to be the
greatest matchmaker of his time. I do not care for myself to lay any more stress on the importance
of this match, or of the value of my own achievement. But those who have taken up golf quite lately
can have no conception of the stir that it caused. It was the event of my lifetime.
The remembrance of this encounter brings forward the question of big money matches generally,
which several people have declared they would like to see renewed.
Fifty years ago, they were common enough,
and there are great stories told of foursums between Alan Robertson and Tom Morris on the one side,
and the brothers done on the other for a stake of 400 pounds, and so on.
The sightseers of golf ask why there are no such matches next.
I think it is because golf professionals have to work too hard for the money they earn,
and they do not care for the idea of throwing it away again on a single match.
They do not receive large benefits or gate money, as do professionals in other branches
of sport.
So they deem best to be careful of their savings.
Besides, such matches tend to create bad feelings among the players, and we professionals
are such a happy family that we do not.
distrust any scheme with such a tendency.
Moreover, golf at the present time is a delightfully pure game, so far as gambling is concerned,
purer than most others, and such matches will very likely encourage the gambling idea.
That would be a misfortune.
I contend that, after all, for the best and fairest and most interesting trial of strength,
there is nothing like a good tournament where each player has to test it.
himself against all comers. Every man plays to win. The golf is generally good, and what more is
wanted. When I won the championship again in the following year as Sandwich, my success was chiefly
due to my brassy play, which was better than it ever was before or has been since. From my brassy
strokes, the ball was often enough laid dead near the hole. Certainly my second shots were always the winning
shots. The game seemed very easy to me then, and I gained the championship for the third time
with less difficulty than on either of the two previous occasions. In 1900, I made a long
tour in America and won the American Championship. Concerning these events, I desired to write
at some length in a later chapter. The greatest success which I have ever achieved in face of
difficulties was when I again became open champion at Presswick in 1903.
For some time beforehand, I had been feeling exceedingly unwell and, as it appeared shortly
afterwards, there was serious trouble brewing. During the play for the championship, I was not
at all myself, and while I was making the last round, I was repeatedly so faint that I thought
it would be impossible for me to finish.
However, when I hold my last putt, I knew that I had won.
My brother Tom was runner-up, six strokes behind,
and glad as I was of the distinction of having equaled the record of the two Morrises
and having won the championship four times.
I could have wished, and did wish, that Tom had been the victor.
In all the circumstances, I was very much surprised that I did so well.
The last day's work was an enormous strain, yet on the following day, I played in the tournament at Irvine, won the first prize, and broke the record of the course.
It is wonderful what golf can be played when one's mind is given to the task, whatever the adverse factors in the case may be.
However, these are the events of recent golfing history, and I have no desire to inflict upon my readers a narrative,
of any more of them.
As nearly as I can reckon,
I have up to date won the first prize in 48 first class tournaments.
And by being four times British Open champion
and once American,
have stilled that record to my credit.
And I hope to play many of my best games in the future,
for it takes longer to kill the golfing a man
than it does to breed it.
End of chapter two.
Chapter 3 of the Complete Golfer.
This is the Libri Box recording.
All Libre Box recordings are in the public domain.
For more information or to volunteer, please visit Libribox.org.
Read by Claire.
The Complete Golfer by Harry Varden.
The Way to Golf
There are different ways of learning to play the great game of golf,
each of which enjoys its share of patronage.
Here is elsewhere.
There are, of course, the two broad division.
into which the methods of doing all things are in the first instances classed, the right way and the wrong way.
And generally speaking, the wrong way has proved the more popular and is accountable for much of the very
bad golf that one sees almost every day upon the links.
There are two mistakes to which the beginner is much addicted, and to them is due the unhappy circumstance
that in so many cases he never gets his club handicap down to single figures.
Before he has ever played golf in his life, but at that interesting period when he has made up his mind to do so,
and as bought his first set of clubs, he is still inclined to make the same error that is made by so many people who know nothing of the game,
and loftily remark that they do not want to know anything, that is too absurdly simple to demand serious thought or attention,
and can truly need no special pains in learning to play.
Is not the ball quite still on the tea before you, and all,
all that is necessary being to hit it. Surely the rest is but a question of strength and accuracy
of aim. Well, we need not waste time in discussing the opinions of the scoffers outside,
or in submitting that there never was a game less easy to learn than golf. But the man who has
been converted to golf most frequently has a vestige of this superstition of his heathen days
lingering with him, and thus at the outset he is not inclined to waste any time, as he would
say intuition, particularly as it happens, that these new converts, when quite fresh, are invariably
most delightfully enthusiastic. They have promised themselves a new sensation, and they are eager to get
on the links and see how much further than the 200 yards that they have heard about they can drive
at the first attempt or two. Then comes the inevitable disappointment, the despair, the inclination
to give it up, and finally the utter abject despondency, which represents.
presents the most miserable state on earth of the golfer, in which he must be closely watched
lest he should commit murder upon the beautiful set of clubs, of which at the beginning he was so
proud, in which he spent his evenings in brightening to the degree that they resembled the family
plate. Then after this passage through purgatory come the first gleams of hope, when two
holes in succession have been done in only one over bogey, and a 24 handicapped man has actually been
beaten by three up and two to play, a conquest which, if it is the first one, is rarely forgotten
in the golfer's lifetime. After that, there is a steady settling down to mediocrity. There's
afterwards only an occasional fit of despair. The game is for the most part thoroughly enjoyed.
There are times when, after a round in which driving and putting have been rather better than usual,
the golfer encourages himself over his cup of tea with the fancy that after all he may someday win a
and become a senior. But in the main, the conviction forces itself upon him that it is impossible
that he can ever become a really fine player. He argues that this is not at all his own fault.
He points out to himself that circumstances are too strong for him. He considers that he is not
very young, at least not so young as many of the experts of his club who have been golfing
ever since they were boys. His limbs have not that suppleness which makes the scratch player. His
is not so keen as theirs. Besides, he is a businessman who has to give up so much of his time to the
earning of his daily bread that it is impossible he should ever devote himself to the game
with that single-mindedness, which alone can ensure proficiency. He must take himself as he finds
himself, and be that satisfied with his 18 handicap. These are the somewhat pathetic excuses
that he makes in this mood of resignation. Of course he is wrong, wrong from the beginning to the end,
but there is little satisfaction in that for the Ernst lover of the game who would see all men excel,
and who knows only too well that this failure is but a specimen of hundreds of his kind,
good golfing lives thrown away, so to speak.
If a man is not a cripple, if he suffers from no physical defect,
there is no reason why he should not learn to play a good game of golf if he goes about it in the right way.
There is indeed a one-armed golfer who plays a very fairer.
game, and one may admit all these things without in any way suggesting that golf is not a game
for the muscles and the nerves and all the best physical qualities of a well-groomed man.
No great amount of brute force is necessary, and fleetness of foot which men lose as they grow old
is never wanted, but still golf is a game for manly men, and when they take it up, they should
strive to play it as it deserves to be played. Now I know what severe temptation there will be to all
beginners to disregard the advice that I'm about to offer them. But before proceeding any further,
I will invite them to take the opinion of any old golfer who, chiefly through a careless
beginning, he knows that is the cause, has missed his way in the golfer's life, and is still
plotting away as near the limit handicap as he was at the beginning. The beginner may perhaps be
disposed to rely more upon the statement of this man of experience and disappointment than on that of the
professional, who is too often suspected of having his own ends in view whenever he gives advice.
Let the simple question be put to him whether, if he could be given the chance of doing it all
over again from the beginning, he would not sacrifice the first three or six months of play
to diligent study of the principles of the game, and the obtaining of some sort of mastery over
each individual shot under the careful guidance of a skilled tutor, not attempting during this time
a single complete round with all his clubs in action, and refusing all temptations to play a single match,
whether he would not undergo this slow and perhaps somewhat tedious period of learning
if he could be almost certain of being able at the end of it to play a really good game of golf,
and now at this later period of his career, to have a handicap much nearer the scratch mark than his existing one,
is to the borderline between the senior and the junior.
I am confident that in the great majority of cases, looking back on his misspent golfing youth,
he would answer that he would cheerfully do all this learning if he could begin again at the
beginning. Now, of course, it is too late, for what is once learned can only with extreme
difficulty be unlearned, and it is almost impossible to reform the bad style and the bad habits
which have taken root and been cultivated in the course of many years. And if it were possible,
it would be far more difficult than it would have been to learn the game properly at the beginning.
My earnest advice to the beginner is to undergo the slow process of tuition for nothing less than three months,
and preferably more. It is a very long time, I know, and it may seem painfully tedious work,
simply knocking a ball backwards and forwards for all those months. But if he does not accept my suggestion,
he will have harder things to try his patience during many years afterward,
while, if he takes my advice, he may be down very near to scratch at the end of his first year,
and he will be very thankful that he spent the period of probation as he did.
He will constantly be given a half to players who have been playing for more years than he has months,
and he will be holding his own in the very best golfing company.
He will be getting the finest delight out of the game that it is possible to get.
It is said that the long-handicab man gets as much pleasure out of the game as the short-handicap man.
As the former has never been a short-handicap man, he is evidently not qualified to judge.
The Scratchman, who has been through it all, would never change his scratch-play for that of his old, long, handicapped days.
At least I have never yet met the Scratchman who would.
No doubt the noble army of Fuslers derive an immense amount of enjoyment from the practice of their game,
and it is my earnest prayer that they may long continue to do so.
It is one of the glorious advantages of golf that all, the skilled and the unskilled,
can revel in its fascinations and mysteries,
but there is no golfing delight so splendid as that which is obtained from playing the perfect game,
or one which nearly approaches it.
The next best thing to it is playing what one knows to be an improving game, however bad,
and the golfer whose play has been incorrectly established has not often even
in the knowledge that his game is improving. He declares more often than not that it gets worse,
and one is frequently inclined to believe him. Now, the middle-aged man may say that he is too old
to go in for this sort of thing, that all he wants is a little fresh air and exercise,
and as much enjoyment as he can get out of playing the game in just the same sort of way that
the other old crocs do. He would rather play well, of course, if it were not too late, to begin,
but it is too late, and there is an end of it. That is the way in which he puts it.
So large a proportion of our new converts to golf belong to this middle-aged class,
that it is worth giving a few special words of advice to them.
Mr. 40 and Mr. 45, you are not a day too old, and I might even make scratchmen of you
if I were to take you in hand and you did all the things I told you to do and for as long as I
told you. Given fair circumstances, there is no reason why any man should despair of becoming
either scratch player or one who is somewhere very near it, and it is as easy to learn to play well
as it is to learn to play badly. So I advise every golfer to get hold of the game, stroke by
stroke, and never be too ambitious at the commencement. I have heard it stated on very good
authority that when Mr. Balfour first began to play, he submitted himself to very much the same
process of tuition as that which I'm about to advise, and that under the guidance of Tom Dunn,
he actually spent a miserable fortnight in bunkers, only learning how to get out of them from
every possible position. The right, honorable gentleman must have saved hundreds of strokes
since then as the result of that splendid experience, trying as it must have been. He is in these
days a very good and steady player, and he might be still better if parliamentary cares did not weigh so
heavily upon him. I may humbly suggest that the way in which he began to play golf was characteristic of his
wisdom. Therefore, when the golfer has become possessed of his first set of clubs, let him proceed to the shop of a
good professional player. Presumably it will be the shop where he bought his clubs, and let him place
himself unreservedly in the hands of this expert in the game. Most professionals are good players and
good teachers, and the golfer cannot go far wrong in this matter if he allows himself to be guided
by his own instincts. I say that he should place himself unreservedly in this man's hands,
but in cases it should be necessary, I would make one exception to this stipulation.
If he thinks well of my advice and desires to do the thing with the utmost thoroughness from the
beginning, he may request that for the first lesson or two no ball may be put upon the ground
at which to practice swings. The professional is sure to agree that this is the best way,
though we encounter so few beginners who are prepared to make all the sacrifices that I have suggested,
that he might have hesitated in recommending this course of procedure himself.
A golfer swing is often made for good or ill in the first week of his experience.
His first two days of practice may be of the greatest importance in fashioning his style.
If, when he takes his first lesson or two, and makes his first lesson or two,
his first few swings, he has a ball on the ground before him, which he is trying to hit. All his thoughts
will be concentrated on what appears to him to be the necessity of hitting it, hitting it at any cost.
No matter what he has been told about the way to swing, he will forget it all in this moment
of anxiety and swing anyhow. In such circumstances, a really natural and proper swing is
rarely accomplished. And before the golfer is aware of the frightful injustice he has done himself,
his future prospects will probably have been damaged. But if he has no ball before him, he will
surely learn to swing his club in exactly the way in which it ought to be swung. His whole mind
will be concentrated upon getting every detail of the action properly regulated and fixed
according to the advice of his tutor. And by the time he has had two lessons in this way,
he will have got so thoroughly into the natural swing that when he comes to have a ball teed up in front of him,
he will unconsciously swing at it in the same manner as he did when it was absent, or nearly so.
The natural swing, or some of its best features, will probably be there,
although very likely they will be considerably distorted.
At the same time, the young golfer must not imagine,
because he has mastered the proper swing when there is no ball before him,
that he has overcome any considerable portion of the difficulties of golf, for even some of the very
best players find that they can swing very much better without a ball than with one. However,
he may now taste the sweet pleasure of driving a ball from the tea, or of doing his best with that
object in view. His initial attempts may not be brilliant. It is more than likely that they will be
sadly disappointing. He may take comfort from the fact that in 99 cases out of 100, they are so.
but by and by a certain confidence will come. He will cease under the wise advice of his tutor
to be so desperately anxious to hit the ball anyhow so long as he hits it, and then in due course
the correctness of swing which he was taught in his first two days will assert itself, and the
good clean-hit drives will come. There will be duffings and toppings and slicing, but one day
there will be a long straight drive right away down the course, and the Tyro will be told that the
professional himself could not have done it better. This is one of the most pleasurable moments in life.
His system of practice thereafter should be upon the following lines. He should continue to practice
diligently with his driver until he gets these good long balls nearly every time,
sternly resisting the temptation even to so much as look at any of the other nice new clubs that he
has got in his bag, and whose mysteries he is exceedingly curious to investigate. It may take him a week
or a fortnight or a month to master the driver, but he should do it before he gives a thought
to any other club. When he can use the driver with confidence, he may take out his new
Brassy and go through the same process with that, until he feels that on a majority of occasions
from a fairly decent lie, he could depend upon making a respectable Brassy shot. He will find
unsuspected difficulties in the Brassy, and in doing his best to overcome them, he will probably
lose to some extent the facility for driving which he had acquired. Therefore, when he's become a
player with his brassy, he should devote a short space of time to getting back onto his drive.
It will not take him long, and then he should take out both the clubs he has been practicing
with and hammer away at the two of them together. Until after a large amount of extra practice,
he finds that he is fairly reliable in driving a ball from the T to begin with and putting it
in a credible second shot with his brassy from the lie upon which he found his ball.
During the second stage of learning, he must deny himself the pleasure of trying his iron clubs
just as rigorously as he restrained himself from the brassy when he was practicing drives only.
But when the driver and the brassy are doing well, he may go forward with a clique.
He will not find this learning such dull work after all.
There will be something new in store for him every week, and each new club that is taken out of the bag
will afford an entirely new set of experiences.
After the driver and the brassy, it will be like a new game when he comes to try clique shots,
and in the same way he will persevere with the clique until it is evident that he really knows how to use it.
The driver, the brassy, and the clique may then be practiced with on the same occasion,
and if he has made the next best use of his time and as an apt pupil,
he will find himself now and then with these three shots taken in turn,
getting beyond the green at some of the longest holes.
Next it will be the turn of the iron,
and so in due season he will be able to practice
with the driver, the brassy, the cleek, and the iron.
The mashie will follow, and then the five of them together,
and at last he may have an afternoon on the green
trying his skill with a putter,
and listening for the first time to the music of the ball.
No such music as this to the golfer's ear,
though it consists of but a single note
as it drops into the tin and is holed out at last.
He is at work now with all the clubs that are usually necessary to play a hole,
but at the risk of seeming over-careful, I would warn him once more against going along too fast,
and thinking that even at this stage he is able to embark on match play
with all the days of studentship left behind.
When he takes out his full set of clubs, he will find, in using them as occasion demands,
that he is strangely erratic all of the sudden with one or two.
of them. Let him have half an hour's practice once more alone with these troublesome fellows
until the old order of things has been restored. Let him treat all the other offenders in the same
manner. He must be determined that there shall not be a club in his bag that shall be allowed to
play these tricks with him. Let one day's hard labor be the invariable penalty, until at last
they are all obedient in his hands, and the joyful day comes when he feels that he can pick any
tool out of his golfing bag and use it skillfully and well, and that after examining a ball in any
lie, at any distance from the hole, or with any hazard before him, he knows exactly how it should
be played, and feels that he has a very reasonable chance of playing it in that way and achieving
the success that such a shot deserves. Such a stroke will not be brought off correctly every time.
The golfer has not yet been born who always does the right thing in the right way. But the more
one practices, the more frequently he will succeed. Following Mr. Balfour's good example, the beginner
may do worse than spend a few days trying the most difficult strokes he can discover on his links.
For an actual play, he will find himself in these difficult places often enough to begin with,
and a little special study of such shots at the outset will prove a very valuable investment of time.
The ball should be thrown down carelessly at different places and should be played from the spot at which it settles,
however uninviting that spot may be.
When he has secured a fair command over all his clubs, from the driver to the Niblich,
the golf student may play a round of the links, but he should do so only under the watchful eye of the professional.
For he will find that in thus marching on from hole to hole,
and perhaps getting a little excited now and then when he plays the hole more than usually well,
it is only too easy to forget all the good methods in which he has been so carefully trained,
and all the wise maxims he knows so well by heart that he could almost utter them in his sleep.
Let him play a few rounds in this way, and in between them devote himself as assiduously as ever to practice with individual clubs,
before he thinks of playing his first match.
He must settle his game on a secure foundation before he measures his strength against an opponent,
for unless it is thus safeguarded, it is all too likely that it will crumble to runes when the enemy is going strongly,
and the novice feels, with a sense of dismay, that he is not by any means doing himself justice.
Of course, I am not suggesting that he should wait until he has advanced far towards perfection
before he engages in his first match.
When he has thoroughly grasped the principles and practice of the game,
there is nothing like matchplay for proving his quality,
but he should not be in haste thus to indulge himself.
Any time from three to six months from the day when he first took a club in hand will be quite soon enough,
And if he has been a careful student and is in his first match not overcome with nerves,
he should render a good account of himself and bring astonishment to the mind of his adversary
when the latter is told that this is his first match of a lifetime.
During the preparatory period, the golfer will be wise to limit his practices to three or four days a week.
More than this will only tire him and will not be good for his game.
I have only now to warn him against a constant attempt, natural but very harmful,
to drive a much longer ball every time than was driven at the previous stroke.
He must bring himself to understand that length comes only with experience
and that it is due to the swing becoming gradually more natural and more certain.
He may see players on the links driving 30 or 40 yards further than he has ever driven
and wondering why he is seized with a determination to hit harder
and then the old, old story of the foozle drive is told again.
He forgets that these players are more experienced than he.
he is, that their swing is more natural to them, and that they are more certain of it. In these
circumstances, the extra power which they put into their stroke is natural also. To give him an
exact idea of what it is that he ought to be well satisfied with, I may say that the learner
who finds that he is putting just two or three yards onto his drive every second week may cease
to worry about the future. For as surely as anything, he will be a long driver in
good time. In the course of this volume, there are several chapters describing the way in which
the various strokes should be played, but I am no believer in learning golf from books alone. I do not
think it likely that the professional teacher who is giving the pupil lessons will disagree with
any of the chief points of the methods that I explain, and read in conjunction with his frequent
lessons at the beginning of his golfing career, and later on studied perhaps a little more
closely and critically, I have hoped that they will prove beneficial. At all events, as I have
already suggested in the following pages, I teach the system which has won championships for me,
and I teach that system only. It is perhaps too much to hope, after all, that any very large
proportion of my readers will make up their minds to the self-sacrificing thoroughness, which I have
advocated, and undertake a careful preparation of from three to six months duration before really
attempting to play golf. If they all did, so we should have some fine new players, it is because
they do not learn to play in this way that so few good players are coming to the four in these days.
One is sometimes inclined to think that no new golfer of the first class has come forward during
the last few years. In my opinion, it is all due to the fact that nowadays they learn their game
too casually. End of Chapter 3.
Chapter 4 of the Complete Golfer.
This is a Libravox recording.
All Libravox recordings are in the public domain.
For more information or to volunteer, please visit Libravox.org.
The Complete Golfer by Harry Varden.
Chapter 4, The Choice and Care of Clubs.
A good golfer loves his clubs and takes a great and justifiable pride in them.
He has many reasons for doing so.
Golf clubs are not like most other implements that are used in sport.
A man may go to a shop and pick out a cricket bat or a billiard cue, with which he may be tolerably certain he will be able to play something approaching to his best game when he is in the mood for playing it.
The acquaintance which has begun in the shop is complete a few days later, but a man may see a golf club which he strongly fancies and buy it, and yet find himself utterly incapable of using it to good advantage.
He may purchase club after club and still feel that there is something wanting in all of them,
something which he cannot define, but which he knows ought to exist of his own peculiar style of play,
is to be perfectly suited.
Until he finds this club, he is groping in the dark.
One driver may be very much like another, and even to the practiced eye, two irons may be exactly similar,
but with one the golfer may do himself justice, and with the other constant failure.
Therefore, the acquisition of a set of clubs, each one of which enjoys the complete confidence of its owner,
is not the task of a week or even a year.
There are some golfers who do not accomplish it in many years, and happy are they when at last they have done so.
Then they have a very sincere attachment to each one of these instruments,
that have been selected with so much difficulty.
It is not always possible to give reasons for their excellence,
for the subtle qualities of the clubs are not visible to the naked eye.
their owners only know that at last they have found the clubs that are the best for them,
and that they will not part with them for any money, that is, if they are golfers of the true breed.
In these days, I always play with the same set of irons.
They are of different makes, and to the average golfer they appear quite ordinary irons,
and very much like others of their class.
But they are the results of trials and tests of more than 100 clubs.
Therefore, no golfer in his early days should run away with the idea that he is going to suit
himself entirely with a set of clubs without much delay. And though his purse may be a small one,
I feel obliged to suggest that money spent in the purchase of new clubs which he strongly fancies
during his first few years of play is seldom wasted. Many of the new acquisitions may be
condemned after a very short trial, but occasionally it will happen that a veritable treasure
is discovered in this haphazard manner. With all these possibilities in view, the beginner,
knowing nothing of golf, and being as yet without a style to suit or any peculiar tastes that
have to be gratified, should restrain himself from the desire to be fully equipped with a complete
outfit at the very beginning of his career. Let him buy as few clubs as possible, knowing that it is
quite likely that not one of those which he purchases at this stage will hold a place in his
bag a year or two later. As he can have no ideas at all upon the subject, he should leave the
entire selection of his first bag to some competent advisor, and he will not generally find such an
advisor behind the counter at a general athletic outfitting establishment in the town or city,
which too often is the direction in which he takes his steps when he has decided to play the game.
In these stores, the old and practiced golfer may often pick up a good club at a trifling cost,
but the beginner would be more likely to furnish himself with a set which would be poor in
themselves and quite unsuited for his purpose. The proper place for him to go is the
professional's shop, which is attached to the club of which he has become a member. Nearly all clubs
have their own professionals, who are makers and sellers of clubs, and I know no professional
who is not thoroughly conscientious in this part of his business. It pays him to give the
completest satisfaction to his clients, and particularly to the members of his own club. This
professional is also a first-class golfer, who knows all, or nearly all, that there is
is to be known about the game, and who in his time had imposed upon him the difficult task of
teaching hundreds of beginners their first steps in golf. Thus he knows better than any man the
erratic tendencies of the golfing initiate and the best means of counteracting them.
Experience has given him the faculty for sizing up the golfing points of the tie-row almost at the
first glance, and therefore he can supply him at the beginning with those clubs with which
certainly he will have the most chance of success. He will suit his height and he will. He will suit his height and
his build and his reach, and he will take care that the clubs in the set which he makes up
are in harmony with each other, and will have that lie which will best suit the player who is to use
them. And even though when the beginner gathers knowledge of the game and finds out his own style,
which neither he nor the professional can determine in advance, some of them may gradually
become unsuitable to him, they are nevertheless likely to be in themselves good clubs.
A beginner may at the outset limit himself to the purchase of six new clubs. He must
have a driver, a brassy, a clique, an iron, a mashy, and a putter. At an early opportunity,
he may add a niblick to this small set, but there is no need to invest in it at the outset.
And as this club is one which is least likely to require change, it is best that it should not
be bought until the player has some ideas of his own as to what is wanted. By way of indicating
what will be needful to make this set complete for the purposes of good golf, when the player
has obtained a fairly complete experience, I may mention the instruments that I take out when
playing an important match. I have two drivers, one brassy, a baffy or spoon, two cleaks, one shorter
than the other, an iron, sometimes one mashy, sometimes two, one for running up, and the other for
pitch shots, a niblick, and sometimes two putters, one for long running up putts, and the other
for holing out. This selection may be varied slightly according to the course on which the match is to be
played in the state of the weather, but in general principles the constitution of the bag remains the
same, and a player who is equipped with such a set ought to be able to play any hole in any way,
and if he cannot do so, his own skill that is lacking, and not an extra club. We may now consider
in order a few of the points of these clubs. I shall have occasion when dealing with the method
of play with each of them to call attention to many points of detail, which can only be
properly explained when indicating particular objects which it is desired to achieve with them,
so for the present I shall confine myself chiefly to general features. Take the driver to begin with,
and the preliminary word of advice that I have to offer concerning the choice of this club
is at variance with the custom of the present moment, though I am confident that before long
the golfing world will again come round to my view of the matter, not my view only, but that
of many of the leading amateur and professional players.
One of the problems which agitate the mind of the golf club maker
deals with the best and most effectual method of attaching the head of the club to the shaft.
For a very long period, this was done by what we call scarring or splicing,
the neck of the club, having a long bevel which was spliced with the shaft
and bound round for several inches with black twine.
Laterally, however, a new kind of club has become the fashion
with all but the oldest and most experienced players,
and it is called the socket driver.
The continuation of the neck of this club is shorter than in the case of the splice driver,
and instead of there being any splicing at all, a hole is bored vertically into the end of the neck,
and the shaft fitted exactly into it, glued up and finally bound round for less than an inch.
This club certainly looks neater than the old-fashioned sort,
and the man who is governed only by appearances might very easily imagine
that it is really more of one piece than the other,
that the union of the shaft with the head has less effect upon the play of the club,
and that therefore it is better.
But experience proves that this is not the case.
What we want that this all-important part of the driver is spring and life.
Anything in the nature of a deadness at this junction of the head with a shaft,
which would, as it were, cut off the one from the other,
is fatal to a good driver.
I contend that the socket brings about this deadness
in a far greater degree than does the splice.
The scarred or old-fashioned drivers have far more spring in them than the new ones,
and it is my experience that I can constantly get a chance,
truer and a better ball with them. When the wood of the shaft and the wood of the neck are delicately
taper to suit each other, filed thin and carefully adjusted, wood to wood for several inches,
and then glued and tightened up to each other with twine for several inches, there is no sharp
join, whatever, but only such a gradual one as never makes itself felt in practice.
Moreover, these clubs are more serviceable and will stand much more wear and tear than those
which are made with sockets. Sometimes they give trouble when the glue loose.
but the socketed club is much easier to break. On club links generally, in these days,
you will probably see more socketed drivers and brassies, for these remarks apply to all wooden
clubs than those that are spliced. But this is simply the result of a craze or fashion with
which neat appearance has something to do, and if you desire to convince yourself that I am right,
take note of the styles of the drivers used by the best players at the next first-class amateur
or professional tournament that you witness. The men who are playing on these occasions are
ripe with experience, and so long as they get the best results, they do not care what their
clubs look like. The head of the club should be made of persimmon or dogwood, but very hard and
full of driving power. Usually the bare face of such a club is good enough for contact with any
ball and any tea, but the time will come when the golfer, developing innumerable fads and fancies,
will reach the conclusion that he must have an artificial face of some kind fitted on at the place
of contact with the ball, or such an artificial face may become necessary by reason of the wear
and tear on the face of the driver. Why forsake the old leather face? There is an idea abroad in
these days that it is too soft and dead for the purposes of the new rubber cord ball, and the
impression that the latter likes the very hardest surface it is possible to apply to it has resulted
in horn, vulcanite, and even steel faces being fitted to drivers and brassies. I do not think that
in actual practice there any better than leather, though some golfers may persuade themselves that they are.
If a man, who is a good and steady driver, makes several drives from the tea with a club which
has a leather face, and several more with another possessing a steel or vulcanite face,
I am confident that he will, on the average, get at least as far with the leather as with the other,
and I shall be surprised if the test is fair and reliable if he does not get further.
I have leather faces on my drivers, and I think that latterly I have been driving further than I ever did.
A point of objection to the harder surfaces, which at times is very serious,
is that the ball is very much more liable to skid off them than off others,
and thus the golfer may often blame himself for shots that look like a mixture of fuzzle and slice,
when the fault is not his at all, but that of the peculiarity of the club with which he is so much in love.
On the other hand, it must be admitted that he scores over his opponent with the leather face,
when the weather is wet, for the leather is then liable to soften and becomes very dead.
Never select a club because it has a long head, but let your preference be in favor of the shorter
heads. The beginner, or the player of only moderate experience, puts it to himself that it is a very
difficult thing always to strike the ball fairly on the face of the club, and that the longer the
face is, the more room he has for inaccuracy of his stroke. But he is wrong. Whatever the length
of the face, unless the ball is hit fairly and squarely in the center, it will not travel
properly, and the effect is really worse when the point of contact is a little off the center
in a long-faced club than when it is the same distance removed from the center of a short face.
Moreover, despite this fact, which will soon become apparent to the golfer, the knowledge that
he has a long-faced driver may very easily get him into a loose way of playing his t-shots.
He may cease to regard exactness as indispensable, as it always is.
The tendency of late years has been to make the heads of wooden clubs shorter and still shorter,
and this tendency is well justified.
The question of the whip or suppleness of the shaft must generally be decided by individual style and preference.
But I advise the beginner against purchasing a wippy driver to start with, whatever he may do later on.
He should rather err on the side of stiffness.
When a man is well on his drive, has a good style, and is getting a long ball from the tea every time,
it is doubtless true that he obtains better results from a shaft with a little life in it than from a stiff one.
But the advantage is not by any means so great, as might be imagined,
and many fine players drive their best balls with stiff gloves.
It must always be remembered that when the stroke is not made perfectly,
there is a much greater tendency to slice with a supple shaft and with a stiff one,
and the disadvantages of the former are especially pronounced on a windy day.
It is all a matter of preference and predilection.
And when these are absent, the best thing to do is to strike the happy medium and select a shaft that is fairly supple,
but which still leaves you in the most perfect command of the head of the club,
and not as if the latter were connected to your hands by nothing more than a slender rush.
Weight, again, is largely a matter of fancy,
and there is no rule to the effect that a slender player should use a light club,
and one of powerful build a heavy one.
Indeed, one constantly finds the slim men employing the most ponderous drives,
as if, as it were, to make up for their own lightness, while heavy men will often prefer clubs
that are like penholders to them. Once more, I suggest the adoption of the medium as being
generally the most satisfactory. I have a strong dislike to drivers that are unusually light,
and I do not think that anyone consistently get the best results from them. They entail too much
swinging, and it is much harder to guide the club properly when the weight of the head cannot be felt.
Of course, a club that is strongly favored by a golfer and suits him,
excellently in all respects, save that it airs on the side of lightness, can easily be put right
by the insertion of a little lead in the soul. Little need be said in this place about the selection
of the brassy. Whatever may be the amount of whip in the shaft of the driver, the brassy should not
possess any undue suppleness, for it has heavier and rougher work to do than the club which is
used for the t-shots, and there must be very little give in the stick if satisfactory results
are to be obtained when the ball is lying at all heavily.
The head in the face should be small, but in other respects the pattern of the driver should be closely
adhered to, for it is one of the principles of my tuition that when the golfer takes his
brassy in his hand to play his second shot, he should be brought to feel as nearly as possible
that he is merely doing the drive over again.
Many authorities recommend that the shaft of the brassy shall be an inch or so shorter
than that of the driver, but I can see no necessity for its being shorter, and on the other hand,
for the reason I have just stated, I think it is eminently desirable that it should be exactly the same length.
On this point I shall have more to say in another chapter.
Care should be taken that both the Brassy and the driver have exactly the same lie.
That is to say, that when the souls of both clubs are laid quite flat upon the ground,
the shaft shall be projecting towards the golfer at precisely the same angle.
If they have not the same lie, then if the player takes up the same stance at the same distance from the ball
when making a brassy shot is when he struck the ball from the tea with his driver,
the soul of the club will not sweep evenly along the turf as it comes onto the ball,
and the odds will be against a good shot being made.
I'm a strong believer in having reserved drivers and brassies,
even if one is only a very moderate golfer.
Everybody knows what it is to suffer torture during the period
when one is said to be off his drive,
and I think there is no remedy for this disease like a change of clubs.
There may be nothing whatever the matter with the club,
you have been playing with, and which at one time gave you so much delight, but which now seems
so utterly incapable of dispatching a single good ball despite all the drastic alterations
which you make in your methods. Of course, it is not at all the fault of the club, but I think
that nearly everybody gets more or less tired of playing with the same implement, and at length
looks upon it with familiar contempt. The best thing to do in such circumstances is to give it a rest,
and it will soon be discovered that absence makes the heart grow fonder in this matter,
as in so many others. But the reserve clubs which are taken out while the first stringer resting
should be in themselves good and almost as exactly suitable to the player's style as the others.
It is a mistake to take up a club which has been regarded as a failure and in which one has
no confidence. Therefore, I suggest that so soon as the golfer has really found his style
and is tolerably certain about it and the exact kind of club that he likes best,
he should fit himself up with both a spare driver and a spare brassy,
and give them each a turn as occasion demands.
It is hardly necessary to add that whenever an important game is being played,
considerable wisdom will be exercised if the reserves are taken out in the bag,
along with the clubs, with which it is intended to play.
For though breakages are not matters of everyday occurrence,
they do happen sometimes, and nothing would be more exasperating in such a contingency
than the knowledge that for the rest of the game,
you would be obliged to play your T-shots with your brassy,
or your brassy shots with your clique.
The driving cleek, for long shots, should have a fairly straight face with very little loft upon it.
It should have a thick blade, should be fairly heavy, and its shaft should be stout and stiff.
This makes a powerful club, with which some fine long work can be accomplished.
I am inclined to think that one reason why so many players find it extremely difficult to get good work out of their cliques,
is that they use them with heads too thin and light.
A large proportion of the cleaks one sees about are too delicate and ladylike.
It is sometimes expected of a clique that it will dispatch a ball for, say, 160 yards,
and no club will do that no matter how skillful a golfer who wields it may be,
unless there is sufficient weight in it.
A second cleek, which will be found in the bag of the experienced golfer,
will have a thinner blade and much more loft upon it,
but in other respects will be very much like the other one, though not nearly so heavy.
This instrument is for the shorter cleek-shot distances,
which are just so long that an iron cannot reach them.
There is great diversity in irons, and the player may be left in the first place in the hands of his professional advisor,
and afterwards to his own taste with a single hint for me that undue lightness should at all times be avoided.
Of the two mashies which the complete golfer will carry out with him onto the links,
one for pitching the ball well up, with very little run to follow, will have a deep face,
which will be a medium weight and be very stiff in the shaft.
I emphasize the deep face and the rigidity of the shaft,
This mashie will also have plenty of loft upon it.
The other one, for use chiefly in running up to the hole, will have a straighter face,
but will otherwise be much the same.
However, not all golfers consider two mashies to be necessary,
and I myself depend chiefly upon one.
Of the niblick, it need only be said that it must be strong, heavy, and well lofted.
I have stated that the golfer may carry two putters in his bag,
but I mean that he should do so only when he has a definite and distinct purpose for each of them.
and I certainly do not advise his going from one kind to the other for the same sort of putt.
There is great danger in such a practice.
If he is doing a very poor putting with one club, he will naturally fly for help to the other one,
and the probability is that he will do just as badly with that.
Then he returns to the first one, and again finds that his putts do not come off,
and by this time he is in a hopeless quandary.
If he has only one putter, he will generally make some sort of success of it if he can putt at all,
and my private belief is that the putter itself has very little to do with the way in which a golfer puts.
It is the man that counts and not the tool.
I have tried all kinds of putters in my time, and have generally gone back to the plainest and simplest of all.
I have occasionally used the aluminum putter.
It has much to recommend it to those who like this style of implement,
and braid always does very well with it.
The Travis or Schenectady putter, which was so popular for a short time after the amateur championship last year,
owing to the American player having done such wonderful things with it, I do not succeed with.
When I try to put with it, I cannot keep my eye away from its heel.
But the fact is, as I have already indicated, that you can putt with anything if you hit the ball properly.
Everything depends on that, hitting the ball properly, and no putter that was ever made
will help you to hole out if you do not strike the ball exactly as it ought to be struck.
While if you do strike it, any putter will hole out for you.
The philosophy of putting is simple, but is rarely appreciated.
The search for the magic putter that will always pop the ball into the hole
and leave the player nothing to do will go on forever.
One other observation that I have to make on clubs in general
is that I think it is a mistake to have the shafts any longer than is absolutely necessary.
Some golfers think that an iron or a clique is just the right length for them
when there are still a few inches of stick projecting inwards,
towards their bodies, when they have made their green.
grip. Why that spare stick? It cannot possibly be of any use, and may conceivably be harmful.
It is surely better to have it cut off and then to grip the club at the end of the handle.
A larger sense of power and control is obtained in this manner. My own clubs seem to most
golfers who examine them to be on the short side, and this is a convenient opportunity for
giving a few details concerning my favorites, which may prove of interest to the readers of these notes.
I should prefix the statement with the observation that I am five feet nine and a quarter inches
in height and that I normally weigh 11.5 stones. Young players who might be inclined to adapt their
clubs to my measurements should bear these factors in mind, though seem to be of something like
average height and build. Here then are the statistics of my bag. Driver, 42 inches in length,
12 and 3 quarter ounces. Brassy, 42 inches, 12 and a half ounces. Driving mashy, 38 inches, 14 and a half ounces.
Driving clique, 37 inches, 13.5 ounces.
Light cleek, 37 inches, 13.5 ounces.
Iron, 35 and a half inches, 15 and a quarter ounces.
Mashy, 36.5 inches, 15 and a quarter ounces.
Niblich, 37 inches, 19 ounces.
Pudder, or putting cleek, 33 and a half inches, 15 ounces.
Each measurement was made from the heel to the end of the shaft.
I have two explanations to make concerning this list of dimensions.
I have included the driving mashy, of which I have said nothing in this chapter.
It is an alternative club, and it is better that it should be discussed exclusively in its proper place,
which is when clique shots are being considered.
Again, on making a critical examination of these measurements,
the golfer of a little experience will promptly ask why my mashie is an inch and a quarter longer than my iron.
It is longer because one has sometimes to play high lofting shots over trees and the like,
and in such cases the loft of the mashie is necessary and a considerable amount of power as well,
hence the extra stick.
As I have said, the collection of a set of clubs that conform and essentials to their owner's ideal
is a very slow and often expensive process.
A club that was bought in the shop for six shillings might have cost its owner six sovereigns,
when the many unsatisfactory and discarded articles that were bought while this one perfect gem was being searched for taken into account.
Therefore, it behooves the man, who is to any extent satisfied with his clubs,
to take a proper pride in them and look well after them.
I like to see a golfer play with bright irons and shafts that give evidence of tender and affectionate care.
It jars upon one's nerves to see rusty irons and mashies,
which have evidently not been clean for months,
and which are now past hope.
Such a man does not deserve to have good clubs, nor to play good strokes with them.
But many golfers, even when they have a tender and careful regard for the excellent merits of their favorites,
seem to imagine that the beginning and end of their duty towards them is to keep their irons bright
and free from the slightest semblance of rust.
More often than not, the shaft is never given a thought,
and yet a perfect shaft that just suits the man who has to play with it
is one of the rarest and most difficult things to discover.
It would be difficult to replace it, and to keep it in its best condition it needs constant care and attention.
An unreasoning golfer may play with his clubs on wet days, see that the irons are brightened afterwards,
and store his collection in his locker without another thought concerning them.
And then sometime later, when he is out on the lynx, snap goes one of his shafts,
and confound that rotten wood, he exclaims.
But it is not a case of rotten wood at all.
When shafts are constantly allowed to get wet and are afterwards merely wiped with a rag,
and given no further attention, all the life dries out of the wood, and they are sure to break
sooner or later. It should be your invariable practice when you have been out on a wet day,
first to see that your shafts are well-dried, and then to give them a thoroughly good oiling
with linseed oil, applied with a rag kept specially for the purpose. This will keep them in excellent
condition. The tops of the clubheads may be oiled in the same way, but extreme care should be
taken that not a drop of oil is allowed to touch the face of the wooden clubs. It would tend to
open the grain, and then when next you played in the wet, the damp would get inside the wood and
cause it gradually to rot. I counsel all golfers when playing in wet weather to have covers or
hoods attached to their bags, so that the heads of their instruments may always be kept in
shelter. This will do much for their preservation, and at the same time add materially to the
satisfaction of the player, for he can never feel that he has the means to do himself justice
on the T when the head of his driver is in a half-soaked state. No player, whatever his abilities
as a golfer, should refrain from exercising this precautionary measure because he has seen only the
very best players doing so, and because he fancies it may be regarded by his friends as affectation.
The fact that it is chiefly the best players who do these things only indicates that they
know better than others what is due to their clubs and how to look after them. There is no
affectation in copying their methods in this respect.
End of Chapter 4. Chapter 5 of The Complete Golfer.
This is a Libravox recording. All Libravox recordings are in the public domain.
For more information or to volunteer, please visit Libravox.org.
The Complete Golfer by Harry Varden.
Driving. Preliminaries.
It has been said that the amateur golfers of Great Britain are in these days suffering
from a debauchery of long driving.
The general sense of Mr. Travis's remark is excellent,
meaning that there is a tendency to regard a very long drive
as almost everything in the playing of a whole,
and to be utterly careless of straightness and the short game
so long as the ball has been hit from the T to the full extent of the golfers' power.
A long drive is not by any means everything,
and the young golfer should resist any inclination
to strive for the 250-yard ball
to the detriment or even the total neglect of other equally important,
though perhaps less showy considerations in the playing of a whole.
But having said so much and conveyed the solemn warning that is necessary,
I am obliged to admit that the long driver has a very full justification for himself,
and that the wisely regulated ambition of the young player to be one is both natural and laudable.
The long drive, as I say, is not everything,
but to play well, it is as necessary to make a good drive as to hold a short put,
or nearly so, from the golfer who does not drive well, a most marvelous excellence is required in the short game
if he is to hold his own in good company or ever be anything more than a long handicap man.
The good drive is the foundation of a good game, and just as one and one make two,
so it follows that the man who drives the longer ball has the rest of the game made easier and more certain for him.
This apart, there is no stroke in golf that gives the same amount of pleasure as does the perfect drive,
of the ball from the tea, none that makes the heart feel lighter, and none that seems to bring
the glow of delight into the watching eye as this one does. The man who has never stood upon the
tea with a sturdy rival near him and driven a perfect ball, the hands having followed well
through and finished nicely up against the head, while the little white speck in the distance,
after skimming the earth for a time, now rises and soars upwards, clearing all obstacles,
and seeming to revel in its freedom and speed, until at last it dips grace,
back to earth again. I say that the man who has not done this thing has missed one of the joys of
life. I have heard the completest sportsmen say that there are very few things in the entire world of
sport that can be compared with it, and none that is superior. So now, let us get on to our drive.
In the first place, the driver must be selected, and the hints I have already given upon the choice
of clubs will serve tolerably well in this respect. Let it only be said again that the golfer should do
his utmost to avoid extremes in length or shortness. One hears of the virtues of fishing rod drivers,
and the next day that certain great players display a tendency to shorten their clubs. There is nothing
like the happy medium, which has proved its capability of getting the longest balls. The length of the
club must, of course, vary according to the height of the player. For what would be a short driver
for a six-foot man would almost be a fishing rod to the diminutive person who stands but five
feet high. Let the weight be medium also, but for reasons already stated, do not let it air on the
side of lightness. The shaft of the club should be of moderate suppleness. As I have said, if it is too
wippy, it may be hard to control, but if it is too stiff, it leaves too much hard work to be done by the
muscles of the golfer. Practicing what I preach, my own drivers are carefully selected for this
delicate medium of suppleness of shaft, and when a stick is found that is exactly perfect, it is well
worth great care forever. Also, I reiterate that the head of the club should not be too large.
Driving is not thereby made any easier, and carelessness is encouraged. The face should not be
quite vertical. If it were, only the top edge, and not the full face would be seen when the
stance had been taken, and the clubhead was resting upon the tea in its proper place.
There must be just so much loft that the face can be seen when the golfer is ready and in
position for the swing, but avoid having too much loft filed on the club as a fancied remedy for
driving too low and getting into all the bunkers. You do not fail to get the ball up because there is
not sufficient loft on the club, but because you are doing something wrong which can easily be
remedied. While, on the other hand, be very careful of the fact that as you add loft to the face of the
driver, so at the same time you are cutting off distance and losing both power and the delightful sense of it.
When the weather is wet, it is a good plan to chalk the face of the club, as this counteracts the tendency of the ball to skid from it.
T, the ball low, rejecting the very prevalent but erroneous idea that you are more certain of getting it away cleanly and well when it is poised high off the ground.
The stroke that sweeps the ball well away from the low T is the most natural and perfect, and it follows that the ball properly driven from this low T is the best of all.
Moreover, one is not so liable to get too much underneath the ball and make a feeble shot
into the sky, which is one of the most exasperating forms of intellectual effort in the whole
range of golf.
Another convincing argument in favor of the low tea is that it preserves a greater measure
of similarity between the first shot and the second, hoping to make the latter with the
brassy almost a repetition of the first, and therefore simple and comparatively easy.
If you make a high tea, when you come to play your second stroke with your brassy, you
will be inclined to find fault with even the most perfect brassy lies, when the ball is so well held
up by the blades of grass that the best possible shot with this far-sending club should be the result.
If you are favored with an ordinary brassy lie, you imagine the ball to be in a hole, exclaim
that you are badly cupped, and call out vexatiously for an iron.
This is the regular result of playing from a high tea, whereas when the low one is systematically
adopted, the difference between the play with the driver and with the brassy from a good lie is
inconsiderable. The brassy is used more frequently, and the results are regularly better. As I have already
suggested, one of the principles of my long game is to make the play with the brassy as nearly
similar to that with the driver as possible, and a low T is the first step in that direction. There are
wide variations in the stances adopted by different players. The extremes of one sort or another
are usually the result of bad habits contracted in the early stages of initiation into the mysteries of the game.
Sometimes the ball is seen opposite the toe of the left foot. At others, it is far away to the right.
Either of these players may get long balls constantly, but it is in spite of the stance and not because of it,
for they are contending against a handicap all the time, and have unconsciously to introduce other mannerisms
into their play to counteract the evil which a bad stance inevitably brings about.
It is certain that if they had driven in the easier way from their youth upwards, they would,
in their golfing prime, have been getting longer balls than those with which they are, after all,
apparently satisfied.
But I have already admitted generally, and here again admit in a specific instance, the dissatisfaction
and even danger that is likely to accrue from an attempt to uproot a system of play,
which has been established in an individual for many years.
One can only insist upon the necessity of starting well, and plead earnestly to any
readers who may not yet be far advanced in their experience of the game, to see that their play is
based on wise and sure foundations. There is nothing of my own discovery or invention in my stance for
the drive. It is simply that which is theoretically and scientifically correct, being calculated,
that is, to avoid the greatest freedom of movement to the arms, legs, and body in the swinging
of the club, so that the strength may be exerted to the fullest advantage at the right moment,
and continued in its effect upon the ball for the longest possible period.
First then, as to distance from the ball.
The player should stand so far away from it that when he is in position and the club face is resting
against the teed ball, just as when ready to strike it, the end of the shaft shall reach
exactly up to his left knee when the ladder is ever so slightly bent.
In this position, he should be able, when he has properly gripped the club, to reach the
ball comfortably and without any stretching, the arms indeed being not quite straight out,
but having a slight bend at the elbows, so that when the club is waggled in the perlimb
address to the ball, plenty of play can be felt in them. I must now invite the player who is following
me in these remarks to give his attention simultaneously to the photograph of myself, as I have taken
my stance upon the T for an ordinary drive, with the object of getting the longest ball possible
under conditions in all respects normal, and to the small diagram in the corner of the picture,
giving all the measurements necessary to a complete understanding of the position. I may point out again that
my height is 5 feet 9.5 inches, and that the length of my driver from the heel to the end of the
shaft is 42 inches. My stature being medium, the majority of players who desire to follow my
suggestions, will be able to do so without any altering of the measurements given in these diagrams.
And indeed, until any variation in height one way or the other becomes considerable, there is no
necessity to vary them. Remember that in this and all subsequent illustrations, the line marked A points
to the direction in which it is desired that the ball should travel,
and that the B-line, over which the player stands, is at right angles to it.
Those who wish at this moment to examine the stance in the most practical manner,
and to compare it with that which they have been in the habit of playing from,
need hardly be informed that at the corners of nearly every carpet
there are rectangular lines, either in the pattern or made by borders,
which may be taken to represent those in the diagram,
and a penny placed at the junction will stand for the ball.
It will be observed that for the most lucid and complete exposition of the stances,
in this and in all subsequent cases, the diagrams have been turned about,
so that here the player has, as it were, is back to the reader,
while in the photographs he is, of course, facing him.
But the stances are identical.
The diagrams have been drawn to scale.
It will be noticed in the first place that I have my toes turned well outwards,
the pivoting which is necessary, and which will be described in due course as done naturally,
and without any effort when the toes are pointed in this manner.
While it is a mistake to place the feet too near each other,
there is a common tendency to place them too far apart.
When this is done, ease and perfection of the swinger destroyed,
and power is wasted, whilst the whole movement is devoid of grace.
It will be seen that my left foot is a little, but not much, in advance of the ball.
My heel, indeed, is almost level with it,
being but an inch from the B-line at the end of which the ball is teed.
The toe, however, is 9.5 inches away from it.
All measurements in this case and others being taken from the exact center of the point of the toe.
The point of the right toe is 19 inches distant from the B line,
and while this toe is 27.5 inches from the A line, the other is 34 inches from it,
so that the right foot is 6.5 inches in advance of the left.
After giving these measurements, there is really little more to explain about the stance,
particularly, as I shall show shortly how variations from it,
almost certainly bring about imperfect drives.
Theoretically, the reason for the position is, I think, fairly obvious.
The right foot is in advance of the left,
so that at the most critical period of the stroke,
there shall be nothing to impede the follow-through,
but everything to encourage it,
and so that at the finish, the body itself can be thrown forward
in the last effort to continue the application of power.
It would not be in a position to do so
if the left foot were in front to bar the way.
The position of the ball, as between the right foot and the left,
such that the club will strike it just at the time when it is capable of doing so to the utmost
advantage, being then, and for the very minute portion of a second, during which ball and
club may be supposed to remain in contact, moving in as nearly as possible a straight line
and at its maximum speed. Now comes the all-important consideration of the grip. This is another
manner in which the practice of golfers differs greatly, and upon which there has been much
controversy. My grip is one of my own invention. It differs materially from most others,
and if I am asked to offer any excuse for it, I shall say that I adopted it only after a
careful trial of all other grips of which I had ever heard, that in theory and practice I find
it admirable, more so than any other, and that in my opinion it has contributed materially to
the attainment of such skill as I possess. The favor which I accord to my method might be
viewed with suspicion if it had been my natural or original grip, which came naturally or
accidentally to me when I first began to play as a boy. So many habits that are bad being contracted
at this stage and clinging to the player for the rest of his life. But this was not the case,
for when I first began to play golf, I grasped my club in what is generally regarded as the orthodox
manner, that is to say, across the palms of both hands separately, with both thumbs right round the
shaft, on the left one at all events, and with the joints between the thumbs and first fingers
showing like two Vs over the top of the shaft. This is usually described as the 2V grip, and it is the
one which is taught by the majority of professionals to whom the beginner appeals for first
instruction in the game. Of course, it is beyond question that some players achieve very fine
results with this grip, but I abandoned it many years ago in favor of the one that I consider to be
better. My contention is that this grip of mine is sounder in theory and easier in practice,
tends to make a better stroke and to secure a straighter ball, and that players who adopt it
from the beginning will stand a much better chance of driving well at an early age than if they
went in for the old-fashioned 2V. My grip is an overlapping, but not an interlocking one.
Modifications of it are used by many fine players, and it is coming into more general practice,
as its merits are understood and appreciated. I use it for all my strokes, and it is only when
putting that I vary it in the least, and then the change is so slight as to be scarcely noticeable.
It will be seen at once that I do not grasp the club across the palm of either hand, the
club being taken in the left hand first, the shaft passes from the knuckle joint of the first finger
across the ball of the second. The left thumb lies straight down the shaft, that is to say,
it is just to the left of the center of the shaft, but the following are the significant,
significant features of the grip. The right hand is brought up so high that the palm of it
covers over the left thumb, leaving very little of the ladder to be seen. The first and
second fingers of the right hand just reach round to the thumb of the left, and the third finger
completes the overlapping process, so that the club is held in the grip as if it were in a vice.
The little finger of the right hand rides on the first finger of the left. The great advantage
of this grip is that both hands feel and act like one, and if, even while sitting in his chair,
a player who has never tried it before will take a stick in his hands in the manner I have described.
He must at once be convinced that there is a great deal in what I say for it.
Although, of course, if he has been accustomed to the two Vs,
the success of my grip cannot be guaranteed at the first trial.
It needs some time to become thoroughly happy with it.
We must now consider the degree of tightness of the grip by either hand,
for this is an important matter.
Some teachers of golf and various books of instruction inform us that we should grasp
the club firmly with the left hand, and only lightly with the right, leaving the former to do the
bulk of the work, and the other merely to guide the operations. It is astonishing with what
persistency this error has been repeated. For error, I truly believe it is. Ask any really first-class
player with what comparative tightness he holds the club in his right and left hands, and I am
confident that in nearly every case he will declare that he holds it nearly, if not quite as
tightly with the right hand as with the left. Personally, I grip quite as firmly with the right
hand as with the other one. When the other way is adopted, the left hand being tight and the right
hand, simply watching it, as it were, there is an irresistible tendency for the ladder to tighten
up suddenly at some part of the upward or downward swing, and, as surely as there is a ball on the
T, when it does so, there will be mischief. Depend upon it the instinct of activity will prevent the
right hand from going through with a swing in that indefinite state of looseness. Perhaps a yard from the
ball in the upward swing, or a yard from it when coming down, there will be a convulsive grip of the right
hand, which, with an immediate acknowledgement of guilt, will relax again. Such a happening is usually fatal.
It certainly deserves to be. Slicing, pulling, scoffing, and the foundering of the innocent globe.
All these tragedies may at times be traced to this determination of the right hand, not to be ignored,
but to have its part to play in the making of the drive.
Therefore, in all respects, my right hand is a joint partner with the left.
The grip of the first finger and thumb of my right hand is exceedingly firm,
and the pressure of the little finger on the knuckle of the left hand is very decided.
In the same way, it is the thumb and first finger of the left hand
that have most of the gripping work to do.
Again, the palm of the right hand presses hard against the thumb of the left.
In the upward swing, this pressure is gradually decreased,
until when the club reaches the turning point, there is no longer any such pressure.
Indeed, at this point the palm and the thumb are barely in contact.
This release is a natural one and will or should come naturally to the player for the purpose
of allowing the head of the club to swing well and freely back.
But the grip of the thumb and the first finger of the right hand,
as well as that of the little finger upon the knuckle of the first finger of the left hand,
is still as firm as at the beginning.
As the club head is swung back again towards the ball, the palm of the right hand and the thumb of the left gradually come together again.
Both the relaxing and the re-tightening are done with the most perfect graduation, so that there shall be no jerk to take the club off the straight line.
The easing begins when the hands are about shoulder high and the club shaft is perpendicular, because it is at this time that the club begins to pull, and if it were not let out in the manner explained, the result would certainly be a half-shot or very little more.
than that, for a full and perfect swing would be an impossibility. This relaxation of the palm
also serves to give more freedom to the wrist at the top of the swing, just when that freedom
is desirable. I have the strongest belief in the soundness of the grip that I have thus explained,
for when it is employed, both hands are acting in unison and to the utmost advantage, whereas it often
happens in the 2V grip, even when practiced by the most skillful players, that in the downward swing
there is a sense of the left hand doing its utmost to get through, and of the right hand holding
it back. There is only one other small matter to mention in connection with the question of grip.
Some golfers imagine that if they rest the left thumb down the shaft, and let the right hand
press upon it, there will be a considerable danger of breaking the thumb, so severe as the
pressure when the stroke is being made. As a matter of fact, I have quite satisfied myself that
if the thumb is kept in the same place, there is not the slightest risk of anything of the kind.
Also, if the thumb remains immovable, as it should, there is no possibility of the club turning in the
hands as so often happens, in the case of the 2V grip, when the ground is hit rather hard,
a pool or a slice being the usual consequence. I must be excused for treating upon these matters
at such length. They are often neglected, but they are of extreme importance in laying the foundations
of a good game of golf. In addressing the ball, take care to do so with the center of the face of the
club, that is, at the desired point of contact. Some awkward eccentricities may frequently be observed
on the T. A player may be seen addressing his ball from the toe of the driver, and I have even
noticed the address being made with the head of the club quite inside the ball, while in other cases
it is the heel of the club which is applied to the object to be struck. The worthy golfers who are
responsible for these freaks of style, no doubt imagine that they are doing a wise and proper thing,
and in the most effectual manner counteracting some other irregularity of their method of play,
which may not be discoverable, and which is in any case incurable.
Yet nothing is more certain than that another irregularity must be introduced into the drive
in order to correct the one made in the address.
To the point at which the club is addressed, it will naturally return in the course of the swing,
and if it is to be guided to any other than the original place,
there must be a constant effort all through the swing to affect this change in direction,
and most likely somewhere or other there will be a sufficient jerk to spoil the drive.
In the case where the ball is addressed with the toe of the club,
the player must find it necessary almost to fall on the ball in coming down,
and it is quite impossible for him to get his full distance in such circumstances.
A waggle of the head of the club is a preliminary before commencing the swing
is sometimes necessary after the stance and grip have been taken,
but every young golfer should be warned against excess in this habit.
With the stance and grip arranged, the line of the shot in view, and a full knowledge of what is required from the stroke,
there is really very little more that needs thinking about before the swing is taken.
One short preliminary waggle will tend to make the player feel comfortable and confident.
But some golfers may be observed trying the patience of all about them by an interminable process of waggling,
the most likely result of which is a duffed shot, since when at last the stroke is made,
the player is in a state of semi-cadapalepsy, and has no clear idea of what he is going to do
or how he is going to do it. In addressing the ball, and during the upward and downward
swings until it has been safely dispatched, the sight should be kept riveted. Not on the top
of the ball as is customary, but upon the ground immediately to the right of it. To the point
where the gaze is fixed, the head of the club will automatically be guided. That is why you are
told to keep your eye on the ball, but you do not want to hit the top of the ball. So look to the
side where you do want to hit it.
End of chapter 5.
Chapter 6 of The Complete Gopher.
This is a LibriVox recording.
All LibriVox recordings are in the public domain.
For more information or to volunteer, please visit LibriVox.org.
The Complete Golfer by Harry Varden.
Driving the swing of the club.
Now let us consider the upward and downward swings of the club
and the movements of the arms, legs, feet, and body in relation to them.
As a first injunction, it may be stated that the club should be drawn back rather more slowly
than you intend to bring it down again.
Slow back is a golfing maxim that is both old and wise.
The club should begin to gain speed when the upward swing is about half made,
and the increase should be gradual until the top is reached,
but it should never be so fast that control of the club is to any extent lost at the turning point.
The head of the club should be taken back fairly straight from the ball, along the A line, for the first six inches, and after that any tendency to sweep it round sharply to the back should be avoided.
Keep it very close to the straight line until it is halfway up.
The old St. Andrews' style of driving largely consisted in this sudden sweep round, but the modern method appears to be easier and productive of better results.
So this carrying of the head of the club upwards and backwards seems to be a very simple matter,
capable of explanation in a very few words.
But, as every golfer of a month's experience knows, there is a long list of details to be attended to,
which I have not yet named, each of which seems to vie with the others in its attempt to destroy
the effectiveness of the drive.
Let us begin at the top, as it were, and work downwards, and first of all, there is the head of the
golfer to consider. The head should be kept perfectly motionless from the time of the address until
the ball has been sent away and is well on its flight. The least deviation from this rule means
a proportionate danger of disaster. When a drive has been badly fuzzled, the readiest and most usual
explanation is that the eye has been taken off the ball, and the wise old men who have been
watching shake their heads solemnly and uttered that parrot cry of the lynx. Keep your eye on the ball.
certainly this is a good and necessary rule so far as it goes,
but I do not believe that one drive in a hundred is missed because the eye has not been kept on the ball.
On the other hand, I believe that one of the most fruitful causes of failure with the T-shot is the moving of the head.
Until the ball is gone, it should, as I say, be as nearly perfectly still as possible,
and I would have written that it should not be moved to the extent of a 16th of an inch,
but for the fact that it is not human to be so still,
is always inclined to the human side. When the head has been kept quite still and the club has
reached the top of the upward swing, the eyes should be looking over the middle of the left
shoulder, the left one being dead over the center of that shoulder. Most players at one time
or another, and the best of them when they were little off their game, fall into every trap that
the evil spirits of golf lay for them and unconsciously experience a tendency to lift the head
five or six inches away from the ball while the upward swing is being taken. This is often what
is imagined to be taking the eye off the ball, particularly as, when it is carried to excess,
the eye, struggling gallantly to do its duty, finds considerable difficulty in getting a sight of the
ball over the left shoulder and sometimes loses it altogether for an instant. An examination of the
photograph showing the top of the swing will make it clear that there is very little margin for the
moving of the head if the ball is to be kept in full view for the whole of the time. In the upward swing,
the right shoulder should be raised gradually. It is unnecessary for me to submit any instruction
on this point, since the movement is natural and inevitable, and there is no tendency toward excess,
but the arms and wrists need attention. From the moment when the club is first taken back,
the left wrist should begin to turn inwards, that is to say, the movement is in the same
direction as that taken by the hands of a clock, and so turn away the face of the club from the ball.
When this is properly done, the toe of the club will point to the source,
sky when it is level with the shoulder and will be dead over the middle of the shaft.
This turning or twisting process continues all the way until at the top of the swing,
the toe of the club is pointed straight downwards to the ground.
A reference to plate 7 will show that this has been done, and that as a result the left wrist
finishes the upward swing underneath the shaft, which is just where it ought to be.
When the wrist has not been at work in the manner indicated, the toe of the club at the top of the drive
will be pointing upwards. In order to satisfy himself properly about the state of affairs thus far
in the making of the drive, the golfer should test himself at the top of the swing
by holding the club firmly in the position which it has reached, and then dropping the right hand
from the grip. He will thus be unable to look right round, and if he then finds that the maker's
name on the head of the club is horizontal, he will know that he has been doing the right
thing with his wrists, while if it is vertical, the wrist action has been altogether wrong.
During the upward swing, the arm should be gradually let out in the enjoyment of perfect ease and freedom,
without being spread-eagled away from the body,
until at the top of the swing the left arm from the shoulder to the elbow is gently touching the body and hanging well down,
while the right arm is up above it and almost level with the club.
The picture indicates exactly what I mean,
and a reference to the illustration showing what ought not to be the state of affairs generally when the top of the swing is reached,
should convince even the various beginner how much less comfortable is the position of the arms in this instance than when the right thing has been done,
and how laden with promise is the general attitude of the player in the latter position as compared with his cramped state in the former.
I think I ought to state partly injustice to myself, and partly to persuade my readers, that the best way in this case, as in all others, is the most natural,
that I found it most inconvenient and difficult to make such extremely inaccurate switch,
as those depicted in this and other photographs of the How Not to Do It series,
although they are by no means exaggerations of what are seen on the links every day,
even players of several years experience being constantly responsible for them.
In the upward movement of the club, the body must pivot from the waist alone,
and there must be no swaying, not even to the extent of an inch.
When the player sways in his drive, the stroke he makes as a body stroke, pure and simple.
The body is trying to do the work the arm,
arms should do, and in these circumstances it is impossible to get so much power into the stroke as if it were properly made, while once more the old enemies, the slice and the pull, will come out from their hiding places with their mocking grin at the unhappy golfer.
The movements of the feet and legs are important.
In addressing the ball, you stand with both feet flat and securely placed on the ground, the weight equally divided between them, and the legs so slightly bent at the knee joints as to make the bending scarcely noticeable.
This position is maintained during the upward movement of the club until the arms begin to pull at the body.
The easiest and most natural thing to do then, and the one which suggests itself,
is to raise the heel of the left foot and begin to pivot on the left toe,
which allows the arms to proceed with their uplifting process without let or hindrance.
Do not begin to pivot on this left toe ostentatiously, or because you feel you ought to do so,
but only when you know the time has come and you want to,
and do it only to such an extent that the club can reach the full extent of the swing without any difficulty.
While this is happening, it follows that the weight of the body is being gradually thrown onto the right leg,
which accordingly stiffens until at the top of the swing it is quite rigid,
the left leg being at the same time in a state of comparative freedom,
slightly bent in toward the right, with only just enough pressure on the toe to keep it in position.
To the man who has never driven a good ball in his life, this process must seem very tedious.
All these things to attend to and something less than a second in which to attend to them.
It only indicates how much there is in this wonderful game, more by far than any of us suspect or shall ever discover.
But the time comes, and it should come speedily, when they are all accomplished without any effort,
and, indeed, to a great extent, unconsciously.
The upward swing is everything.
If it is bad and faulty, the downward swing will be wrong and the ball will not be properly driven.
If it is perfect, there is a splendid prospect of a long and straight drive,
carrying any hazard that may lie before the T.
That is why so very much emphasis must be laid on getting this upward swing perfect,
and why comparatively little attention need to be paid to the downward swing,
even though it is really the effective part of the stroke.
Be careful not to dwell at the turn of the swing.
The club has been gaining in speed right up to this point,
and though I suppose that, theoretically, there was a pause at the turning point, lasting for an infinitesimal portion of a second,
the golfer should scarcely be conscious of it.
He must be careful to avoid a sudden jerk, but if he dwells at the top of the stroke for only a second,
or half that short period of time, his upward swing and all its perfection will have been completely wasted,
and his stroke will be made under precisely the same circumstances and with exactly the same disadvantages,
as if the club had been poised in this position at the start.
and there had been no attempt at swinging of any description.
In such circumstances, a long ball is an impossibility,
and a straight one a matter of exceeding doubt.
The odds are not very greatly in favor of the ball being rolled off the teeing ground,
so don't dwell at the turn.
Come back again with the club.
The club should gradually gain in speed from the moment of the turn
until it is in contact with the ball,
so that at the moment of impact its head is traveling at its fastest pace.
After the impact, the club head should be allowed to follow the ball
straight in the line of the flag as far as the arms will let it go, and then having done everything
that is possible, it swings itself out at the other side of the shoulders. The entire movement
must be perfectly smooth and rhythmical. In the downward swing, while the club is gaining speed,
there must not be the semblance of a jerk anywhere such as would cause a jump or a double swing
or what might be called a cricket stroke. That, in a few lines, is the whole story of the
downward swing. But it needs some little elaboration of detail.
In the first place, avoid the tendency, which to some extent natural, to let the arms go out or away from the body as soon as the downward movement begins.
When they are permitted to do so, the clubhead escapes from its proper line and a fault is committed which cannot be remedied before the ball is struck.
Knowing by instinct that you are outside the proper course, you make a great effort at correction.
The face of the club is drawn across the ball and there is one more slice.
The arm should be kept fairly well in during the latter half of the downward swing, both elbows almost grazing the body.
If they are properly attended to when the club is going up, there is much more likelihood of their coming down all right.
The head is still kept motionless, and the body pivots easily at the waist.
But when the club is halfway down, the left hip is allowed to go forward a little, a preliminary to, and preparation for, the forward movement of the body which is soon to begin.
The weight is being gradually moved back again from the right leg to the left.
At the moment of impact, both feet are equally weighted and are flat on the ground, just as they were when the ball was being addressed.
Indeed, the position of the body, legs, arms, head, and every other detail is, or ought to be,
exactly the same when the ball is being struck as they were when it was addressed.
And for that reason, I refer my readers again to the photograph of the address as the most correct position of everything at the moment of striking.
After the impact, the weight is thrown onto the left leg, which stiffens while the right toe pivots and the knee bends just as its partner did in the earlier stage of the stroke, but perhaps to a greater extent, since there is no longer any need for restraint.
Now pay attention to the wrists.
They should be held fairly tightly.
If the club is held tightly, the wrist will be tight and vice versa.
When the wrists are tight, there is little play in them and more is demanded of the arms.
I don't believe in the long ball coming from the wrists.
In defiance of principles which are accepted in many quarters,
I will go so far as to say that, except in putting,
there was no pure wrist shot in golf.
Some players attempt to play their short approaches with their wrists
as they had been told to do.
These men are likely to remain at long handicaps for a long time.
Similarly, there is a kind of superstition
that the elect among drivers get in some peculiar kind of snap,
a momentary forward-pushing movement, with their wrists at the time of impact,
and that it is this wristwork at the critical period which gives the grand length to their drives,
those extra 20 or 30 yards which make the stroke look so splendid, so uncommon,
and which make the next shot so much easier.
Generally speaking, the wrist, when held firmly, will take very good care of themselves,
but there is a tendency, particularly when the 2V grip is used,
to allow the right hand to take charge of affairs at the time the ball is struck,
and the result is that the right wrist, as the swing is completed, gradually gets onto the top of the shaft instead of remaining in its proper place.
The consequence is a pulled ball. In fact, this is just the way in which I play for a pole.
When the fault is committed to a still greater extent, the head of the club is suddenly turned over, and then the ball is foundered, as we say, that is, it is struck downwards and struggles, crippled and done for, a few yards along the ground in front of the tea.
I find that ladies are particularly addicted to this very bad habit.
Once again I have to say that if the club is taken up properly,
there is the greater certainty of its coming down properly,
and then if you keep both hands evenly to their work,
there is a great probability of a good follow-through being properly affected.
When the ball has been struck, and the follow-through is being accomplished,
there are two rules hitherto held sacred, which may at last be broken.
With the direction and force of the swing, your chest is naturally turned,
around until it is facing the flag, and your body now abandons all restraint and to a certain extent
throws itself, as it were, after the ball. There is a great art in timing this body movement exactly.
If it takes place the 50th part of a second too soon, the stroke will be entirely ruined. If it
comes too late, it will be quite ineffectual, and will only result in making the golfer feel
uneasy as if something had gone wrong. When made it the proper instant, it adds a good piece of
distance to the drive, and that instant, as explained, is just when the club is following through.
An examination of the photograph indicating the finish of the swing will show how my body has
been thrown forward until at this stage it is on the outward side of the B-line, although it was
slightly on the other side when the ball was being addressed. Secondly, when the ball has gone and the
arms following it begin to pull, the head, which has so far been held perfectly still, is
lifted up so as to give freedom to the swing, and incidentally it allows the eyes to follow the
flight of the ball. I like to see the arms finish well up with the hands level with the head.
This generally means a properly hit ball and a good follow-through. At the finish of the stroke,
the right arm should be above the left, the position being exactly the reverse of that in which
the arms were situated at the top of the swing, except that now the right arm is not quite so high
as the left one was at the earlier stage. The photograph indicates that the right arm is some way
below the level of the shaft of the club, whereas it will be remembered that the left arm was almost
exactly on a level with it. Notice also the position of the wrists at the finish of the stroke.
Having thus indicated at such great length the many points which go to the making of a good drive,
a long one and a straight one, yet abounding with ease and grace, allow me to show how some of the
commonest faults are caused by departures from the rules for driving.
Take the sliced ball as being the trouble from which the player most frequently suffers,
and which upon occasion will exasperate him beyond measure.
When a golfer is slicing badly almost every time,
it is frequently difficult for him to discover immediately the exact source of the trouble,
for there are two or three ways in which it comes about.
The player may be standing too near to the ball.
He may be pulling in his arms too suddenly as he is swinging onto it,
thus drawing the club towards his left foot,
or he may be falling onto the ball at the moment of impact,
When this stance is taken too near to the ball, there was a great inducement to the arms to take a course too far outwards in the direction of the A-line in the upward swing.
The position is cramped and the player does not seem to be able to get the club round it all comfortably.
When the club head is brought on to the ball after a swing of this kind, the face is drawn right across it and a slice is inevitable.
In diagnosing the malady, in cases where the too close stance is suspected, it is a good thing to apply the test of distance given at the beginning of the beginning of the end.
the previous chapter, and see whether, when the club head is resting in position against the teed
ball, the other end of the shaft just reaches to the left knee when it is in position,
and has only just so much bend in it as it has when the ball is being addressed.
The second method of committing the slicing sin is self-explanatory.
As for the third, a player falls on the ball or sways over in the direction of the tee,
very slightly, but it is the trifles that matter most, when his weight has not been properly
balanced to start with, and when in the course of the swing it has been moved suddenly from one leg to the other instead of quite gradually.
But sometimes falling on the ball is caused purely and simply by swaying the body, against which the player has already been warned.
When the slicing is bad, the methods of the golfer should be tested for each of these irregularities,
and he should remember that an inch difference in any position or movement as he stands upon the tee is a great distance,
and that two inches is a vast space, which the mind trained to calculate in small fractions,
can hardly conceive.
Polling is not such a common fault, although one which is sometimes very annoying.
Generally speaking, a pulled ball is a much better one than one which has been sliced,
and there are some young players who are rather inclined to purr with satisfaction when they have pulled.
For, though the ball is hopelessly off the line,
they have committed an error which is commoner with those whose hair has grown gray on the links
than with the beginner whose handicap is reckoned by 18 or 20 strokes.
But after all, pulling is not an amusement, and even when it is an accomplishment and not an accident,
it should be most carefully regulated. It is the right hand which is usually the offender in this case.
The wrist is wrong at the moment of impact and generally at the finish of the stroke as well.
That is, it is on top of the club, indicating that the right hand has done most of the work.
In a case of this sort, the top edge of the face of the club is usually overlapping,
the bottom edge, so that the face is pointing slightly downwards at the moment of impact.
And when this position was brought about with extreme suddenness, the ball is frequently
foundered. If it escapes this fate, then it is pulled. A second cause of pulling is a sudden
relaxation of the grip of the right hand at the time of hitting the ball. When this happens,
the left hand, being uncontrolled, turns over the clubhead in the same manner as in the first case,
and the result is the same. I have found from experience that it is necessary to
enjoying even players of some of your standing to make quite certain that they are slicing and pulling,
before they complain about their doing so and try to find cures for it. In a great number of cases,
a player will take a stance in quite the wrong direction, either too much round to the right or too
much to the left, and when the ball has flown truly along the line on which it was dispatched,
the golfer blandly remarks that it was a bad slice or a bad pull, as the case may be.
He must bring himself to understand that a ball is neither sliced nor pulled when it continues flying throughout in the direction in which it started from the T.
It is only when it begins performing evolutions in the air some distance away, and taking a half-wheel to the right or left, that it has fallen a victim to the slice or pull.
There is one more fault of the drive which must be mentioned.
It is one of the commonest mistakes that the young golfer makes and one which afflicts him most keenly, for when he makes it his drive is not a good job.
drive at all. All his power, or most of it, has been expended on the turf some inches behind
the ball. The right shoulder has been dropped too soon or too low. During the address, the shoulder
is necessarily a little below the left one, and care must be taken at this stage that it is
not allowed to drop more than is necessary. At the top of the swing, the right shoulder
is naturally well above the other one, and at the moment of impact with the ball it should just
have resumed its original position slightly below the left. It often happens,
however, that even very good golfers, after a period of excellent driving, through sheer overconfidence or carelessness,
will fall into the way of dropping the right shoulder too soon, or, when they do drop it, letting it go altogether so that it fairly sinks away.
The result is exactly what is to be expected. The head of the club naturally comes down with the shoulder
and flops ineffectually upon the turf behind the tee, anything from two to nine inches behind the ball.
yet, unless the golfer has had various attacks of this sort of thing before, he is often puzzled to account for it.
The remedy is obvious.
I can imagine that many good golfers, now that I near the end of my hints on driving, may feel some sense of disappointment because I have not given them a recipe for putting 30 or 40 yards onto their commonplace drives.
I can only say that there is no trick or knack in doing it, as is often suspected, such as the suggestion already alluded to, that the wrists have a little game of their own,
just when the club head is coming in contact with the ball. The way to drive far is to comply
with the utmost care with every injunction that I have set forth, and then it hit hard but by the
proper use of the swing. To some golfers, this may be a dangerous truth, but it must be told.
It is accuracy and strength which make the long ball. But I seem to hear the young player wail.
When I hit hard, you say don't press. A golfer is not pressing when he swings through as fast as he can
with his club, gaining speed steadily, although he is often told that he is. But it most frequently
happens that when he tries to get this extra pace all at once, and not as a result of gradual
improvement and perfection of style, that it comes not smoothly but in a great jerk just before the
ball is reached. This is certainly the way that it comes when the golfer is off his game,
and he tries, often unconsciously, to make up and force what he has temporarily lost in skill.
This really is pressing, and it is this against what he is.
which I must warn every golfer in the same grave manner that he has often been warned before.
But to the player who, by skill and diligence of practice, increases the smooth and even pace of his swing,
keeping his legs, body, arms, and head in their proper places all the time,
I have nothing to give but encouragement.
Though long before this he himself will have discovered that he has found out the wonderful,
delightful secret of the long ball.
Two chapters of detailed instruction are too much for a player to carry in his mind
when he goes out onto the links to practice drives.
and for his benefit, I will here make the briefest possible summary of what I have already stated.
Let him attend, then, to the following chief points.
Stance
The player should stand just so far away from the ball that when the face of the driver is laid against it in position for striking,
the other end of the shaft exactly reaches to the left knee when the ladder is slightly bent.
The right foot may be anything up to seven inches in front of the left, but certainly never behind it.
The left toe should be a trifle in advance of the ball.
the toes should be turned outwards. Make a low T.
Grip. As described, remember that the palm of the right hand presses hard on the left thumb at all times except when nearing and at the top of the swing.
The grip of the thumb and the first two fingers of each hand is constantly firm.
Upward swing. The clubhead must be taken back in a straight line for a few inches and then brought round gradually,
not too straight up, causing slicing, not too far round in the old-fashioned stuff.
The speed of the swing increases gradually.
The elbows are kept fairly well in, the left wrist turning inwards and finishing the upward swing well underneath the shaft.
The body must not be allowed to sway.
It should pivot easily from the waist.
The head must be kept quite still.
The weight is gradually thrown entirely onto the right leg.
The left knee bends inwards, the left heel rises, and the toe pivots.
There must be no jerk at the turn of the swing.
Downward swing
There should be a gradual increase of pace but no jerk anywhere.
The arms must be kept well down when the club is descending,
the elbows almost grazing the body.
The right wrist should not be allowed to get onto the top of the club.
The head is still motionless.
The left hip is allowed to move forward very slightly while the club is coming down.
The weight of the body is gradually transferred from the right leg to the left,
the right toe pivoting after the impact and the left leg stiffening.
The right shoulder must be prevented from dropping.
too much. After the impact, the arms should be allowed to follow the ball and the body to go forward,
the latter movement being timed very carefully. The head may now be raised. Finish with the arms well up,
the right arm above the left. Slicing. This may be caused by standing too near to the ball,
by pulling in the arms, or by falling on the ball. Pulling. Usually caused by the head of the club
being turned partly over when the ball is struck, or by relaxing the grip with the right hand.
I can only agree with those who have followed me so patiently through these two chapters that to drive a golf ball well is a thing not to be learned in a week or a month.
End of chapter six.
Chapter 7 of the Complete Golfer
This is a Libravox recording.
All Libervox recordings are in the public domain.
For more information or to volunteer, please visit Libravox.org.
Read by Adam Russell
The Complete Golfer by Harry Varden.
Brassy and Spoon
When to your catty you say,
Give me my brassy.
It's a sign that there is serious work to be done.
As serious and anxious as any that has to be accomplished
during the six or seven minutes journey from the tea to the hole.
Many golfers have a fondness for the brassy,
greater even than for the driver.
And the brassy shot, when well played,
certainly affords a greater sense of satisfaction than the drive.
Great as is the joy of a good drive,
because one is conscious of having triumphed over difficulties.
When the ball is lying very well when it has to be played through the green,
the driver is naturally taken,
but when the lie is very low, approaching even to a cuppy character,
the brassy is called for so that an effort may be made to pick the ball up cleanly
and dispatch it the full distance.
Again, the stroke with the brassy must always be a first-class one.
One that is a little inferior to the best may place the player in serious difficulties.
On the other hand, the Brassy seldom flatters its user, though in the hands of a master player
it is perhaps the club that will gain a stroke for him more often than any other, the last
bunker being surmounted, and the green reached without any need for a short approach with an iron club.
Therefore, the golfer must make up his mind to attain excellence with the Brassy,
for mediocrity with it will always handicap him severely.
I have already insisted that the method of play, the stance, the swing, and all the rest of it
should be the same with the brassy as with the driver,
and that I do not believe in allowing the slightest difference,
the only result of which can be to increase the difficulty of the brassy shot.
Given a ball through the green lying fairly well,
a level piece of earth to stand upon,
and a practically unlimited distance to be played,
then the brassy stroke is absolutely identical with the drive.
And if the ball is sufficiently well teed,
or its lie is clean enough,
there is no reason whatever why the driver should not be taken for the stroke.
obviously, however, as the lie which you get for your second shot depends on chance, and must be taken as it is found,
there are times when a variation from the standard method of driving will be necessary, and it is to the process of play on these occasions that I shall chiefly direct my remarks in this chapter.
First, however, as to the brassy itself, its shaft should be slightly stiffer than that of the driver, for it has much harder and rougher work to accomplish, for which the wippy stick of a slender driver would be too frail.
In a desperate case, when the ball is lying in an apparently impossible place, the brassy is sometimes taken in the hope that the best may happen in the situation be saved.
That is why the brassy has a sole of brass which will cut away obstructions behind the ball as the head of the club is swept onto it.
It often happens that you must hit, as it were, an inch or two behind the ball in order to get it up.
Therefore, let the shaft be strong.
It should be exactly the same length as that of the driver, and not a half inch or an inch shorter as is often recommended.
I do not accept any argument in favor of the shorter shaft.
The golfer, having driven from the tea, needs to be persuaded that he has again what is practically
a driving shot to make for his second, and thus to be imbued with that feeling of experience
and confidence which makes for success.
When the clubs are of the same length, there is equal familiarity in using them, but if he
has given a shorter club to play his brassy shot with, he feels that there is something of a
novel nature to be done, and he wonders how.
The face of the brassy should be a little shorter than that.
than that of the driver to permit of its being worked into little depressions in which the ball may be lying.
But this variation of the construction of the head should not be carried to excess.
Obviously, there needs to be more loft on the face of the club than on that of the driver.
The stance for the brassy stroke is generally the same as for the drive,
and for reasons already stated, my recommendation is that, so far as circumstances will permit,
we are not on the team ground when we are playing the brassy, it should always be the same.
If the player feels it to be desirable, he may stand an inch or two nearer to the ball,
and perhaps as much behind the ball when he wishes to get well underneath so as to lift it up.
The swing should be the same, save that more care should be taken to ensure the grip with the hands being quite tight,
for as the clubhead comes into contact with a turf before taking the ball,
the club may turn in the hands and cause a slice or pull unless perfect control be kept over it.
A more important question is, where and how to hit the ball.
If it is lying fairly well, it is only necessary to skim the top of the turf and take it cleanly.
There is no necessity in such a case, as is too often imagined by inexperienced players,
to delve down into the turf so that the ball may be lifted up.
If the stroke is played naturally, in the way I've indicated,
the loft on the face of the brassy is quite sufficient to give the necessary amount of rise to the ball as it leaves the club.
But if it so often happens, the ball is just a trifle-cuffed,
a different attitude must be adopted towards it.
It is now desired that the club should come down to the turf about an inch behind the ball,
and with this object in view, the eyes should be directed to that point.
But as in addressing the ball, the said point may be covered by the head of the club,
the site should be set, not really on top of the club head,
but to an imaginary spot just at the side of the ball,
so that when the club is drawn back, the turf and the point to look at,
come into full view and retain the attention of the eyes until the stroke has been made.
When the club is swung down onto that spot, its head will plow through the turf and be well under the ball by the time it reaches it, and the desired rise will follow.
Swing in the same manner as for the drive.
The commonest fault in the playing of this stroke comes from the instinct of the player to try to scoop out the ball from its resting place,
and in obedience to this instinct, down goes the right shoulder when the club is coming onto the ball.
In the theory of the beginner this course of procedure may seem wise and proper, but he will in an end.
inevitably be disappointed with the result, and in time he will come to realize that all attempts
to scoop must fail. What the club cannot do in the ordinary way, when pushed through the
turf, as I have indicated, cannot be done at all, and it is dangerous to the stroke and dangerous
to one's game to trifle with the grand principles. When the ball is really badly cupped, a moment
must be given for inspection and consideration, for the situation is an awkward one. At the first glance,
an iron club is usually suggested, but there are many times when the golfer prefers to take the
Brassy if there is a reasonable chance of its proving effective. In a case of this sort, the
ordinary methods of brassy play must necessarily be departed from. What is wanted is a jabbing
outstroke, and to affect it properly, the site must be set as before, and the club come down on a
spot almost two inches behind the ball. There must be no timidity about hitting the ground
or anxiety about the follow-through, for in this case, the follow-through, as we have understood
it so far, is next to an impossibility and must not be sought for. In the upward swing,
the club should be taken out straighter than usual, that is to say the club head should be kept
more closely to the A line, and it should not be carried so far back as if an ordinary shot were being
played. Obviously, the club must be held with an absolutely firm grip, and for the proper execution
of a shot like this, the shaft should be exceptionally strong and stiff. If there is the least
suggestion of whip in it, the ball is not extricated in the same way, and moreover, there is
sometimes a danger of breaking a slender stick. However, if the golfer only carries one brassy in his
bag, and the average player will seldom carry too, this stroke might as well be risked,
when the necessity for it arises with the brassy that is carried for all-around work.
Beyond these few observations, there is little more to be said about simple brassy play,
although it is so difficult to master thoroughly, so supremely important to a good game,
and so full of variety and interest.
In the use of no club is constant and strenuous practice better rewarded by improvement in play
and strokes gained.
The man with the spoon is coming back to the links,
and this seems to be the most convenient opportunity for a few remarks on play with this club,
the Baffy, as it is frequently called.
One rarely mentions the spoon without being reminded of the difficulty as to the nomenclature of golf,
which beset a certain Frenchman on his first introduction to the game.
They say to me, he complained, will you take the tea?
And I answer, ah, we, but they give me no tea, but make a little hill with the sand.
Then they say, will you take the spoon?
they have give me no tea, but no matter.
I answer again, I we miss you.
But they give no spoon either.
So I give up the thought of the tea
and play with the new club that they do give to me.
However, that is neither here nor there.
The Baffy or Spoon is a very useful club,
which at one time was a great favorite with many fine players.
And if it has of late years been largely superseded by the clique,
it is still most valuable to those players
who are not so skillful or reliable with this latter instrument
as they would like to be.
The Baffy demands for the achievement of such successes it can afford a fairly good lie,
and when this is given it is a tolerably easy club to play with.
A good lie is essential because of its wooden head and long face,
which prevent it from going down to the ball when the latter is at all cupped,
as the clique would do, or as the brassy may be made to do when the jab shot is played.
The Baffy, with its long face, cannot be burrowed into the turf so easily,
nor can it nick in between the ball and the side of the cup,
but it makes a bridge over it, as it were, and thus takes the ball right on the top and moves it only a few yards.
A clique would take the turf and the ball and make a good hit.
Therefore, when the lie is not reasonably perfect, the Baffy is of little use, though in favorable circumstances it is a useful stick.
The shaft should be slightly longer than that of the cleek, but appreciably shorter than that of the brassy, and it should be fairly stiff.
Its face, as already remarked, is much longer than that of the brassy, and it has given several degrees
more loft. The method of play with the spoon is very much the same as with the brassy, with only
such modifications as are apparently necessary. For example, the club being shorter, the feet will be
placed slightly nearer to the ball, and although the baffy calls for a fairly long swing,
the player will find that he is naturally indisposed to take the club heads so far around to his
back as he has with the other and longer wooden clubs. In other respects, the upward and downward
swing, the grip, the follow-through, and everything else are the same. With many players, the
club is a particular favorite for the T-shot. It short holes of, say, 140 to 160 yards length,
with a tolerably high bunker guarding the green, a type of hole very frequently encountered,
and which simply calls for steady, sure play to get the bogey three. The Baffee does its work
very well in circumstances of this kind, and the ball is brought up fairly quickly upon the
green, but the man who is skilled with his irons will usually prefer one of them for the stroke,
and will get the coveted two as often as the man with the spoon.
End of Chapter 7.
Chapter 8 of the Complete Golfer.
This is a Libravox recording.
All Libravox recordings are in the public domain.
For more information or to volunteer, please visit Libravox.org.
The Complete Golfer by Harry Varden.
Special Strokes with Wooden Clubs
Which is the master stroke in golf? That is an engaging question. Is it the perfect drive,
with every limb, muscle, and organ of the body working in splendid harmony with the result of
dispatching the ball well beyond 200 yards in a straight line from the T? No, it is not that,
for there are some thousands of players who can drive what is to all intents and purposes,
a perfect ball without any unusual effort.
Is it the brassy shot which is equal to a splendid drive,
and which, delivering the ball in safety over the last hazard,
places it nicely upon the green, absolving the golfer
from the necessity of playing any other approach?
No, though that is a most creditable achievement.
Is it the approach over a threatening bunker onto a difficult green
where the ball can hardly be persuaded to remain, yet so deftly has the cut been applied,
and so finally has the strength been judged, that it stops dead against the hole, and for a
certainty a stroke is saved. This is a most satisfying shot, which has, in its time, won innumerable
holes, but it is not the master stroke of golf. Then, is it the putt from the corner of the green,
across many miniature hills and dales with a winding course over which the ball must travel,
often far away from the direct line, but which carries it at last delightfully to the opening
into which it sinks just as its strength is ebbing away. We all know the thrilling ecstasy that
comes from such a stroke as this, but it has always been helped by a little good luck,
and I would not call it the master's stroke. There are inferior players who are good potter,
which then is the master stroke. I say that it is the ball struck by any club to which a big
pull or slice is intentionally applied for the accomplishment of a specific purpose which could
not be achieved in any other way, and nothing more exemplifies the curious waywardness of this
game of ours than the fact that the stroke which is the confounding and torture of the beginner
who does it constantly, he knows not how, but always to his detriment,
should later on at times be the most coveted shot of all,
and should then be the most difficult of accomplishment.
I call it the master shot because, to accomplish it with any certainty and perfection,
it is so difficult even to the experienced golfer,
because it calls for the most absolute command over the club
and every nerve and sinew of the body, and the courageous heart of the true sportsman
whom no difficulty may daunt, and because, when properly done, it is a splendid thing to see,
and for a certainty results in material gain to the man who played it.
I will try then to give the golfers who desire them some hints as to how, by diligence and
practice, they may come to accomplish these master strokes, but I would warn them,
them not to enter into these deepest intricacies of the game until they have completely mastered
all ordinary strokes with their driver or brassy, and can absolutely rely upon them. And even then,
the intentional pull and slice should only be attempted when there is no way of accomplishing the
purpose, which is likely to be equally satisfactory. Thus, when a long brassy shot to the green
is wanted, and one is most completely stymied by a formidable tree somewhere in the foreground or
middle distance, the only way to get to the hole is by working round the tree, either from the right
or from the left, and this can be done respectively by the pull and the slice. Of the two,
the sliced shot is the easier, and is to be recommended when the choice is quite open,
though it must not be overlooked that the pulled ball is the longer.
The slicing action is not quite so quick and sudden, and does not call for such extremely
delicate accuracy as the other, and therefore we will deal with it first.
The golfer should now pay every minute attention to the photographs, numbers 14, 15, and 16,
which were especially taken to illustrate these observations.
It will be noticed at once that I am standing very much more behind the ball than when
making an ordinary straight drive or brassy stroke, and this is indeed the governing feature of
the slicing shot as far as the stance and position of the golfer preparatory to taking it
are concerned. An examination of the position of the feet, both in the photograph 14, and the
accompanying diagram, will show that the left toe is now exactly on the B-line, that is to say
it is just level with the ball, while the right foot is 25 and a half inches away from the same mark,
whereas in the case of the ordinary drive it was only 19. At the same time, the right foot has been
moved very much nearer to the A-line, more than 10 inches, in fact, although the left is only
very slightly nearer. Obviously, the general effect of this change of stance is to move the body
slightly around to the left. There is no mystery as to how the slice is made. It comes simply as a result
of the face of the club being drawn across the ball at the time of impact, and it was precisely in this way
that it was accidentally accomplished when it was not wanted. In addressing the ball, there should be
just the smallest trifle of extra weight thrown on the right leg, but care must be taken that
this difference is not exaggerated. The golfer should be scarcely conscious of it. The grip is made in the
usual manner, but there is a very material and all-important difference in the upward swing. In its upward
movement, the clubhead now takes a line distinctly outside that, which is taken in the case of the ordinary
drive. That is to say, it comes less round the body and keeps on the straight line longer. When it is
halfway up, it should be about two or three inches outside the course taken for the full straight
drive. The object of this is plain. The inflexible rule that as the club goes up, so will it come
down, is in operation again. The club takes the same line on the return, and after it has struck the ball,
it naturally, pursuing its own direction, comes inside the line taken in the case of the ordinary
drive. The result is that at the moment of impact, and for that fractional part of a second
during which the ball may be supposed to be clinging to the club, the face of the driver or
brassy is being, as it were, drawn across the ball as if cutting a slice out of it. There is no
means, so far as I know, of gauging how unthinkably short is the time during which this
slicing process is going on. But, as we observe,
when we were slicing unintentionally and making the ball curl round sometimes to an angle of 90 degrees
before the finish of its flight, it is quite long enough to effect the most radical alteration
in what happens afterwards. In that short space of time, a spinning motion is put upon the ball,
and a curious impulse which appears to have something in common with that given to a boomerang
is imparted, which sooner or later take effect.
In other respects, when a distance slice is wanted, the same principles of striking the ball
and finishing the swing, as governed the ordinary drive, are to be observed. What I mean by a
distance slice is one in which the ball is not asked to go around a corner until it is well
on its way, the tree, or whatever it is that has to be circumvented, being halfway out or
more, as shown in the diagram on opposite page. This is the most difficult kind of slice to perform
in as much as the ball must be kept on a straight line until the object is approached, and then made
to curl round as if by instinct. In such a case, the club should be drawn very gradually across,
and not so much or so suddenly as when the slice is wanted immediately. When the tree or thicket
that stymies you is only 20 or 30 yards away, the short-slice shot is not only the best,
but perhaps the only one to play, that is to say, if it is first-class golf that is being practiced,
and there is an opponent who is fighting hard. Take a case for exemplification, one which is of the
commonest occurrence. There is a long hole to be played, and some 30 yards from the point
which will be reached by a good drive, but well away to the right there is a spinny of tall trees.
The golfer is badly off the line with his drive, with the result that he now has the trees
in the direct line between him and the hole, which is the best part of a hundred yards from the
other edge of the wood, or say 140 from where the ball is lying.
He might, by a wonderfully lofted shot, play the ball over the obstacle, but he would have to
rise at such an angle that any length would be an impossibility, and he would be short of the green.
The only alternative to the slice would be to accept the loss of a stroke as inevitable,
play away to the right or left, and then get on to the green with the next one.
Thus, in either case, a valuable stroke is lost, and if the enemy is playing the correct game,
the loss may be most serious. The short or quick slice comes to the rescue admirably. Turn the ball round the
spinny, give it as much length as you can in the circumstances, and if the job has been well done,
you will be on the green after all, with the highly comforting sensation that for once you have
proved yourself a golfer of the first degree of skill, and have snatched a half when the hole seemed lost.
The diagram here presented illustrates the best possibilities of a quick slice.
I can explain in a line exactly how this is done,
but I cannot guarantee that my readers will therefore be able to do it
until they have practiced and practiced and practiced yet again.
Instead of hitting the ball with the middle of the club face,
as in playing for the distance slice, as already explained,
hit it slightly nearer the heel of the club, swing upwards in the same way, and finish in the same way also.
Taking the ball with the heel results in the slice being put on more quickly, and in there being more of it.
But I need hardly observe that the stroke must be perfectly judged and played,
and that there must be no flaw in it anywhere, or disaster must surely follow.
As I say, it is not an easy shot to account.
but it is a splendid thing to do when wanted, and I strongly recommend the golfer who has gained
proficiency in the ordinary way with his wooden clubs to practice it whenever possible,
until at length he feels some confidence in playing it. It is one of those strokes which mark
the skilled and resourceful man, and which will win for him many a match. Beyond the final admonition to
practice, I have only one more piece of advice to give to the golfer who wants to slice when a
slice would be useful, and that is, in the downward swing, he must guard against any inclination
to pull in the arms too quickly, the result of his consciousness that the club has to be drawn
across the ball. Whatever is necessary in this way comes naturally as the consequence of
taking the club head more outwards than usual in the upward swing.
Examine the photographs very carefully in conjunction with the study of all the observations that I have made.
Now there is the pulled ball to consider, for there are times when the making of such a shot is eminently desirable.
Resort to a slice may be unsatisfactory, or it may be entirely impossible, and one important factor in this question is that the pulled ball is always much longer than the other.
In fact, it has always so much length in it that many players in driving in the ordinary way from the T
and desiring only to go straight down the course, systematically play for a pull and make allowances for it in their direction.
Now examine Plate 17 and the accompanying diagram illustrating the stance for the pull
and see how very materially it differs from those which were adopted for the ordinary drive
and that in which a slice was asked for. We have moved right round to the front of the ball.
The right heel is on the B line and the toe four inches away from it, while the left toe is no
less than 21 and a half inches from this line, and therefore so much in front of the ball.
At the same time, the line of the stance shows that the player is turned to.
slightly away from the direction in which he proposes to play, the left toe being now only 26.5
inches from the A-line, while the right toe is 32 inches distant from it. The obvious result of this
stance is that the handle of the club is in front of the ball, and this circumstance must be
accentuated by the hands being held even slightly more forward than for an ordinary drive.
Now they are held forward in front of the head of the club.
In the grip there is another point of difference.
It is necessary that in the making of this stroke,
the right hand should do more work than the left,
and therefore the club should be held rather more loosely by the left hand
than by its partner.
The latter will duly take advantage of this slackness
and will get in just the little extra work that is wanted of it.
in the upward swing carry the club head just along the line which it would take for an ordinary drive.
The result of all this arrangement, and particularly of the slackness of the left hand and comparative tightness of the right,
is that there is a tendency in the downward swing for the face of the club to turn over to some extent,
that is, for the top edge of it to be overlapping the bottom edge.
This is exactly what is wanted.
for, in fact, it is quite necessary that at the moment of impact, the right hand should be beginning
to turn over in this manner, and if the stroke is to be a success, the golfer must see that it does
so, but the movement must be made quite smoothly and naturally, for anything in the nature of a jab,
such as is common when two desperate efforts are made to turn over an unwilling club, would certainly
prove fatal. It follows from what has been happening all the way through that at the finish of the
stroke, the right hand, which has matters pretty well its own way, has assumed final ascendancy
and is well above the left. Plates 18 and 19 should be carefully examined. The pulled ball is
particularly useful in a cross-wind, and this fact leads us naturally to a consideration of the
ways and means of playing the long shot with the wooden club to the best advantage when there are
winds of various kinds to test the resources of the golfer. Now, however, that this question is
raised, I feel it desirable to say, without any hesitation, that the majority of golfers
possess vastly exaggerated notions of the effect of strong crosswinds on the flight of their
ball. They greatly overestimate the capabilities of a breeze.
To judge by their observances on the T, one concludes that a wind from the left is often sufficient to carry the ball away at an angle of 45 degrees.
And indeed, sometimes, when it does take such an exasperating course and finishes its journey some 50 yards away from the point to which it was desired to dispatch it,
there is an impatient exclamation from the disappointed golfer.
Confound this wind!
Who on earth can play in a hurricane?
or words to that effect. Now, I have quite satisfied myself that only a very strong wind indeed
will carry a properly driven ball more than a very few yards out of its course. And in proof of
this, I may say that it is very seldom when I have to deal with a crosswind that I do anything
but play straight at the hole without any pulling or slicing or making allowances in any way.
If golfers will only bring themselves to ignore the wind, then it in turn will almost entirely ignore their straight ball.
When you find your ball at rest, the aforementioned 40 or 50 yards from the point to which you desired to send it,
make up your mind, however unpleasant it may be to do so, that the trouble is due to an unintentional pull or slice,
and you may get what consolation you can from the fact that the slightest of these very,
from the ordinary drive is seized upon with delight by any wind, and its features exaggerated
to an enormous extent. It is quite possible, therefore, that a slice, which would have taken the
ball only 20 yards from the line when there was no wind, will take it 40 yards away with the kind
assistance of its friend and ally. However, I freely admit that there are times when it is advisable
to play a fancy shot when there is an excess of wind, and the golfer must judge according to circumstances.
Let me give him this piece of advice. Very rarely slice as a remedy against a cross wind,
either pull or nothing. If there is a strong wind coming from the right, the immature golfer,
who has been practicing slices, argues that this is his chance, and that it is his obvious duty to slice his
ball right into the teeth of that wind, so that wind and slice will neutralize each other,
and the ball as a result will pursue an even course in the straight line for the flag.
A few trials will prove to him that this is a very unsatisfactory business, and after he has
convinced himself about it, I would recommend him to try pulling the ball and dispatching it
at once along a line to the right directly against that same wind. When the pull begins to operate,
both this and the wind will be working together, and the ball will be carried a much greater length,
its straightness depending upon the accuracy of allowance. The diagram explains my meaning,
but I reiterate that the ordinary shots are generally the easiest and best with which to get to the
hole. The principle of the golfer should be, and I trust, is, that he always wants to reach the
hole in the simplest and easiest way, with a minimum of doubt and anxiety about any shot which he is
called upon to play, and one usually finds that without these fancy shots, one comes to the
flag as easily as is possible in all the circumstances. Of course I am writing more particularly
with the wind in mind, and am not recommending the ordinary shot when there is a tree or a spinny
for a stymie, in contradiction to what I have said earlier in this chapter.
However, there is one kind of wind difficulty, which it is certainly necessary to deal with
by a departure from the ordinary method of play with the driver or the brassy, and that is
when the wind is blowing straight up to the player from the hole, threatening to cut off all his
distance. Unless measures are taken to prevent it, a headwind of this description certainly does
make play extremely difficult, the comparative shortness of the drive making an unduly long approach
shot necessary, or even demanding an extra stroke at long holes in order to reach the green.
But fortunately, we have discovered a means of dealing very satisfactorily with these cases. What we want to do,
is to keep the ball as low down as possible so as to cheat the wind. For the lower the ball,
the less opportunity has the breeze of getting to work upon it. A combination of two or three
methods is found to be the best for obtaining this low-turf skimming ball, which yet has
sufficient driving power in it to keep up until it has achieved a good length. Evidently,
the first thing to do is to make the T, if it is a T-shot, rather lower than usual, as low as is
consistent with safety and a clean stroke. The player should then stand rather more in front of the
ball than if he were playing for an ordinary drive, but this forward position should not by any
means be so marked as it was in the stance for the pulled drive. A reference to plate 20 and the
diagram will show that now we have the ball exactly halfway between the toes, each toe being
12 inches to the side of the B-line, while both are an inch nearer to the ball than was the case when
the ordinary drive was being made. But the most important departure that we make from the usual
method of play is in the way we hit the ball. So far, we have invariably been keeping our gaze
fixed on a point just behind it, desiring that the club shall graze the ground and take the ball
rather below the center. But now it is necessary that the ball shall be struck halfway up,
and before the club touches the turf. Therefore, keep the eye steadily fixed upon that point.
See the right-hand ball in the small diagram on page 170, and come down exactly on it.
This is not an easy thing to do it first.
It requires a vast amount of practice to make sure of hitting the ball exactly at the point indicated,
but the stroke when properly made is an excellent and most satisfying one.
After striking the ball in this way, the clubhead should continue its descent for an instant
so that it grazes the turf for the first time two or three inches in front of the spot where the ball was.
The passage of the club through the ball, as it were, is the same,
as in the case of the push shot with the cleek, and therefore reference may usefully be made to the
diagram on page 106, which illustrates it. A natural result of the stance and the way the stroke
is played is that the arms are more extended than usual after the impact, and in the follow-through,
the clubhead keeps nearer to the turf. So excellent are the results obtained when the stroke is
properly played, that there are many fine players, having a complete command over it,
who systematically play it from the tea whenever there is a wind to contend against or not,
simply because of the length and accuracy which they secure from it.
Braide is one of them. If the teeing ground offers any choice of gradient,
a tea with a hanging lie should be selected, and the ball is then kept so low for the first
40 or 50 yards, that it is practically impossible for the wind to take it off the line,
for it must be remembered that even when the wind comes dead from the front, if there is the
slightest slice or pull on the ball to start with, it will be increased to a disconcerting
extent before the breeze has done with it. When the wind is at the back of the player,
blowing hard towards the hole, the situation presents no difficulty and needs very little
consideration. The object in this case is to lift the ball well up towards the clouds so that it may get the
full benefit of the wind, though care must be taken that plenty of driving length is put into the
stroke at the same time. Therefore, tee the ball rather higher than usual, and bring your left foot
more in a line with it than you would if you were playing in the absence of wind. At the same time,
moving both feet slightly nearer the ball.
Plate 21 will make the details of this stance quite clear.
The ball being teed unusually high,
the golfer must be careful not to make any unconscious allowance for the fact
in his downward swing,
and must see that he wipes the tea from the face of the earth
when he makes the stroke.
Though in my explanations of these various strokes,
I have generally confined myself to observations
as to how they may be made from the tea, they are strokes for the driver and the brassy,
for all cases, that is, where the long ball is wanted from the wooden club under unusual
circumstances of difficulty. Evidently, in many cases, they will be more difficult to accomplish
satisfactorily from a brassy lie, and with the shorter-faced club than when the golfer has
everything in his favor on the teeing ground, and it must be left to his skis.
skill and discretion as to the use he will make of them when playing through the green.
End of Chapter 8
Chapter 9 of the Complete Golfer
This is a Librivox recording. All Librevox recordings are in the public domain.
For more information or to volunteer, please visit Librivox.org.
Read by Claire.
The Complete Golfer by Harry Varden.
The Cleek and Driving Mashie
It is high time we came to consider the iron clubs that are in our
bag. His play with the irons is a fine test of the golfer. It calls for extreme skill and delicacy,
and the man who is surest with these implements is generally surest of his match. The fathers of
golf had no clubs with metal heads, and for a long time after they came into use, there was
a lingering prejudice against them. But in these days, there is no man so bold as to say that
any long hole can always be played so well with wood, all through as with a mixture of wood and iron
in the proper proportions. It may be, as we are often told, that the last improvement in iron clubs
has not yet been made, but I must confess that the tools now at the disposal of the golfer come as
near to my ideal of the best for their purpose as I can imagine any tools to do. I know golfer is
at liberty to blame the clubmaker for his own incapacity on the links, though it may frequently
happen that his choice and taste in the matter of his golfing goods are at fault. There are many varieties
of every class of iron clubs, and their gradations of weight, of shape, of loft, and of all their other
features are delicate almost to the point of invisibility. But the older golfer who has an affection
for a favorite club knows when another, which he handles, differs from it to the extent of a single
point in these gradations. Some golfers have spent a lifetime in the search for a complete set of irons,
each one of which was exactly its owner's ideal, and have died with their tasks still unaccomplished.
happy then is the player who in his early days has irons over all of which he has obtained complete mastery and which he can rely upon to do their duty and do it well when the match is keen and their owner is sorely pressed by a relentless opponent first of these iron clubs give me the clique the most powerful and generally useful of them all though one which is much abused and often called hard names if you wish you may drive a very long ball with a clique and if the spirit moves you so to do you may wind up to you may wind up
the play at the hole by putting with it too. But these, after all, are what I may call its unofficial
uses, for the club has its own particular duties, and for the performance of them, there is no
adequate substitute. Therefore, when a golfer says, as misguided golfers sometimes do,
that he cannot play with the clique, that he gets equal or superior results with other clubs,
and that therefore he has abandoned it to permit seclusion in the locker, you may shake your
head at him, for he is only deceiving himself. Like the wares of boastful advertisers, there is no other
which is just as good, and if a golfer finds that he can do no business with his clique,
the sooner he learns to do it, the better will it be for his game. And there are many different
kinds of cliques, the choice from which is to a large extent to be regulated by experiment in
individual fancy. Some men fancy one type, and some another, and each of them obtains
approximately the same result from his own selection, but it is natural that a driving cleek,
which is specially designed for obtaining length, having a fairly straight face and plenty of weight,
will generally deliver the ball further than those which are more lofted and lighter.
Making a broad classification, there are driving cleaks, ordinary cleaks, pitching cleaks,
and cleaks with the weight in the center. For the last name variety, I have little admiration,
excellent as many people consider them to be. If the ball is hit with absolute accuracy,
in the center of the club's face every time all as well. But it is not given to many golfers
to be so marvellously certain. Let the point of contact be the least degree removed from the
center of the face, where the weight is masked and the result will usually be disquietening.
For among other things, there is in such cases a great liability for the club to turn in the
hands of the player. As an alternative to the clique, the driving mashy has achieved considerable
popularity. It is undoubtedly a most useful club and is employed for the same
class of work as the clique, and generally speaking, may take its place. The distinctive features of
the driving mashie are that it has a deeper face than that of the cleek, and that this depth
increases somewhat more rapidly from the heel to the toe. By reason of this extra depth, it is often
a somewhat heavier club, and there is rather less loft on it than there is on the average cleek.
When you merely look at a driving mashie, it certainly seems as if it may be the easier club to
use, but long experience will prove that this is not the case. In this respect, I think the
driving cleek is preferable to either the spoon or the driving mashie, particularly when straightness
is an essential, as it usually is when any of the clubs is being handled. It frequently
happens that the driving mashie is used to very good effect for a while after it is first
been purchased, but I have noticed over and over again that when once you are off your play
with it, and that time must come, as with all other clubs, it takes a long time to get back to
form with it again, so long indeed that the task is a most painful and depressing one. Five years ago,
I myself had my day with the driving mashie, and I played so well with it that at the time I did not
even carry a clique. I used to drive such a long ball with this instrument that when I took it out
of my bag to play with it, my brother professionals used to say, there's Harry with his driver again,
and I remember that when on one occasion Andrew Kirklandly was informed that I was playing a driving
mashy shot, he was indignant and exclaimed, Mashy! Nay, man, thones no mashie, it's just a driver.
Then the day came when I found to my sorrow that I was off my driving mashy, and not all the
most laborious practice or the fiercest determination to recover my lost form with it was rewarded
with any appreciable amount of success. After a time I got back to playing and at some
sort of fashion, but I was never so good with it again as to justify me in sticking to it in
preference to the clique, so since then I have practically abandoned it. This, I am led to believe,
is a fairly common experience among golfers, so the moral would seem to be that you should make
the most of your good days with the driving mashie, that at the first sign of decaying power
with a club, another and most thorough trial should be given to the deserted clique, and that at this
crisis that club should be persevered with in preference to the tool which has failed.
The driving mashy usually demands a good lie if it is to be played with any amount of success.
When, in addition to the lie being cuppy, the turf is at all soft and spongy, and these two
circumstances are frequently combined, the ball very often skids off the face of the club,
chiefly because of its perpendicularity, instead of rising nicely from the moment of impact
as it would do when carefully played by a suitable clique.
Of course, if the turf is firm, there is much greater chance of success with the driving mashy than if it is loose.
But one finds by long experience that the clique is the best and most reliable club for use in all these difficult circumstances.
Even the driving cleaks have a certain amount of loft on their faces, which enables them to get nicely under the ball,
so that it rises with just sufficient quickness after being struck, and there is far less skidding with the cleek.
This question of skidding calls to mind another feature of iron clubs generally, and those which are
designed for power and length in particular, which has not in the past received all the consideration
that it deserves. I'm about to speak of the decided advantage, which in my opinion accrues from
the use of iron clubs with ribbed faces in preference to those which are smooth and plain.
Some golfers of the skeptical sort have a notion that the ribs or other marking are merely ornamental,
or, at the best, give some satisfaction to the fancy, but these are certainly not their limits.
The counteraction to skidding by the ribbed face is undoubtedly very great, and there are certain
circumstances in which I consider it to be quite invaluable. Suppose the ball is lying fairly low in
grass. It is clear to the player that his iron club, as it approaches it, will be called upon to
force its way through some of the grass, and that as it comes into contact with the ball,
many green blades will inevitably be crushed between the face of the club and the ball,
with a result in the case of the plain face club that further progress in the matter of the follow-through
will be to some extent impeded. But when the face of the club is ribbed at the instant of contact between
the ball and club, the grass that comes between is cut through by the ribs, and thus there is less
waste of the power of the swing. The difference may only be small, but whether it is an ounce or two
or merely a few penny weights, it is the trifle of this kind that tells. And, of course, the tendency to skid
is greater than ever when the grass through the green, or where the ball has to be played from,
is not so short as it ought to be, and the value of the ribbed face is correspondingly increased.
Now we may examine the peculiarities of play with the clique, the term for the remainder of this chapter
being taken to include the driving mashie. It will be found that the shaft of the cleek is usually
some two to four inches shorter than the driver, and the circumstance in itself is sufficient to demand
a considerable modification in the stance and method of use. I now invite the reader to examine the
photograph and diagram of the ordinary clique shot. Plate 22, and to compare it when necessary
with plate 6, representing the stance for the drive, it will be found that the right foot is only
21.5 inches from the A-line, as against 27.5 when driving, and the left toe is only 24 inches from it
as compared with 34. From this it appears that the left foot has been brought more forward into line
with the right, but it is still behind it, and it is essential that it should be so in order that
the arms may be allowed a free passage through after the stroke. The feet remain about the same
distance apart, but it should be noticed that the whole body has been moved forward some four
inches in relation to the ball. The distances of the right and left toes from the B-line being
respectively 19 and 9.5 inches in the case of the drive and 15 and 12 in that of the cleek shot.
The stance in the case of all iron clubs should be studied with great care, for a half inch in the
wrong way seems to have a much greater power for evil than it does in the case of wooden clubs.
The handle of the cleek is gripped in the same manner as the driver, but perhaps a little
more tightly, for as the club comes severely into contact with the turf, one must guard against
the possibility of its turning in the hands. Ground the club behind the ball exactly in the place
and in the way that you intend to hit it. There is a considerable similarity between the swings
with the driver and the cleek. Great care must be taken when making the backwards swing that
the body is not lifted upwards, as there is a tendency for it to be. When pivoting on the left
toe, the body should bend slightly and turn from the waist. The head being kept perfectly still.
Thus it comes about that the golfer's system appears to be working in three independent sections,
first from the feet to the hips, next from the hips to the neck, and then the head.
The result of this combination of movements is that at the top of the swing, when everything
has happened as it should do, the eyes will be looking over the top of the left shoulder,
just as when at the top of driving swing.
The body should not be an inch higher than when the address was made,
and the right line will now be straight and stiff.
When the club is held tightly, there will be practically no danger of overswinging, but as with the drive, the pressure with the palms of the hands may be a little relaxed at the top.
The backward swing must not be so rapid that control of the club is in any degree lost, and once again the player must be warned against allowing any paws at the top.
And coming down the clique should gain its speed gradually so that at the time of impact it is traveling at its fastest pace, and then, if the toes are right and the shoulders doing their duty, the follow-through will almost start.
be performed properly. The right shoulder must be carefully watched lest it drops too much
or too quickly. The club must, as it were, be in front of it all the way. If the shoulders get in front,
a scoffed ball is almost sure to be the result, the club coming into contact with the turf
much too soon. If the stroke is finished correctly, the body will then be facing the flag.
So much for the time being, for the full shot with the cleek. Personally, however, I do not favor
a really full shot either with the cleek or any other iron club. When the limit of capability is
demanded with this or most other iron clubs in the bag, it is time to consider whether a wooden
instrument should not be employed. Therefore, I very seldom play the full cleek shot, but limit
myself to one, which may be said to be slightly above the three quarters. This is usually quite
sufficient for all purposes of length, and it is easier with this limit of swing to keep the wrist
and the club generally more under control.
A little more can be said by way of printed instruction regarding the ordinary clique shot,
which is called for when the distance to be played falls short of a full brassy,
or on the other hand, when the lie is of too cuppy a character to render the use of the brassy
possible with any amount of safety.
Many players, however, who are young and experience, and some who are older too,
seem to imagine that the simplest stroke, as just described,
is the limit of the resources of the clique and never give it credit for the versatility,
which it undoubtedly possesses. There is another shot with a clique which is more difficult than we have
just been discussing, one which it will take many weeks of arduous practice to master,
but which in my opinion is one of the most valuable in telling shots in golf,
and that is the push, which is a half shot. Of all the strokes that I like to play,
this is my favorite. It is a half shot, but as a matter of fact, almost as much length can be
obtained with it as in any other way. It is a somewhat peculiar shot and must be played very exactly.
In the first place, either a shorter cleek, about two inches shorter and preferably with a little
more loft than the driving cleek possesses, should be used, or the other one must be gripped
lower down the handle. A glance at plate 26 and the diagram in the corner will show that the stance
is taken much nearer to the ball than when an ordinary cleek shot was being played,
that particularly the right foot is nearer and that the body and feet,
have again been moved a trifle to the left. Moreover, it is recommended that in the address the hands
should be held a little more forward than usual. In this half shot, the club has not swung so far back,
nor is the follow-through continued so far at the finish. To make a complete success of this stroke,
the ball must be hit in much the same manner as when a low ball was wanted in driving against the
wind. In playing an ordinary clique shot, the turf is grazed before the ball in the usual manner,
but to make this half or push shot perfectly, the site should be directed to the center of the ball,
and the club should be brought directly onto it, exactly on the spot marked on the diagram on page 170.
In this way, the turf should be grazed for the first time an inch or two on the far side of the ball.
The diagram on this page shows the passage of the club through the ball, as it were exactly.
Then not only is the ball kept low, but certain peculiarities are imparted to its flight,
which are of the utmost value when a half shot with the clique is called for.
Not only may the ball be depended upon never to rise above a certain height,
but having reached its highest point, it seems to come down very quickly,
traveling but a few yards more than having very little run on it when it reaches the turf again.
When this shot is once mastered, it will be found that these are very valuable peculiarities,
for a long-approached shot can be gauged with splendid accuracy.
The ball is sent forwards and upwards until it is almost overhanging,
a grain, and then down it comes close to the pin. I admit that when the ball is hit in this way,
the shot is made rather difficult, though not so difficult as it looks, and, of course, it is not
absolutely imperative that this method should be followed. Some good players make the stroke in the
same way as the full shot, so far as hitting the ball is concerned, but in doing so,
they certainly lose the advantages. I have pointed out and stand less chance of scoring through a
finely placed ball. I may remark that personally I play not only my half-cle,
streak stroke, but all my cleek strokes in this way. So much am I devoted to the qualities of flight,
which are thereby imparted to the ball. And though I do not insist that others should do likewise
in all cases, I am certainly of opinion that they are missing something when they do not learn
to play the half-shot in this manner. The greatest danger they have to fear is that in their two
conscious efforts to keep the club clear of the ground until after the impact, they will overdo it
and simply top the ball, when, of course, there will be no flight at all.
I suggest that when this stroke is being practiced, a close watch should be kept over the forearms
and wrist, from which most of the work is wanted. The arm should be kept well in, and the wrist
should be very tight and firm. It should be pointed out that there are some circumstances in which
it is not safe to attempt to play this stroke. When the club comes to the ground after impact
with the ball, very little turf should be taken. It is enough if the grass is shaved well down
to the roots. But if the turf is soft and yielding, the clubhead will have an inevitable tendency to burrow,
with the result that it would be next to impossible to follow through properly with the stroke,
and that the ball would skid off generally to the right. The shot is therefore played to greatest
advantage on a hard and fairly dry course. Many people are inclined to ask why, instead of playing
a half-shot with the cleek, the iron is not taken and a full stroke made with it, which is the
way that a large proportion of good golfers would employ for reaching the green from the same distance.
For some reason, which I cannot explain, there seems to be an enormous number of players who prefer a full
shot with any club to a half shot with another, the result being the same or practically so.
Why is it that they like to swing so much and waste so much power, unmindful of the fact that the
shorter the swing, the greater the accuracy? The principle of my own game, and that which I always
impress upon others when I have an opportunity, is reach the hole in the easiest way you can.
The easier way is generally the surer way, when, therefore, there is a choice between a full
shot with one club or a half shot with another, I invariably ask the caddy for the instrument
with which to make the half shot. Hence, apart from the advantageous peculiarities of the stroke,
which I have pointed out, I should always play the half-cleak shot in preference to the full iron,
because, to my mind, it is easier and safer, and because there is less danger of the ball skitting
off the club. In the same way, I prefer a half-iron shot to a full one with a mashie. If the
golfer attains any proficiency with the stroke, he will probably be very much enamored of it,
and will think it well worth the trouble of carrying a club especially for the purpose at all events
on all important occasions. There is another variety of clique shots which calls for separate
mention. It is played when a low ball is wanted to cut its way through a headwind,
and for the proper explanation of this useful stroke, I have supplied a special series of
photographs from which it may be studied to advantage. As will be seen from them, this stroke is,
to all intents and purposes, a modified half or push stroke, the most essential difference being in the
stance. The feet are a trifle nearer the ball and considerably more forward, my right heel, as a matter of fact,
being only two and a half inches from the B-line. Take a half-swing, hit the ball before the turf,
as in the case of the push, and finish with the shaft of the club almost perpendicular,
the arms and wrist being held in severe subjection throughout. The ball skims ahead, low down like a
swallow, and by the time it begins to rise and the wind to act upon it, it has almost reached
its destination, and the wind is now welcome as a break. Having thus dealt with these different
clique shots separately, I think some useful instruction may be obtained from a comparison of them,
noting the points of difference as they are set forth in the paragraphs. An examination of the
pictures will at once suggest that there is much more in the stance than had been suspected.
In the case of the full cleek shot, it is noticeable that the stance is opener than in any of
the others, and that the body is more erect. The object of this is to allow freedom of the swing
without altering the position of the body during the upward movement. I mean particularly that the
head is not so likely to get out of its place as it would be if the body had been more bent
while the address was being made. It ought not to be, but is the case that when pivoting on the
left foot during the progress of a long upward swing, there is a frequent inclination, as already
pointed out to raise the body so that the position of the ladder at the top of the swing is
altogether wrong and has to be corrected in the downward swing before the ball is reached.
When, as often happens, this is done too suddenly, a sclaf is the result. Therefore, an obvious
recommendation is to stand at the ball with the same amount of erectness as there will be
at the top of the swing, and remember that when you pivot on the left toe, the lift that
there is here should not spread to the head and shoulders, but should be absorbed as
it were, at the waist, which should bend inwards and turn round on the hips. Once the head has taken
its position, it should never move again until the ball has been struck. Mind that you do not fall
away from the ball when the club is about to come into contact with it. I have observed a considerable
tendency in that direction on the part of many young players. I have pressed several of these
points home in other places, but the success of the stroke is so bound up with a proper
observation of them that I think they cannot be too frequently or too strongly insisted
upon. If we take one more glance at all the different cleek stroke photographs, we shall see that in
each case the toes are turned well outwards. I find that unless they take this position, the player has
not the same freedom for turning upon them. In the case of full shots, the weight is more evenly
divided upon both feet than in the case of others. Thus, when the stance for half or three-quarter
cleek shot is taken, the weight of the body falls more on the right leg than on the left. As you have not
to swing so far back, you are able to maintain this position. You could not do so if a full stroke
were being taken, hence you would not then adopt it. Again, one allows the wrists and muscles
less play in the case of hapshots than in full ones. There is more stiffness all round. This,
however, must not be taken to suggest that even in the case of the full shot, there is any
looseness at the wrists. If there were, it would be most in evidence just when it would be most
fatal, and that is to say at the moment of impact. The wrists must always be kept severely under
control. It will also be noticed from the photographs that at the top of the swings for both the
full shot and the half shot, the body is in much the same position, but when the low shot against
the wind is being played, it is pushed a little forward. I mentioned these details by way of
suggesting how much can be discovered from a close and attentive study of these photographs only.
Little things like these, when not noticed and attended to, may bother a player,
for many weeks. While, on the other hand, he may frequently find out from a scrutiny of the
pictures and diagrams the fault which have baffled him on the links. In this connection,
the how not to do it photographs should be of a particular value to the player who is in trouble
with his clique. Look at the faulty stance and address in Plate 32. At the first glance,
you can see there is not a natural stance. The player is cramped and uncomfortable. The grip is
altogether wrong. The hands are too far apart and the right hand is too much under the shaft.
The body would not hold this position during the swing, and in any case a correct swing would be
impossible. Yet this photograph does not exaggerate the bad methods of some players.
In plate 27, we have the player in a stance, which is nearly as bad as before, but it is evident
that in this case the body has been lifted during the upward swing, and the left hand is
rather too much on the top of the shaft. Evidently, it will take some time to bring the clique
completely into subjection. There is, of course, no such thing as an all-around club and golf,
but the nearest to it is this one, and the man who is master of it is rarely in a serious
difficulty. He can even play a respectable round with a clique alone, and there is no form of practice
less wearisome, more diverting, or more eminently valuable and instructive than that which is to be
obtained on a fine afternoon by taking out the clique and doing a round of the course with it
from the T to the whole in every case, and making use of all the different strokes that I have
described in the course of this chapter. End of Chapter 9. Chapter 10 of the Complete
Gopher. This is a Libravox recording. All Libravox recordings are in the public domain. For more
information or to volunteer, please visit Libravox.org. Read by Dylan Holt, the Complete
Gopher by Harry Varden. Play with the Iron.
When I mention that useful iron-headed club that goes by the simple name of iron,
I am conscious that I bring forward a subject that is dear to the hearts of many golfers
who have not yet come to play with certainty with all their instruments.
For the iron is often the golfer's favorite club,
and it has won the place of affection in his mind,
because it has been found in the course of long experience,
that it plays him fewer tricks than any of the others,
that it is more dependable.
This may be to some extent because with the average golfer,
such fine work is seldom required from the simple iron
as is wanted from other clubs from time to time.
The distance to be covered is always well within the capabilities of the club,
or it would not be employed,
and the average golfer of whom we speak,
who still has a handicap of several strokes,
is usually tolerably well satisfied
if he places the ball anywhere on the green,
from which point he will be enabled to hole out
in the additional regulation two strokes.
And the green is often a large enough place
so the iron is fortunate in its task.
But it goes without saying
that by those who have the skill for it
and sufficiently realize the possibilities
of all of their tools,
some of the finest work in golf
may be done with the iron.
When it is called for,
the player is within easy reach of the whole.
The really long work has been accomplished
and the prime consideration now
is that of accuracy.
Therefore, the man who feels
himself able to play for the pin, and not merely for the green, is he who is in the confidence
of his iron, and knows that there are great things to be done with it. The fault I have to find with
the iron play of most golfers is that it comes at the wrong time. I find them lunging out with all
of their power at full shots with their irons, when they may be far better employed in affecting
one of those pretty low shots made with the cleek at the half-swing. It is not in the nature of things
that the full iron should be as true as the half-cleak, where there is such a reserve of strength,
and the body being less in a state of strain, the mind can be more concentrated on straightness
and the accurate determination of length. I suspect that this full shot is so often played,
and the preference for the iron is established, not merely because it nearly always does its work
tolerably satisfactorily, but because in the simple matter of looks there is something inviting
about the iron. It has a fair amount of loft, and it is deeper in the face than the clique,
and at casual inspection of its points, it seems an easy club to play with. On the other hand,
being a little nearer to the hole, the average player deserts his iron for the mashy much
sooner than I care to do. Your 10 handicapped man never gives a second thought as to the tool
he shall use when he has arrived within a hundred yards of the hole. Is he not then approaching
in deadly earnest, and has he not grown up in golf with a definite understanding that there
is one thing and one only with which to give the true artistic finish to the play through the
green. Therefore, out of his bag comes the mashie, which, if it could speak, would surely protest
that it is a delicate club, with some fine breeding in it, and that it was never meant to do
this slogging with long swings that comes properly in the departments of its iron friends.
I seldom use a mashie until I am within 80 yards of the hole. Up to that point, I keep my iron in action,
Much better, I say, is a flick with an iron than the thump with the mashy.
The iron that I most commonly use is nearly two inches shorter than my cleek.
It follows that the stance is taken slightly nearer to the ball,
but reason for moving closer to our A-line is to be found in what I might describe
as the more upright lie of an iron as compared with the cleek.
When the lower edge of the club is laid evenly upon level turf,
the stick will usually be found to be a trifle more vertical than in the case of
of the cleek, and therefore, for the proper preservation of the natural lie of the club,
the golfer must come forward to it.
Consequently, I find that when I have taken my stance for an iron shot,
my right foot has come forward no less than eight and a half inches from the point at which it rested
when I was taking a tolerably full shot with the cleek.
The left foot is three and a half inches nearer,
thus the body has been very slightly turned in the direction of the hole,
and while the feet are a trifle closer together,
the ball is rather nearer to the right toe than it was when being addressed by the clique.
Those are the only features of the stance, and the only one I really insist upon is the nearness to the ball.
The commonest defect to be found with iron play is the failure to address the ball and play the stroke through
with the sole of the club laid evenly upon the ground from toe to heel.
When the man is too far from the ball, it commonly follows that the blade of the club comes down onto the turf heel first,
then something that was not bargained for happens.
It may be that the ball was taken by the center of the iron's face
and that the upward and downward swings and follow-through were all perfection,
and yet it has shot away to one side or the other with very little flight in it.
And perhaps for a week or two, while this is constantly happening,
the man is wondering why.
When, happily, the reason is at last made apparent,
the man goes forward to its correction
with that workman-like thoroughness,
which characterizes him always and everywhere,
and lo the airing ball still pursues a line which does not lead to the green at the same time it may be very likely be noticed that the slight sense of twisting which was experienced by the hands on the earlier occasion is here again
The truth is that the first fault was overcorrected and the toe of the club,
instead of the heel, has this time had the turf to itself while the ball was being removed.
Obviously, when either of these faults is committed, the club head is twisted.
And nothing is more impossible than to get in a perfect iron shot when these things are done.
I am making much ado about what may seem, after all, to be an elementary fault.
But a long experience of the wayward golfer has made it clear to me that this is not only a common fault,
which is accountable for much defective play with the iron,
but that it is often unsuspected and lurks undiscovered
and doing its daily damage for weeks or even months.
The sole of the iron must pass over the turf exactly parallel with it.
There is nothing new to say about the swing of the iron.
It is the same as the swing of the cleek.
For a full iron, the swing is as long as for the full cleek,
and for the half iron, it is as long as for the half cleek,
and both are made in the same way.
The arms and wrists are managed similarly, and I would only offer the special advice that the player should make sure that he finishes with his hands well up,
showing that the ball has been taken easily and properly, as he may see them in the photograph, which in itself tells a very good story of comfortable and free play with the club, which is at the same time held in full command.
The whole of the series of photographs of iron shots brings out very exactly the points that I desire to illustrate,
and I cannot do better than refer my readers to them.
When it is desired to play a half-iron shot that will give a low ball for traveling against the wind,
the same method may be pursued as when playing the corresponding shot with the clique.
When one comes to play with the iron and is within, say, 130 yards of the hole,
The regulation of the precise amount of power to be applied to the ball
becomes a matter of the first importance,
and one that causes unceasing anxiety.
I feel them that it develops upon me to convey a solemn warning
to all players of moderate experience,
that the distance the ball will be dispatched
is governed entirely by the extent of the back swing of the club.
When a few extra yards are wanted,
put an additional inch or two onto the back swing, and so on,
but never, however you may satisfy yourself with excuses that you are doing a wise and proper thing.
Attempt to force the pace at which the club is traveling in the downward swing,
or, on the other hand, attempt to check it.
I believe in the club being brought down fairly quickly in the case of all iron shots,
but it should be the natural speed that comes as the result of the speed and length of the upward swing,
and the gain in which it should be even and continuous throughout.
try therefore always to swing back at the same rate and to come on to the ball naturally and easily afterwards of course in accordance with the simple laws of gravity and applied force the farther back you swing the faster will your club be travelling when it reaches the ball and the harder it will be hit
Therefore, if the golfer will learn by experience exactly how far he should swing with a certain club in order to get a certain distance,
and will teach himself to swing to just the right length, and with always the same amount of force applied,
the rest is in the hands of nature, and can be depended upon with far more certainty than anything which the wayward hands and head of the golfer can accomplish.
This is a very simple and obvious truth, but it is one of the main principles of golf, and one that is far too often neglected.
How do you see a player take a full swing when a half shot is all that is wanted, and even when his instinct tells him that the half shot is the game?
What happens? The instinct assumes the upper hand at the top of the swing, and the man with the guilty conscience deliberately puts a break onto his club as it is coming down.
He knows that he has gone too far back, and he is anxious then to reduce the speed of the club by a natural means.
But the principles of golf are not to be so lightly tampered with in this manner,
and it affords the conscientious player some secret satisfaction to observe that very rarely, indeed,
is anything of a success made of shots of this sort.
A duffed stroke is the common result.
In such cases, the swing is of no more value than if it had not taken place at all.
of chapter 10.
Chapter 11 of the Complete Golfer.
This is the LibriVox recording.
All LibriVox recordings are in the public domain.
For more information or to volunteer, please visit LibriVox.org.
Read by Claire.
The Complete Golfer by Harry Varden.
Approaching with the Mashie.
There is an old saying that golf matches are one on the putting greens,
and has often been established that this one, like many other old sayings,
contains an element of truth, but is not entirely to be relied upon. In playing a whole,
what is one's constant desire and anxiety from the T-shot to the last putt? It is to affect,
somehow or other, that happy combination of excellent skill with a little luck, as will result
practically in the saving of a whole stroke, which will often mean the winning of the
hole. This prospect of being able to exercise this useful economy is greatest when the mashie
is taken in hand. The difference between a good drive and a poor one is,
is not very often to be represented by anything like half a stroke. But the difference between a
really good, mashy approach stroke and a bad one is frequently at least a stroke, and I have known it
to be more. Between the brilliant and the average, it is one full stroke. Of course a stroke is saved
in a hole very often one when a long put is holed, but in cases of this kind and the proportion
of luck to skill is much too great to give perfect satisfaction to the conscientious golfer,
however delightful the momentary sensation may be.
When a man is playing his mashey well, he is leaving himself very little to do on the putting green,
so that, if occasionally he does miss a putt, he can afford to do so,
having constantly been getting so near to the flag that one putt has sufficed.
When the work with a mashie is indifferent or poor,
the player is frequently left with long putts to negotiate and is in a fever of anxiety
until the last stroke has been made on the grain.
It often happens at these times that the putting is also poor,
and when this is the case, a sad mess is made of the score.
Therefore, while I say that he is a happy and lucky man who is able constantly to save his game on the putting greens,
happier by far is he who is not called upon to do so.
In this way, the skilled golfer generally finds the Mashy the most fascinating club to play with,
and there are a few pleasures in the game which can equal that of laying the ball well up to the pin from a distance of many yards.
One expects to get much nearer to it with this last of the irons than with the clique or the simple iron,
and the more nearly the flag is approached, the group.
greater the skill and experience of the player. Here, indeed, is a field for lifelong practice,
with a telling advantage accruing from each slight improvement in play. First, a word as to the club,
for there is scarcely an article in the golfers kit which presents more scope for variety of taste
and style. Drivers and brassies vary a little, cliques and irons differ much, but mashies are
more unlike each other than any of them. So much depends upon this part of the game,
and so much upon the preferences and peculiarities of the player that it is unlikely that the first massey
in which he invest will go alone with him through his experience as a golfer.
To his stock there will be added other mashies and it is probable that only after years of experiment
will he come to a final determination as to which is the best for him to use.
In this question of the choice of masci it is necessary that taste and style should be allowed
to have their own way. However, to the hesitating golfer, or to him whose mashy play so far has been
somewhat disappointing, I give with confidence the advice to use a mashie, which is very fairly lofted
and which is deep in the blade. I can see no use in the mashie with the narrow blade, which,
when, as so often happens when near the green, the ball is lying in grass, which is not as short
as it might be, often passes right under the ball, a loss of a stroke at the most critical moment,
which is the most exasperating thing I know. Again, for a last hint, I suggest that he should see
that his shaft is both stiff and strong, this instrument being used generally for lighter work
than the other iron clubs, and the delicacy and exactness of it being, as a rule, the chief
considerations, there is a natural tendency on the part of the golfer sometimes to favor a thinner
stick than usual. But it should be borne in mind that there should be no trace of give in the shaft,
for such would be all against the accuracy that is wanted, and a man when he is playing the short approach
shot wants to feel that he has a club in his hand that can be relied upon in its every fiber.
Moreover, gentle as is much of its work, even the mashy at times has some very rough jobs to accomplish.
So let the stick be fairly stiff. Of mashy shots, there is an infinite variety.
In this stroke, not only are the lie of the ball in the distance it has to be sent controlling factors
and the way it has to be played, but now the nature and qualities of the green, which is being
approached, constitute another, and one which occasions more thought and anxiety than other.
Generally, all mashy shots may be separated into three groups.
There is what we may call the ordinary mashy shot to begin with, meaning thereby a simple
lofted stroke, there is the running-up mashy shot, and there is the special stroke which
applies extra spin and cut to the ball. There are very pronounced differences between these strokes,
ways of playing them. One is often told that all mashies should be played with the wrist. I beg to
differ. As I have said before, I contend that there is no such thing as a purely wrist shot in golf,
except on the putting green. If anybody really made up his mind to play his mashey with his wrist and his
wrist alone, he would find the blade of his club in uncomfortable proximity to his face at the finish
of the stroke, and I should not like to hazard a guess as to where the ball might be. The fact of the
matter is that those who so often say that the mashy must be played with the wrist never attempt to
play it in this way themselves. They are merely misled by the fact that for the majority of
mashy strokes, a shorter swing and less freedom of the arms are desirable than when other
iron clubs are being employed. An attempt has been made to play a pure wrist shot in the how not to do
it photograph. Number 48, and I am sure nobody ever made a success of a stroke like that.
The stance for the mashy differs from that taken when an iron shot is being played, and that the feet are placed nearer to each other and nearer to the ball.
Comparison between the photographs and diagrams will make the extent of these differences and the peculiarities of the stance for the mashey quite clear.
The right toe is advanced until it is within 11 inches of the A-line.
The ball is opposite the left heel.
The left foot is turned slightly more outwardly than usual.
As for the grip, the only observation that it is necessary to make is,
that if a very short shot is being played, it is sometimes best to grasp the club low down at the bottom of the handle.
But in no circumstances do I approve of the hands leaving the leather and getting on to the wood,
as players sometimes permit them to do.
When the player is so desperately anxious to get so near to the blade with his hands,
he should use a shorter club.
It should also be noticed that the body is more relaxed than formerly,
that there is more bend at the elbows, that the arms are not so stiff,
and that there is the least suspicion, moreover, of slackness at the knees.
The whole attitude is arranged for ease, delicacy of touch, and extreme accuracy,
whereas formerly simple straightness and power were the governing considerations.
To the eye of the uninitiated, many of these photographs may seem very much alike,
but a little attentive study of those showing the stances for the iron and mashie
will make the essential differences very apparent.
In the address, the right knee is perceptibly bent,
and all the weight of the body is thrown onto it.
In the backward swing, the right knee stiffens and the left bends in,
the left foot leaning slightly over to facilitate its doing so.
There is a great tendency on the part of inexperienced or uncertain players
to pivot on the left toe in the most exaggerated manner,
even when playing a very short mashy stroke.
Unless a full shot is being taken,
there should not only be no pivoting with the mashie,
but the left heel throughout the stroke should be kept either touching the ground
or raised only the least distance above it.
In the backward swing, the right knee is stiffened,
and the left knee bends in towards the ball,
simply in order to let the club go back properly,
which it could hardly do if the original pose were retained.
It is particularly requisite that,
though there is so much ease elsewhere,
the club in the case of these mashy shots
should be held quite tightly.
They are not played with the wrists alone,
but with the wrists and the forearms,
and a firm grip is an essential to success.
When considering the nature of the backward swing, the question arises as to how far it should be prolonged,
and I have already declared myself against making long shots with the mashie.
It is my strong conviction that a man is playing the best and safest golf when he attempts nothing beyond 80 yards with his mashie,
using an iron or a clique for anything longer.
It is very seldom that I play my mashie at a distance of over 80 yards,
and the limit of the swing that I ever give to it is a three.
three-quarter, which is what I call an ordinary mashy stroke, and should be sufficient to do anything
ever to be attempted with this club. But some golfers like taking the fullest mashy stroke that they can,
and when hesitating between the use of an iron or the lofting club, they usually decide in favor of the
ladder. I think I can reach it with my mashie, they always say, and so they whirl away and commit
the most frightful abuse on a splendid course, which was never intended to have its capabilities
strained in order to reach anything. Instead of saying that they think they can reach it with
their mashie, these golfers should try to decide that a half-iron will not carry them too far.
It is easier and safer. Whenever a ball has a distance to go, I believe in keeping it fairly low down,
as low as the hazards will permit, believing that in this way by constant practice, it is possible
to ensure much greater accuracy than in any other way. No golfer has much control over a ball that
is sent up towards the sky. The mashie is meant to loft, and it is practically impossible to play a long
shot with it without lofting the ball very much and exposing it to all the wind that there is about.
As very little driving power has been imparted to the ball, what wind there may be has considerably
more effect upon it than upon the flight of other balls played with other iron clubs.
The line of the backward swing should be much the same as that for the half shot with a clique,
but the body should be held a little more rigidly and not be allowed to pivot quite so much
from the waist as when playing with any of the other clubs which have been described. The downward
swing is the same as before, and in the case of the ordinary stroke which we are speaking of,
the turf should be hit immediately behind the ball. As soon as the impact has been affected,
the body should be allowed to go forward with the club, care being taken that it does not
start too soon and is in French. The great anxiety of the immature player,
when making this stroke is to get the ball properly lofted,
and in some obstinate cases it seems to take several seasons of experience
to convince him completely that the club has been specially made for the purpose,
and, if fairly used, is quite adequate.
This man cannot get rid of the idea that the player lofts the ball,
or at least gives material assistance to the club in doing it.
What happens?
Observe this gentleman when he and his ball are on the wrong side of a hazard,
which is guarding the green,
and notice the very deliberate way,
in which he goes about doing the one thing that he has been told hundreds of times by the most
experienced players can only be attended by the most disastrous and costly failure.
He has made up his mind that he will scoop the ball over the bunker.
He will not trust to his club to do this important piece of business.
So down goes the right shoulder and into the bunker goes the ball.
And one more good hole has been lost.
He doesn't know how it happened.
He thinks the mashie must be the most difficult club in the world to play with,
and he complains of his terrible luck.
though by the time the approach shot to the next hole comes to be played, he is at it again.
There is nobody so persistent as the scooper, and the failure that attends his efforts is a fair
revenge by the club for the slight that is cast upon its capabilities, for the chances are
that if the stroke had been played in just the ordinary manner without any thought, whatever of
the bunker, and if the ground had been hit just a trifle behind the ball, the latter would have
been dropped easily and comfortably upon the green. Some golfers also seem to imagine that they have
done all that they could reasonably be expected to do when they have taken a divot,
and even if the shot has proved a failure, they derive some comfort from the divot they have
taken, the said divot usually being a huge slab of turf, the removal of which makes a gaping wound
in the links. But there is nothing to be proud of in this achievement, for it does not by any
means imply that the stroke has been properly made. To hit the ball correctly when making an approach
with the mashie, it is necessary to take a little, just a very little, turf. This is a very little.
is so, because the ball will not fly and rise properly as the club desires to make it do,
unless it is taken in the exact middle of the club, which has a deeper face than others.
I mean middle, not only as regards the distance from heel to toe, but between the top edge
of the blade and the sole. A moment's consideration will make it clear that if the stroke
were to be made quite cleanly, that is to say, if the club merely grazed the ground without
going into it, the ball would inevitably be taken by the lower part of the blade near to
soul and much below the center where the impact ought to be. Therefore, it is apparent that in order
to take it from the center, the blade must be forced underneath, and if the swing is made in the
manner directed and the turf is taken just the least distance behind the ball, which, of course,
means keeping the eye just so much more to be the right than usual, all that is necessary will
be easily accomplished. Apart from the loft, I think a little more accuracy is ensured by the removal
of that inch or two of turf. Now there is that most valuable stroke, the running-up approach to consider.
When skillfully performed, it is often most wonderfully and delightfully effective. It is used chiefly for
short approaches when the ground outside the putting green is fairly good and there is either
no hazard at all to be surmounted, or one that is so very low or sunken as not to cause any
serious inconvenience. When the running-up shot is played in these circumstances by the man who
knows how to play it, he can generally depend on getting much nearer to the hole than if he
were obliged to play with a pitch alone. It is properly classified as a mashy shot, but there are
golfers who do it with an iron. Others like a straight-faced mashie for the purpose, and a third
section have a preference for the ordinary mashie, and play for a pitch and run. These are
details of fancy in which I cannot properly interfere. The stance for the stroke differs from
that for an ordinary mashie shot in that the feet and body are further in front.
the right toe, for instance, being fully six inches nearer to the B-line.
C-plate, 49.
The club may be gripped lower down the handle.
Moreover, it should be held forward slightly in front of the head.
The swing back should be very straight and should not be carried nearly so far
as in playing an ordinary mashy stroke, for in this case the ball requires very little
propulsion.
This is one of the few shots in golf, which the right hand is called upon to do most of the work,
and that it may be encouraged to do so the hold with the left hand, should be.
should be slightly relaxed. With the right hand then fastening tightly to the handle, it comes about
that the toe of the club at the time of the impact is slightly in front of the heel, and this
combination of causes tends to give the necessary run to the ball when it takes the ground.
The work of the right hand in the case of this stroke is delicate and exact, and it must be
very carefully timed, for if it is done too suddenly or too soon, the result is likely to be a
foundered ball. The club having been taken so straight out in the backward swing, the natural tendency
will be to draw it very slightly across the ball when contact is made, and the blade then progressing
towards the left foot should to finish to be taken a few inches further round towards the back
than in the case of an ordinary mashy shot. One cannot very well compare the two in words,
however for the finishes are altogether different, as an examination of the illustration of the
finish of the running-up stroke will show. In this case, the swing stops when the shaft of the
club is pointing a little to the left of the direction of the ball that is speeding onwards,
the blade being on a level with the hands. It will be observed that at the finish, the right hand
is well over on the left hand. This is the kind of stroke that the practiced and skillful golfer
loves most, for a few others afford him such a test of calculation and judgment. It will not do
to make the stroke haphazard. Before the blade of the club is moved for the upward swing,
a very clear understanding should have been formed as to the amount of pitch that is to be given to the ball and the amount
of run. They must be in exactly the proper proportion to suit the circumstances, which will vary
almost every time the stroke is made. Nearly everything depends on the state of the land that is to be
traversed. The fact of the matter is that this shot is really a combination of lofting and putting
with many more uncertain quantities to be dealt with than when one is really putting on the green.
When one is decided where the pitch must be, the utmost pains should be taken to pitch there exactly,
which, as a distance will usually be trifling, ought not to be a difficult matter.
An error of even a foot in the shot of this kind is sometimes a serious matter.
When properly done, it is an exceedingly pretty shot, and one which brings great peace to the soul of the man who has done it.
And now we come to that exquisite stroke, the approach, to which must cut and spin have been applied
for a specific purpose. It is a shot which should only be played when circumstances render it
absolutely necessary. There are times when it is the only one which will afford the golfer a good
chance of coming well through a trying ordeal. When we play it, we want the ball to stop dead
almost as soon as it reaches the turf at the end of the pitch. If there is a tolerably high bunker
guarding the green and the flag is most awkwardly situated just at the other side, it is the only
shot that can be played. A stroke that would loft the ball over the bunker in the ordinary manner
would carry it far beyond the hole, too far to make the subsequent putting anything but a most
difficult matter. Or, on the other hand, leaving out of the question the hole which is hiding just on
the other side of the hazard protecting the green, it often happens in the summertime when greens are
hard and fiery, that it is absolutely impossible to make a ball which has been pitched onto them
in the ordinary manner stay there. Away it goes bouncing far off onto the other side, and another
approach shot has to be played, often by reason of a hazard having been found, more difficult
than the first. If there must be a pitch, then the thing to do is to try to apply a break to
the ball when it comes down, and we can only do this by cutting it. There are greens at which most
seasons of the year demand that the ball reaching them shall be cut for a dead drop, such as the
green laid at a steep angle when the golfer has to approach it from the elevated side.
A little cut is a comparatively easy thing to accomplish, but when the break is really wanted,
it is usually a most pronounced cut that will bring the ball up dead or nearly so.
That is called for, and this is a most difficult stroke.
I regard the ordinary mashie as the best club with which to make it, but there are some good
golfers who like the niblick for this task, and it is undoubtedly productive of good results.
However, I will suppose that it is to be attempted with the mashy.
The stance is quite different from that which was adopted when the running-up shot was being
played. Now the man comes more behind the ball, and the right foot goes forward until the toe
is within eight inches of the A-line, while the instep of the left foot is right across B.
The feet also are rather close together. An examination of Plate 50 will give an exact idea,
of the peculiarities of the stance for the stroke. Grip the club very low down on the handle,
but see that the right hand does not get off the leather. This time in the upward swing,
let the blade of the mashie go well outside the natural line for an ordinary swing.
That is to say, as far away from the body in the direction of the A-line as is felt to be
comfortable and convenient. While this is being done, the left elbow should be held more stiffly
and keep more severely under the control than the right. At the top of the swing,
which, as will be seen from the picture of it, plate 51, is only a short half swing and considerably
shorter than that for an ordinary mashy shot. Neither arm is at full length, the right being well
bent and the left slightly. When this upward swing has been made correctly, the blade of the
mashie naturally comes across the ball at the time of impact, and in this way a certain amount
of cut is applied. But this is not the limit of the possibilities of cutting, as many golfers
seem to imagine, nor is it sufficient to meet some of the extreme cases, which occasionally present
themselves. To do our utmost in this direction, we must decide that extremely little turf must be
taken, or it is obvious that unless the bare blade gets to work on the ball, it cannot do all that it is
capable of doing. The metal must go right underneath the ball, just skimming the grass in the process,
and scarcely removing any of the turf. It is also most important that at the instant when the ball and
club come into contact, the blade should be drawn quickly towards the left foot. To do this properly
requires not only much dexterity but most accurate timing, and first attempts are likely to be
very clumsy and disappointing. But many of the difficulties will disappear with practice,
and when at last some kind of proficiency has been obtained, it will be found that the ball
answers in the most obedient manner to the call that is made upon it. It will come down so dead upon
the green that it may be pitched up into the air until it is almost directly over the spot,
at which it is desired to place it. In playing this stroke a great deal depends on the mastery,
which the golfer obtains over his forearms and wrists. At the moment of impact, the arm should be
nearly full length and stiff, and the wrists as stiff as it is possible to make them.
I said that the drawing of the blade towards the left foot would have to be done quickly,
because obviously there is very little time to lose. But it must be done smoothly and evenly,
without a jerk, which would upset the whole swing, and if it has begun the smallest fraction of a second too soon,
the ball will be taken by the toe of the club, and the consequences will not be satisfactory.
I have returned to make this the last word about the cut because it is the essence of the stroke,
and it calls for what a young player may well regard as an almost hopeless nicety of perfection.
There is another little approach shot, which is usually called the chip onto the green,
but which is really nothing but the pitch and run on a very small scale.
It is used when the ball has only just failed to reach the green, or it is gone beyond it
and is lying in the rougher grass only of very few yards from the edge of it.
It often happens in cases of this sort that the putter may be ventured upon, but when that is
too risky, a little pitch is given to the ball, and it is allowed to run the last three or
four yards to the hole. An ordinary iron will often be found the most useful club for this purpose.
Laterally, a new kind of club has become fashionable in some quarters for approaching.
They call it the jigger and have a longer blade than the ordinary mashie.
Its users argue that it is easier to play with.
That may be true to a certain extent when the ball is lying nicely,
but we are not always favored with this good fortune,
and I have no hesitation in saying that for inferior or cupby lies,
the jigger is a very ineffectual instrument.
The long head cannot get into the cups,
and the accuracy that is always called for in approaching is made impossible.
If a jigger must be carried in the bag,
it should be merely as an auxiliary to the ordinary mashe.
Such are the shots with the mashie, and glad is the man who has mastered all of them,
for he is then a golfer of great pretensions,
who is then to be feared by any opponent at any time or place.
End of Chapter 11.
Chapter 12 of the complete golfer.
This is a Librevox recording.
All Librevox recordings are in the public domain.
For more information or to volunteer, please visit Libravox.
Read by Efan, The Complete Golfer, by Harry Varden, on Being Bunkered.
This is a hateful subject, but one which demands the most careful and unprejudiced consideration.
For not even the best of us bunkered almost daily?
There is nothing like the bunkers on the golf links for separating the philosophic from the
unphilosophic among a golfing crowd.
and when a representative of each section is in a bunker at the same time,
it is heavy odds on the philosopher winning the hole.
There are two respects in which he differs from his opponent at this crisis in his golfing affairs.
He does not become flurried, excited, or despondent,
and give the hole up for lost with a feeling of disgust that he had committed the most unpardonable sin.
He remembers that they,
there are still various strokes to be played before the hole is reached.
And that it is quite possible that in the meantime,
his friend may somewhere lose one and enable him to get on level terms again.
When two players with plus handicaps are engaged in a match,
a bunkered ball will generally mean a lost hole.
But others who have not climbed to this pinnacle of excellence
are far too pessimistic if they assume that this rule
operates in their case also.
The second matter in which the philosophic golfer rises superior to his less favored brother
when there is a bunker stroke to be played,
is that he fully realizes that the bunker was placed there for the particular purpose of catching
certain defective shots,
and that the definite idea of its constructors was that the man who plays such a shot
should lose a stroke as penalty for doing so, every time.
It is legitimate for us occasionally to put it on ourselves that those constructors did not know the long limits of our resource nor the craftiness we are able to display when in a very tight corner.
And that therefore, if we find a favorable opportunity, we may cheat the bunker out of the stroke that it threatens to take from us.
But this does not happen often.
When the golfer has brought himself to realize that, having played into a bunker,
bunker. He has lost a stroke, or the best part of one, and accepts the position without any further ado.
He has gone a long way in the cultivation of the most desirable properties of mind and temperament,
with which any player of the gang can be endowed. This man, recognizing that his stroke is lost,
when he goes up to his ball and studies the many difficulties of his situation,
plays for the mere purpose of getting out again, and probably putting himself on the other side in that one stroke which was lost.
It does not matter to him if he only gets two yards beyond the bunker, just far enough to enable him to take his stance and swing properly for the next shot.
Distance is positively no object whatever, and in this way he ensures himself against further loss and goes the right way to make up for his misfortune.
Now, what does the other man do in like circumstances?
Unreasonably and foolishly, he refuses to accept the inevitable,
and declines to give up the idea of getting to a point a hundred yards or more in front of his next shot,
which he will have reached if he had not been in the bunker.
He seems to think that the men who made the bunkers did not know their business.
Having been bunkered, he says to himself that it is his duty to himself.
and to the game to make up for the stroke which was lost by supremely brilliant recovery
under the most disheartening circumstances.
He insists that the recovery must be made here in the bunker, and thereafter he will progress
as usual.
It never occurs to him that it would be wiser and safer to content himself with just getting
out the hazard, and then, playing under comparatively easy and comfortable conditions,
to make his grand attempt at recovering the lost stroke.
He will be much more likely to succeed.
A stroke lost or gain is of equal value at any point on the route from the T to the hole.
And it is a simple fact, too often never realized,
that a long putt makes up for a short drive,
and the mashy shot lay dead for a previous stroke from which the ball was trapped in the bunker.
But the unphilosophic gentleman, who is ignorant of or tries to resist these truths,
feels that his bunker stroke must be compensated for by the next one or never.
What is the result?
Recklessly, unscientifically, even ludicrously,
he fires away at the ball in the bunker with a clique or an iron or a mashie,
striving his utmost to get length, when, with the frowning cliff of the bunker,
high in front of him, and possibly even overhanging him, no length is possible.
At the first attempt he fails to get out, his second stroke in the hazard shares the same fate,
where the third or fourth his ball by some extraordinary and lucky chance may just creep over the
top of the ridge.
How it came to do so when played in this manner, nobody knows.
The fact can only be explained by the argument that if you keep on doing the same thing,
something is sure to happen in the end.
And it is a sufficient warning to these bunker golfers that the gods of golf have so large a sense of justice
and of right and wrong that by this time the hole has, for a certainty, been lost.
The slashing player who wants to drive his long ball out of the bunker, very rarely indeed,
gets even this little creep over the crest,
until he has played two or three more,
and is in a desperate state of lost temper.
An alternative result to his efforts
comes about when he has played these three or four more,
and his ball is, if anything,
more hopelessly bunker than ever.
All sense of what is due to the game
and to his own dignity is then suddenly lost,
and a strange sight is often.
seen. Five, six, and seven more follow in quick succession. The man's arms working like the
piston of a locomotive, and his eyes by this time being quite blinded to the ball, the sand,
the bunker, and everything else. As an interesting feature of what we might call golfing physiology,
I seriously suggest that players of these habits and temperament, when they begin to work like a steam
engine in the bunker, do not see the ball at all for the last few strokes. The next time they indulge
in their peculiar performance, let them ask themselves immediately afterwards whether they did see it
or not, and in the majority of cases they will have to answer in the negative. When it is over,
a few impious words are uttered. The ball is picked up, and there is a slow and gloomy march to the
next T, from which it is unlikely that a good drive will be made. The nervous system of the
misguided golfer has been so completely upset by the recent occurrences that he may not
recover his equanimity until several more strokes have been played, or perhaps until the
round is over and the distressing incidents have at last passed from his mind. This has been a long
story about a thing that happens on most links every day. But the moral of it could hardly
have been emphasized properly or adequately if it had been told in fewer words, or if the
naked truth have been wrapped up in any more agreeable terms. The moral obviously is that the
golfer on being bunkered must concentrate his whole mind, capabilities, and energies
on getting out in one stroke, and must resolutely refrain from attempting length at the same time,
for, in nine cases out of ten, length is impossible.
There are indeed occasions when so light a sentence has been passed by the bunker on the erring ball
that a long shot is practicable, but they are very rare,
and come in an entirely different category from the average bunker ball,
and we will consider them in due course.
On the other hand, there are times when it is manifestly impossible even to get to the other side of the bunker in a single stroke,
as when the ball is tucked up at the foot of a steep and perhaps overhang cliff,
still the man must keep before himself the fact that his main object is to get out in the fewest strokes possible.
and in a case of this sort, he may be wise to play back,
particularly if it is a metal round that he is engaged upon.
If he plays back, he is still in the running for his prize
if his golf has been satisfactory up to this point,
for an addition of two strokes to his score through such an accident.
Though a serious handicap, it seldom a hopeless one.
If he does not play back his chance of victory may disappear entirely at this bunker.
His instinct tells him that it probably will do so, which then is the wiser and better course to take?
Now then, let us consider the ways and means of getting out of bunkers,
and take in our hands the most unpopular club that our bags contain.
We never look upon the niblick with any of that lingering affection,
which is constantly bestowed on all the other instruments that we possess,
as we reflect upon the splendid deeds that they have performed for us on many memorable occasions.
The Niblich revives only unpleasant memories,
but less than justice is done to this unfortunate club,
for, given fair treatment, it will accomplish most excellent and remunerative work
in rescuing its owner from the predicament
in which his carelessness or bad luck in handling the others have placed him.
There is little variety in niblics, and therefore no necessity to discourse upon their points,
for no professional is ever likely to stock a niblick for sale that is unequal to the performance
of its peculiar duties. It has rougher and heavier work to do than any other club,
and more brute force is requisitioned in employing it than any other time.
Therefore, the shaft should be as strong as it is possible for it to be,
and it should be so stiff that it will not bend under the most severe pressure.
The head should be rather small and round, with plenty of loft upon it, and very heavy.
A light niblick is useless.
It is difficult to advise as to the stance that should be taken for a niblick shot in a bunker.
Inasmuch as it so frequently happens that this is governed by circumstances which are quite beyond the golfer's control.
He must learn to adapt himself in the best possible manner to the conditions in which he finds himself.
And it will often happen that he is cramped for space.
he may be unable to get a proper or comfortable place for one or both of his feet,
or he may be obliged to stand with one foot, generally the left one, considerably above the other.
But when there are none of these difficulties besetting him,
it may be said that generally the stance most suited to a stroke with the niblick
is similar to that which would be taken for a long shot with an iron,
except perhaps that the player should stand a little nearer to the ball,
so that he may be well over it while making his swing.
The most important respect in which the swing differs from that of the iron
is that the club is brought up much straighter.
By this I mean that the head of the club should not be allowed to come round quite so much,
but throughout its course should be kept as nearly as possible,
overhanging what we have been calling the A-line.
The swing, indeed, is much more of what I call an upright character
than that of any other stroke in the game.
And at the top of it, the blade, having passed over the right shoulder and the golfer's head,
the shaft should be nearly horizontal and right over the back of the head.
An example of which may be seen in Plate 53,
where I have a fairly good lie, but am rather badly bunkered for all that,
being only a couple of feet from the base of a high and tolerably steep bank.
If there is such a thing as an average bunker shot, this is the one,
and I am now describing the method of dealing with cases of this and similar character.
There must be no thought of hitting the ball cleanly with the club in the case of this kind,
or in any other than the most exceptional situations or emergencies when bunkered.
The club must hit the sand, and the sand must move the ball,
but the iron blade of the niblick must hardly ever come into contact with the ball.
To prevent its doing so,
and to ensure the blade getting underneath sufficiently to lift the ball up at the very sharp angle that is necessary,
if it is to surmount the obstruction in front of it,
the sand should be struck at a point fully two inches behind the ball.
If the sand is exceedingly light and dry,
so that it offers very little resistance to the passage of the club,
this distance may be slightly increased,
or it may be diminished if the lie in the bunker is very heavy,
consisting of gravel or clay.
It is on this point so far behind the ball that the eye must, of course, be sternly and rigidly fixed,
and it is a duty which the beginner frequently finds most difficult to fulfill.
In the downward swing, the club shall be brought on to the spot indicated with all the speed and force of which the golfer is capable.
At other times, he may have had a yearning to press, which he has.
has with difficulty stifled. He may make up for all these ungratified desires by pressing
nail with all the strength in his body, and the harder the better, so long as he keeps his
eyes steadily fixed on the point behind the ball, and is sure that his muscular efforts will not
interfere with his accuracy. After all, the latter need not be quite so fine in this case,
as in the many others that we have already discussed.
For an eighth of an inch one way or the other,
does not much matter in the case of a niblick shot
where there are two inches of sand to plow through.
Swing harder than ever on to the sand,
with the knowledge that the swing will end there,
for a follow-through is not desired
and would in many cases be impossible.
When the heavy blade goes crash into the sand and blows it,
and the ball with it up into the air as if the electric touch has been given to an explosive
mine. The club has finished its work, and when the golfer is at rest again and is surveying
the results of his labors with his eyes, let us hope, directed to the further side of the hazard,
the blade will still remain in the cavity that it has made in the floor of the bunker. If any
Any attempt were made to follow through, it is highly probable that sufficient sand would
not be taken to make the ball rise up soon enough.
However, the more one reflects upon bonkers and niblics, the more does one feel that
the circumstances must govern the method of playing each of these strokes, and there is no finer
field for the display of the golfer's judgment and resource than this.
The next best accomplishment to the negative one of avoiding bunkers is that of getting out again with the least waste of strokes and distance.
And indeed, I should say that the man who is somewhat addicted to being bunkered, but invariably makes a good recovery,
is at least on level terms with another who is in trouble not quite so frequently, but who suffers terribly when he is.
The golden rule, I say it once again, is to make certain of getting out.
But now that I have sufficiently emphasized this point, I'm ready to consider those few occasions
when it appears a little weak and unsatisfactory.
Certainly, there are times, as we all know, when the enemy, having had matters his own way
at a hole, it will not be of the slightest use merely to scramble out of a bunker in one stroke.
The case is so desperate that a stroke that will carry the ball for perhaps 100 or 120 yards is called for.
Such a necessity does not affect my rule as to making certain of getting out.
For in practical golf one cannot take any serious account of emergencies of this kind.
But there are times when every player must either attempt the shot that most frequently baffles his superiors
or forthwith give up the whole.
And it is not in human nature to cave in while the faintest spark of hope remains.
In thus attempting the impossible, or the only dimly possible,
we are sometimes led even to take the brassy in the bunker.
In a case of this sort, of course, everything depends on the lie of the ball
and its distance from the face of the bunker.
when it is a shallow pot bunker, the shot is often practicable, and sometimes when one is
bunkered on a seaside course, the hazard is so wide that there is time for the ball to rise sufficiently
to clear the obstruction. But the average bunker on an inland course, say four feet high with only
six feet of sand before it, presents few such loopholes for escape. The difficulty of playing a shot from a bunker,
when any club other than the niblick, such as the brassy,
a chosen with the object of obtaining length by hitting the ball clean,
is obviously increased by the rule which prohibits the grounding of the club in addressing.
To be on the safe side,
the sole of the club is often kept fully an inch and a half above the sand
when the address is being made,
and this inch and a half has to be corrected down,
to an eighth in the forward swing, for of all shots that must be taken accurately, this one's so
full of difficulty must be. In making his correction, the man is very likely to overdo it, and
strike the sand before the ball, causing a sclaf, or, on the other hand, not to correct sufficiently
when the only possible result would be a top ball and probably a hopeless position in the hazard.
It is indeed a rashly speculative shot and one of the most difficult imaginable.
It comes off sometimes, but it is a pure matter of chance when it does,
and the lucky player is hardly entitled to that award of merit, which he may fancy he deserves.
When the situation of the bunker ball is unusually hopeful, and there does really seem to be a very fair prospect of making a good long shot,
I think it generally pays best to play straight at the hazard, putting just a little cut on the ball to help it to rise,
and employing any club that suggests itself for the purpose.
I think, in such circumstances, that it pays best to go straight for the hazard, because
if length is urgently demanded, what is the use of playing at an angle?
Again, though there is undoubtedly an advantage gained by taking a bunker crossways,
and thus giving the ball more time to rise,
the advantage is often greatly exaggerated in the golfer's mind.
When the ball is bunkered right on the edge of the green,
it is sometimes best to try to pick it up, not quite,
but almost cleanly with the niblick or mashie,
in the hope that one more stroke afterwards will be sufficient either to win or halve the hole.
Whereas an ordinary shot with the niblick would not be likely to succeed so well.
If after due contemplation of all the heavy risks,
it is decided to make such an attempt,
the stroke should be played very much after the fashion of the mashey approach.
with cut. Ani hardly
say that such a shot
is one of the most difficult
the golfer will ever have occasion
to attempt. The ordinary
cut-mashy stroke is hard
to accomplish, but the
cut niblich is harder still.
I have already given
directions for the playing
of such shots, and the
rest must be left to the golfer's daring
and his judgment.
End of chapter 12.
Chapter 13 of the
This is a Libravox recording.
All Libravox recordings are in the public domain.
For more information or to volunteer, please visit Libravox.org.
The Complete Golfer by Harry Varden, Chapter 13.
Simple putting.
Pudding in golf is a game within another game.
While I am not prepared to endorse the opinion that is commonly expressed,
that a golfer is born and not made. I am convinced that no amount of teaching will make a golfer
whole-out long putts with any frequency, nor will it even make him at all certain of getting the
short ones down. But it will certainly put him in the right way of hitting the ball, which after all
will be a considerable gain. Experience counts for very much, and it will convert a man who was
originally a bad putter into one who will generally hold his own on the greens, or even be
superior to the majority of his fellows. Even experience, however, counts for less in putting than in
any other department of the game, and there are many days in every player's life when he realizes,
only too sadly, that it seems to count for nothing at all. Do we not, from time to time,
see beginners who have been on the links but a single month, or even less than that,
laying their long putts as dead as anybody could wish almost every time,
and getting an amazing percentage of them into the tin itself?
Often enough, they seem to do these things simply because, as we should say,
they know nothing at all about putting,
which is perhaps another way of saying that their minds are never embarrassed by an oppressive knowledge
of all the difficulties which the ball will meet within its passage from the club to the hole,
and of the necessity of taking steps to counteract them all.
They are not afraid of the hole.
The fact is that putting is to a far greater extent than most of us suspect, purely a matter of confidence.
When a man feels that he can putt, he puts, and when he has a doubt about it, he almost
invariably makes a poor show upon the greens. Do I not know, to my cost, what it is to feel that I cannot
put? And on those occasions, to miss the most absurdly little ones that ever wait to be popped into the
hole without a moment's thought or hesitation? It is surely the strangest of the many strange things
in golf, that the old player, hero of many senior medal days, victor in matches or,
over a hundred links, will at times when the fortunes of an important game depend upon his
action, miss a little putt that his ten-year-old daughter would get down nine times out of ten.
She, dear little thing, does not yet know the horrors of the short putt. Sometimes it is the most
nerve-breaking thing to be found on the hundred acres of a golf course. The heart that does not quail
when a yawning bunker lies far ahead of the tea just at the distance of a good drive.
Beats in trouble when there are but 30 inches of smooth even turf to be run over before the play of the hole is ended.
I am reminded of a story of Andrew Kirklandy, who in his young days once carried for a young student of divinity,
who was most painfully nervous on the putting greens, and repeatedly lost holes in concoldy,
consequence. When Andrew could stand this reckless waste of opportunities no longer, he exclaimed to his
employer, man, this is awful work. You're driving like a roaring lion and putting like a purran
kitten. But the men whose occupations are of the philosophical and peaceful kind are not the only
ones who may be fairly likened to Andrew's purring kitten when there are short putts to behold.
Is there not the famous case of the Anglo-Indian sportsman, one of the mightiest of hunters,
who feared nothing like the hole when it lay so near to him that his tears of agony might
almost have fallen into it?
It was this man who declared, I have encountered all the manifold perils of the jungle,
I have tracked the huge elephant to his destruction, and I have stood eye to eye with a man-eating
tiger, and never once have I trembled until I came to a short putt.
Yet with such facts as these before us, some people still wonder wherein lies the fascination
of golf. How often does it happen that an inch on the putting green is worth more than a hundred
yards in the drive, and that the best of players are confounded by this circumstance. It is very
nearly true, as Willie Park has so often said, that the man who can putt need fear nobody.
Certainly, a player can never be really great until he is nearly always certain to hole out
in two putts on the green, and to get down a few in one.
The approach stroke has been well played when the ball comes to rest within four or five
feet of the pin. But what is the use of that, unless the ball is to be putted out for often than not
in one more stroke? For the proper playing of the other strokes in golf, I have told my readers to the
best of my ability how they should stand and where they should put their feet. But except for the
playing of particular strokes, which come within the category of those called fancy, I have no
similar instruction to offer in the matter of putting. There is no rule, and there is no best way.
Sometimes you see a player bend down and hold the putter right out in front of him with both wrists
behind the shaft. This is an eccentricity, but if the player in question believes that he can put
better in this way than in any other, he is quite justified in adopting it, and I would be the last
to tell him that he is wrong.
The fact is that there is more individuality in putting than in any other department of golf,
and it is absolutely imperative that this individuality should be allowed to have its way.
I believe seriously that every man has had a particular kind of putting method
awarded to him by nature, and when he puts exactly in this way, he will do well,
and when he departs from his natural system, he will miss the long ones, and the short ones too.
First of all, he has to find out this particular method which nature has assigned for his use.
There ought not to be much difficulty about this, for it will come unconsciously to his aid
when he is not thinking of anybody's advice or of anything that he has ever read in any book on golf.
That day, the hole will seem as big as the mouth of a coal mine, and putting the easiest
thing in the world.
When he stands to his ball and makes his little swing, he feels as easy and comfortable
and confident as any man can ever do.
Yet it is probable that, so far as he knows, he is not doing anything special.
It may happen that the very next day, when he thinks he is standing and holding a
its club and hitting the ball in exactly the same way, he nevertheless feels distinctly
uncomfortable and full of nervous hesitation as he makes his stroke. And then the long putts are all
either too short or too long or wide, and the little ones are missed. I don't think that the
liver or a passive variation in temperament is altogether the cause of this. I believe it is because the
man has departed even by a trifle from his own natural stance. A change of the position of the feet
by even a couple of inches one way or the other may alter the stance altogether and knock the player
clean off his putting. In this new position, he will wriggle about and feel uncomfortable.
Everything is wrong. His coat is in the way, his pockets seem too full of old balls, and the
of his stockings on his leg irritates him, and he is conscious that there is a nail coming up on the
inside of the soul of his boot. It is all because he is just that inch or two removed from the
stance which nature allotted to him for putting purposes. But he does not know that,
and consequently everything in the world except the true cause is blamed for the extraordinary
things that he does. A fair sample of many others was the clergyman who, having missed a short
putt when playing in a match over a Glasgow lynx, aspied in the distance on an eminence fully a quarter
of a mile away from the green, an innocent tourist, who was apparently doing nothing more injurious
to golf than serenely admiring the view. But the clerical golfer, being a man of
of quick temper poured forth a torrent of abuse, exclaiming,
How could I hold the ball with that blockhead over there, working his umbrella as if it were
the pendulum of an eight-day clock?
When this is the kind of thing that is happening, I advise the golfer to try variations in his
stance for putting, affecting the least possible amount of change at a time.
There is a chance that at last he will drop in.
to his natural stance, or something very near it. And even if he does not, there is some likelihood
that he will gain a trifling confidence by the change, and that will count for much.
And anyhow, there is ample justification for any amount of maneuvering of the body and the
feet when one is off one's putting. For at the best, to make use of something like an Irishism,
the state of things is then hopelessly bad, and the future tendency must be in the way of improvement.
There is one other suggestion to make to those golfers who believe what I say about the natural stance,
and by this time it will have become more or less obvious to them.
It is that when they are fairly on their putting, and apparently doing all that nature intended them to do,
and are feeling contented in body and mind accordingly,
they should take a sly but very careful look at their feet and body and everything else
just after they have made a successful long putt,
having felt certain all the time that they would make it.
This examination ought not to be premeditated
because that would probably spoil the whole thing.
And it usually happens that when one of these long ones has been successful,
successfully negotiated, the golfer is too much carried away by his emotions of delight to bring himself
immediately to a sober and acute analysis of how it was done. But sometime he may remember to look into the
matter, and then he should note the position of everything down to the smallest detail and the fraction of an
inch, and make a most careful note of them for future reference. It will be invaluable
So, as I hold that putting is a matter of nature and instinct, I make an exception this time
to my rule in the matter of illustrations, and offer to my reader no diagram with stance
measurements.
From the two photographs of myself putting in what I had every reason to believe at the time
was my own perfectly natural stance, they may take any hints that they may discover.
In the matter of putters, of which there is an infinite variety and a new one invented almost every month,
I believe in a man playing with just the kind that he has the most confidence in, and which he fancies suits him best.
Whether it is a plain gunmetal instrument, a crooked neck affair, a putting clique, an ordinary aluminum, a wooden putter,
or the latest American invention, it is all the same.
And if it suits the man who uses it,
then it is the best putter in the world for him,
and the one with which he will hold out most frequently.
In no other sense is there such a thing as a best putter.
The only semblance of a suggestion that I will presume to offer in this connection is
that for very long putts there is something to be said in favor of,
of the wooden and aluminum putters, which seem to require less exertion than others,
and to enable the player to regulate the strength of the stroke more exactly.
For the shorter ones, I like a putting clique best.
But even these are matters of fancy.
And what a great deal, even the vaguest, most unreasoning belief in a putter
has to do with the success with which it is manipulated?
I have as good a reason as anyone to understand, since I owe my first championship largely to the help of a putter, which I had never used before, and which was really not a putter at all. But, as I have explained elsewhere, simply a little clique which I picked up accidentally in a professional shop on the eve of the struggle, and in which I had a new shaft fixed to my own life.
liking. On that occasion, I putted with this instrument as the winner of a championship ought to
putt, but I have never been able to do any good with it since, and in these days it is resting idly in my shop,
useless, but quite unpurchasable for any money. I do believe that it is a good thing to be the
possessor of two putters, with both of which you have at one time or another.
done well, and in which you have unlimited confidence. Don't carry them both in the bag at the same
time, but keep one safe in the locker, and when the day comes, as it surely will, when you are
off your putting, take it out to the links for your next round and see what you can do with it.
Your weakness on the green may no more have been the fault of the other putter than the tourist was
the cause of the clergyman missing the little one at Glasgow, but very much will be gained if you
can persuade yourself that it was. It is to a certain extent possible to be definite in remarking
upon the grip. Some good golfers clasp their putters tightly with both hands. Others keep the
left hand loose and the right hand firm, and a third selection do the reverse, each method being
justified on its day. But in this part of the game, it is quite clear that the right hand has more
work to do than the left. It is the right hand that makes the stroke, and therefore I consider
that it should be allowed plenty of play, and that the left wrist should be held more loosely than the
right. For my part, I use the same overlapping grip and putting as in all the other strokes,
making just this one small variation,
that instead of allowing the right thumb to fall over the shaft,
as when driving or playing through the green,
I place it on the top of the shaft and pointing down it.
This seems to me to make for accuracy.
In playing what we may call an ordinary put,
that is to say, one presenting no difficulties in the way of stymies,
slopes of the green, or anything of that kind,
I think it pays best in the long run
to make a point of always hitting the ball
with the middle of the face of the club.
Although I believe, Willie Park,
one of the greatest of putters,
always hits the ball off the toe of the club,
and comes into the hole from the right-hand side of it.
Other players consistently, and by design,
half-topped the ball when they are putting.
There should be no sharp hit and no jerk in the swing, which should have the even gentle motion of a pendulum.
In the backward swing, the length of which, as in all other strokes in golf, is regulated by the distance it is desired to make the ball travel,
the head of the putter should be kept exactly in the line of the putt.
Accuracy will be impossible if it is brought round at all.
There should be a short follow-through after impact, varying, of course, according to the length of the putt.
In the case of the long one, the club will go through much further, and then the arms would naturally be more extended.
In the follow-through, the putter should be kept well down, the bottom edge scraping the top of the grass for some inches.
It is easy to understand how much more this course of procedure will tend toward the accuracy
and delicacy of the stroke than the reverse method, in which the blade of the putter would be
cocked up as soon as the ball had left it.
Before I close my remarks on the simple putt, I feel that it is a duty to repeat once more
those wise maxims relating to putting that have been uttered some tens of thousands of times already.
Never up, never in.
There is nothing so true, and the number of matches and medals that have been lost through the reckless and foolish disregard of this rule must be enormous.
The whole will never come to you. Therefore, make up your mind that you will always go.
go to the hole, and let it be an invariable practice to play for the back of the tin so that you will
always have just a little in hand. The most deadly accuracy and the nicest calculations
are all wasted if the ball is just half a turn short of the opening, and there is nothing in the
whole of the play between one T and the next more exasperating than the long putt which hesitates,
and stops on the very lip of the hole.
There is another very good reason for always playing very well up to the hole,
which may not have occurred to all golfers who read these lines.
Suppose that in the exercise of this rule about always being up at any cost,
too much has been put into the ball,
and, refusing to die where it ought to do,
it skips over the hole and comes to a standstill several,
inches beyond. That's the result of being up, exclaims the irritated golfer.
But he feels at any rate that he has given the hole the chance for which it asked,
and has a far greater sense of satisfaction and of duty done than if the ball had stopped a foot
or more short of the place that was made for it.
This may be the reason why an 18-inch or two-foot puttut.
back to the hole from the far side always seems easier and is less frequently missed than a put
of the same distance from the original side, which is merely making up for the shortage in the first
putt. Whether that is the reason or not, there is the fact, and though they may not have
considered the matter hitherto, I feel confident that on reflection, or when they take note of future
experiences, most of my readers will admit that this is so. It is a final argument for playing to the
back of the hole and never being short. One of the greatest worries of the glorious life of old
Tom Morris was that for a long time when in the middle of his career he was nearly always short
with his long putts, and his son, young Tom, used wickedly to say that his father would be a great
putter if the whole were always a yard nearer. Tom, I believe, was always conscious of his failing,
and made the most strenuous efforts to correct it, and this only shows what a terrible and incurable
habit this one of being short can become, and what necessity there is.
is for the golfer to exercise his strength of mind to get rid of it in his early days and establish
the practice of being up every time. Often enough he will run over, but sometimes the kind
hole will gobble the ball, and on the average he will gain substantially over the nervous,
hesitating player who is always short.
End of Chapter 13
Read by J.D. Malloy, Colorado Springs, 2023.
Chapter 14 of The Complete Golfer.
This is a LibriVox recording.
All Libre Box recordings are in the public domain.
For more information or to volunteer, please visit LibriVox.org.
Read by Claire.
The Complete Golfer by Harry Varden.
complicated putts. Now we will consider those putts in which it is not all plain sailing from the place where the ball lies to the hole. The line of the putt may be uphill or it may be downhill, or the green may slope all the way from one side to the other, or first from one and then the other. There is no end to the tricks and difficulties of a good sporting green, and the more of them the merrier. The golfer's powers of calculation are now in great demand.
take to begin with one of the most difficult of all putts, that in which there is a more or less
pronounced slope from one side or the other, or a mixture of the two. In this case, it would
obviously be fatal to put straight at the hole. Allowances must be made on one side or the other,
and sometimes they are very great allowances too. I have found that most beginners err in
being afraid of allowing sufficiently for the slope. They may convince themselves that in order
to get near the hole, their ball should be a yard or so, often,
the straight line when it is halfway along its course, and yet at the last instant, when they make
their stroke, their nerve and resolutions seem to fail them, and they point the ball but a few
inches up the slope, with a result that before it reaches the hole, it goes running away on the other
side and comes to a standstill, anything but dead. Pudding practice on undulating greens is very
valuable, not so much because it teaches the golfer exactly what allowance he should make in various
cases, but because it helps by experience to give him the courage of his convictions.
It is impossible to give any directions as to the precise allowance that should be made,
for the simple reason that this varies in every case.
The length of the put, the degree of the slope, and the speed of the green are all controlling
factors.
The amount of borrow, as we term it, that must be taken from the side of any particular
slope, is entirely a matter of mathematical calculation, and the problem will be solved to
satisfaction most frequently by the man who trains himself to make an accurate and speedy analysis
of the controlling factors in the limited amount of time available for the purpose. The put is difficult
enough when there is a pronounced slope all the way from one particular side, but the question is
much more puzzling when it is first one and then the other, and then perhaps a repetition of one or both.
To begin with, there may be a slope of 15 degrees from the right, so the ball must go away to the right,
but a couple of yards further on this slope may be transformed into one of 30 degrees the other way,
and after a short piece of level running, the original slope, but now at 20 degrees, is reverted to.
What in the name of golf is the line that must be taken in a tantalizing case of this kind?
It is plain that the second slope, if it lasts as long as the first one, more than neutralizes it,
being steeper, so that instead of borrowing from the first one, we must start running down it in order to
tackle the second one in good time, but the third slope again to some extent, though not entirely
neutralizes the second, and this entirely upsets the calculation which only included the first two.
It is evident that the first and third hold the advantage between them, and that in such a case as this,
we should send the ball on its journey with a slight borrow from the first incline with which it had
to contend. As I have just said, in these complicated cases, it is a question of reckoning pure and
simple, and then putting the ball in a straightforward manner along the line, which you have
decided is the correct one. But there are times when a little artifice may be resorted to,
particularly in the matter of applying a little cut to the ball. There is a good deal of billiards
and putting, and the cut stroke on the green is essentially one which the billiard player
will delight to practice. But I warn all those who are not already expert at cutting with
the putter to make themselves masters of the stroke in private practice before they attempted
in a match because it is by no means easy to acquire.
The chief difficulty that the golf student will encounter and attempting it will be to put the
cut on as he desires, and at the same time to play the ball with the proper strength and keep
on the proper line.
It is easy enough to cut the ball, but it is most difficult, at first, at all events,
to cut it and put it properly at the same time.
For the application of cut, turn the toe of the putter slightly outward and away from the
hole, and see that the face of the club is kept to this angle all the way through the stroke.
Swing just a trifle away from the straight lines outwards, and the moment you come back on to the ball,
draw the club sharply across it. It is evident that this movement, when properly executed,
will give to the ball a rotary motion, which on a perfectly level green would tend to make it
run slightly off to the right of the straight line along which it was aimed.
Here, then, the golfer may arm himself with an accomplishment, which may frequently
prove of valuable service. He may dodge a stymie or circumvent an inconvenient piece of the green
over which, without the cut, the ball would have to travel. But most frequently will the accomplished
putter find the cut of use to him when there is a pronounced slope of the green from the right-hand
side of the line of the put. In applying cut to the ball, in a case of this kind, we are complicating
the problem by the introduction of a fourth factor to the other three I have named, but at the same time
we are diminishing the weight of these others, since we shall enable ourselves to put more directly
at the hole. Suppose it is a steep but even slope all the way from the ball to the hole. Now, if we are
going to put this ball in the ordinary manner without any spin on it, we must borrow a lot from the
hill, and as we shall at once convince ourselves, the ball must be at its highest point when it is
just halfway to the hole. But we may borrow from the slope in another way than by running straight
up it and straight down again. If we put cut on the ball,
it will of itself be fighting against the hill the whole way,
and though if the angle is at all pronounced it may not be able to contend against it
without any extra borrow, much less will be required than in the case of the simple putt
up the hill and down again.
Now it must be borne in mind that is a purely artificial force, as it were,
that keeps the ball from running down the slope,
and as soon as the run on the ball is being exhausted and the spin at the same time,
the tendency will not be for the ball to run gradually down the slope,
as it did in the case of the simple putt without cut, but to surrender to it completely and run almost
straight down. Our plan of campaign is now indicated. Instead of going a long way up the hill
out of our street line, and having but a very vague idea of what is going to be the end of it all,
we will neutralize the effect of the slope as far as possible by using the cut and aim to a point
much lower down the hill. How much lower can only be determined with knowledge of the particular
circumstances and after the golfer has thoroughly practiced the stroke and knows what he can do with it.
And instead of settling upon a point halfway along the line of the putt as the highest that the ball
shall reach, this summit of the ascent will now be very much nearer to the hole, quite close to it,
in fact. We put up to this point with all the spin we can get on the ball, and when it reaches
it the forward motion and the rotation die away at the same time, and the ball drops a way.
down the hill and, as we hope, into the hole that is waiting for it close by.
Now, after all this explanation, it may really seem that by using the cut in a case of this kind,
we are going about the job in the most difficult manner.
But when once the golfer has made himself master of this cut stroke and has practiced this manner of
attacking slopes, he will speedily convince himself that it is the easier and more reliable method,
certainly more reliable.
It seems to be a great advantage to be able to keep closer to the straight line and the strength can be more accurately gauged.
The diagram which I have drawn on this page shows relatively the course taken by balls played in the two different styles and will help to explain my meaning.
The slope is supposed to be coming from the top of the page, as it were, and the plain curved line is the course taken by the ball which has no cut given to it, while that which is dotted is the line of the cut ball.
I am giving them both credit for having been played with these utmost precision so that they would find their way to the tin.
I submit all these remarks as an idea to be followed up and elaborated in much practice rather than a definite piece of instruction,
where the variety of circumstances is so bewildering that a fixed rule is impossible.
One of the putting problems which strike most fear into the heart of the golfer is when his line from the ball to the hole runs straight down a steep slope,
and then there is some considerable distance for the ball to travel along a fast green.
The difficulty in such a case is to preserve any control over the ball after it has left the club,
and to make it stop anywhere near the hole if the green is really so fast and steep as almost to impart motion of itself.
In a case of this sort, I think it generally pays best to hit the ball very nearly upon the toe of the putter,
at the same time making a short quick twitch or draw the club across the ball towards the ball,
the feet. Little forward motion will be imparted in this manner, but there will be a tendency to
half-lift the ball from the green at the beginning of its journey, and it will continue its way to the
hole with a lot of drag upon it. It is obvious that this stroke, to be played properly,
will need much practice in the first place and judgment afterwards, and I can do little more
than state the principle upon which it should be made, but oftentimes when the slope of the
green is really considerable and one experiences a sense of great risk and danger in using the putter at all,
I strongly advise the use of the iron or mashie. Indeed, I think most golfers chain themselves down
too much to the idea that the putter, being the proper thing to putt with, no other club should be
used on the green. There is no law to enforce the use of the putter, but even when the idea
sometimes occurs to a player that it would be best to use as mashy on the green in particular
circumstances, he usually rejects it as improper. On a steep incline, it pays very well to use a
mashie for length in these circumstances can often be judged very accurately, and the ball, having been
given its little pitch to begin with, does not then begin to roll along nearly so quickly
as if the putter had been acting upon it. There are times, even when the hole is only a yard away,
when it might pay best to ask for the mashie instead of the instrument which the caddy will
offer. Upon the very difficult and annoying question of stymies, there are a few hints that I can
offer which will not suggest themselves to the player of a very little experience. The fact which
must be driven home is that some stymies are negotiable and others are not. Not by any player or by
any method. When the ball that stymies you dead is lying on the lip of the hole and half covering
it and your own is some distance away, the case is to all intents and purposes, hopeless,
but if you have only got this one stroke left for the half, you feel that an effort of some
kind must be made, however hopeless it may be. The one chance, and even that is not always given,
is to pass the other ball so very closely that yours will touch the rim of the hole, and then perhaps,
if it is traveling slowly enough, be influenced sufficiently to tumble in.
Luck must necessarily have a lot to do with the success of a stroke of this kind,
and the one consolation is that if it fails or if you knock the other ball in, which is quite likely,
things will be no worse than they appeared before you took the stroke.
If, in the case of a dead and hopeless stymie of this kind, you had two strokes for the half and one for the hole,
I should strongly advise you to give up all thoughts of holing out and make quite certain of being dead the first time and getting the half.
Many golfers are so carried away by their desire to snatch the hole from a desperate position of this sort
that they throw all prudence to the winds,
attempt the impossible, and probably lose the hole at the finish instead of having it.
They may leave themselves another stymie.
They may knock the other ball in, or they may be anything but dead after their first stroke.
Indeed, it is when defying their fate in this manner that everything is likely to happen for the worst.
The common method of playing a stymie is by pitching your ball over that of your opponent,
but this is not always possible.
All depends on how near the other ball is to the hole and how far the balls are apart.
If the ball that stymies you is on the lip and your own is three yards away,
it is obvious you cannot pitch over it.
From such a distance, your own ball could not be made to clear the other one
and drop again in time to fall into the tin.
But when an examination of the situation makes it clear that there is really space,
enough to pitch over and get into the hole, take the most lofted club in your bag, either
a highly lofted mashie or even a niblic, and when making the little pitch shot that is
demanded, apply cut to the ball in the way I have already directed, and aim to the left-hand side
of the tin. The stroke should be very short and quick, the blade of the club not passing
through a space of more than nine inches or a foot. The cut will make the ball lift quickly,
and with a spin upon it, it is evident that the left-hand side of the hole is
the proper one to play to. Everything depends upon the measurements of the situation as to whether
you ought to pitch right into the hole or to pitch short and run in, but in any case you should
pitch close up and in a general way, four or five inches would be a fair distance to ask the ball to run.
When your own ball is many yards away from the hole and the one that makes the stymie is also
far from it as well as far from yours, a pitch shot seems very often to be either inadequate or
impossible. Usually it will be better to aim at going very near to the stymie with the
object of getting up dead, making quite certain at the same time that you do not bungle the
whole thing by hitting the other ball, or else to play to the left with much cut so that with
a little luck you may circle into the hole. Evidently the latter would be a somewhat hazardous
stroke to make. There is one other way of attacking a stymie, and that is by the application
of the run-through method. When the ball in front of you is on the edge of the hole and your own is
very close to it, only just outside the six inches limit that makes the stymie.
If the balls are much more than a foot apart, the follow-through method of playing stymies
is almost certain to fail. This system is nothing more than the follow-through shot at billiards,
and the principles upon which the strokes in the two games are made are much the same.
Hit your own ball very high up, that is to say, put all the top and run on it that you can,
and strike the other ball fairly in the center and fairly hard.
The object is to knock the stymie right away over the hole and to follow through with your own and drop in.
If you don't hit hard enough, you will only succeed in holing your opponent's ball and earning his sarcastic thanks.
And if you don't get top enough on your own ball, you will not follow through, however hard you bang up against the other.
This is a very useful stroke to practice for the particular kind of stymie to which it applies occurs very frequently and is one of the most exasperating of all.
Most of these fancy pudding strokes stand a very poor chance of success on a very slow green.
Cut in top and all these other niceties will not work on a dull one.
It is the sharp, fiery green that comes to the rescue of the resourceful golfer in circumstances such as we have been discussing.
It seems to me that golfers in considering their puts very often take two little pains to come to an accurate determination of the speed of the greens.
There are a score of changing circumstances which affect that speed,
but it frequently happens that only a casual glance is given to the state of the turf,
and the rest of the time is spent in considering the distance and the inclines that have to be
contended against. The golfer should accustom himself to making a minute survey of the condition
of things. Thus, to how many players does it occur that the direction in which the mowing machine
has been passed over it makes an enormous difference to the speed of the particular piece of
the green that has to be putted over? All the blades of grass are,
are bent down in the direction that the machine is taken, and their points all face that way.
Therefore, the ball that is being putted in the opposite direction encounters all the resistance
of those points, and in the aggregate, this resistance is very considerable. On the other hand,
the ball that has to be putted in the same direction that the machine went has an unusually
smooth and slippery surface to glide over. It is very easy to see which way the machine has gone.
On a newly cut green, there are stripes of different shades of green. The points of the
grass give the deeper tints, and therefore the machine has been coming towards you on the dark stripes,
and along them you must put harder than on the others. The variety of the circumstances to be taken
into consideration render putting on undulating greens very attractive to the man who makes a
proper and careful study of this part of the game, as every player ought to do.
End of Chapter 14
Chapter 15 of The Complete Golfer. This is a late
Libravox recording. All Libravox recordings are in the public domain. For more information or to volunteer,
please visit Libravox.org. Read by Betty B. The Complete Golfer by Harry Varden. Some general hints.
The following are detached suggestions, each of which I think is of value and importance.
In most cases, they are such as I have not had an opportunity of making in any other chapter.
but in a few others they are repetitions of former injunctions for the sake of further emphasis.
Don't play too much golf if you want to get on in the game.
Three rounds a day are too much for any man, and if he makes a practice of playing them
whenever he has the opportunity, his game is sure to suffer.
He often says that his third round is the best of the day.
But what about the first next morning?
Two rounds a day are enough, and these two rounds on three days of the week,
are as much golf as is good for any player who does not want to become careless and stale.
Remember that the player who first settles down to the serious business of a hard match has the advantage.
In a majority of cases, concentrated purpose is the secret of victory.
You must be thoughtful if you want to get on in golf.
Most players, when they make an exceptionally good stroke,
gaze delightedly at the result and then begin to talk about it to their opponent
and the caddy. They rarely give a thought as to exactly how they did it, though it must be obvious that for that good result to have been obtained, the stroke must have been played in a particularly correct and able manner. Unless by pure accident, no good ever comes of a bad stroke. When you have made a really wonderfully good shot for you, bring yourself up sharply to find out exactly how you did it. Notice your stance, your grip, and try to remember the exact character,
of the swing that you made, and precisely how you followed through. Then you will be able to do the
same thing next time with great confidence. Usually, when a player makes a really bad stroke,
you see him trying the swing over again, without the ball, wondering what went wrong. It would
pay him much better to do the good strokes over again in the same way every time he makes them,
so as to impress the method of execution firmly upon his mind. Don't praise your own good
shots, leave that function to your partner, who, if a good sort, will not be slow in performing
it. His praise will be more discriminating and worth more than yours. And don't say spiteful and
unkind things about his good shots, or be continually talking about his luck. If you do, he will
hate you before the game is over. When a hole is being keenly contested and you look as though
you are having the worst of it, try not to appear pleased when your opponent makes a bad
stroke or gets into serious trouble, however relieved or even delighted you may feel.
It is human nature to feel the better for your opponent's mistake in a crisis of this
kind, but it is not good manners to show that you feel it. And, however well you may know your
friend, it is not half so funny as you think it is to laugh at such a time or shout out that
you rejoice. It is simply bad taste, for your opponent at that time is suffering from a sense
of keen disappointment and is temporarily quite unable to appreciate jokes of this kind.
He is inclined to think he has been mistaken in you all along and that you are much less of a gentleman
and a sportsman than he had imagined. If he is playing several more in a vain endeavor to extricate
himself from a bunker, do not stand near him and audibly count his strokes. It would be
justifiable homicide if he wound up his pitiable exhibition by applying his nibble to your head.
It is better to pretend that you do not notice these things. On the other hand, do not go out of your
way to say that you are sorry when these misfortunes happen. Such expressions imply a kind of
patronage for which your opponent will not thank you, and he knows all the time that you do not
really mean it, and therefore infers that you are a hypocrite. Best golf is that which is played,
in comparative silence. At the beginning of a match, do not worry yourself with the idea that the
result is likely to be against you. By reflecting thus upon the possibilities of defeat, one often
becomes too anxious and loses one's freedom of style. Take more risks when you are down to your
opponent than when you are up on him. If you play a difficult shot successfully, the circumstance
will probably have some effect upon the other man.
It is a mistake continually to exercise extreme caution.
One's play is severely cramped by an excess of care.
Try whatever possible to make matches with opponents
who are at least as good, if not better, than yourself.
This will do your game more good than playing with an inferior player
against whom you will always be liable to play in a careless manner.
Always make an effort to improve your game, and do not content yourself with the idea that you go out on the links for the exercise only.
It is no more difficult or less pleasant trying to play better than it is to go on continually in the same old way.
When making a match, do not try to get a greater allowance of strokes than that to which you are entitled on your handicap,
alleging to your opponent that the said handicap is an unfair one.
Your opponent may think you are a little too keen, and if he grants your improper request,
and you should then win the match, he may think some other things besides.
Remember that more matches are lost through carelessness at the beginning than through any other cause.
Always make a point of trying to play the first hole as well as you have ever played a hole in your life.
The favorite saying of some players, I never try to win the first hole,
is the most foolish thing ever said in connection with the game of golf.
Win as many holes as you can in the early part of the game.
They may be useful for you to fall back upon later on.
Try to avoid an unnecessary expenditure of nerve force by treating your adversary
with all due respect to him as a non-entity.
Whatever brilliant achievements he may accomplish,
go on quietly playing your own game.
There is always the probability that soon,
or later, he will make enough mistakes to bring him back to you. It is the steadier player who
plays his own game from the first T to the last green, and who never allows himself to be upset
by anything that happens. Who wins the match? Never hurry when playing a match or a metal round,
or indeed any kind of golf. Haste will affect your nerves and spoil your play. The record for
playing around in the shortest possible space of time is not worth the holding. Take time enough,
but don't be unnecessarily slow. If from any cause whatever you are playing a very slow game,
don't miss an opportunity of inviting the couple behind you to pass. It will please them and will be
far more comfortable for you. But if your match is behind a slow one, do not be offensive
in pressing upon the match in front by making rude remarks and occasionally playing when
are within range. You do not know what troubles they are enduring. Remember the story of the old
player who, on a ball being driven past him by the couple behind, sent his caddy with his car
to the offender and with it the message. Mr. Blank presents his compliments and begs to say that
though he may be playing slowly, he can play a devil of a lot more slowly if he likes. Be careful
that you always stand on the proper side of the tea when your opponent is preparing to
drive. At this most anxious moment for your friend do not be practicing your own swing or move about or talk.
You would be intensely annoyed with him if he did these things when you were driving. If he lost the
match through a foozled drive, he would be justified in saying that you did not play the game.
In playing through the green, avoid as far as possible getting in your opponent's line of sight
when he is making his stroke. Also, do not stand.
so near to him that he can see you through the corner of his eye when he is taking his swing.
Do not get into the habit of asking for a half on the putting green when in your own opinion you are
lying dead and have one stroke left for the half. You may not be as dead as you think and your
opponent may not consider you are dead at all. He naturally wonders why you ask for the half when it would
be so easy to put the ball. It would be excusable if he were to offer to make you a present of the
ball you have on the match. These propositions about the giving of halves should invariably come from
the other side. Besides, when you have asked for a half and your opponent says no, put it out,
you not only look foolish, but you are so irritated that you may very likely miss the putt.
Then you will look more foolish than ever, and the next thing you will lose is the match.
But when your opponent of his own free will says, I will give you that, meaning the little putt for the half,
show your appreciation of his confidence in your putting by picking up the ball and saying no more about it don't insist on putting the ball into the hole either with one hand or in any other way
you are sure to be playing carelessly and suppose you failed to hold your opponent said he gave you the half and yet you failed afterwards to get it when you insisted on playing of course you have a right to the half that he gave you but you will have an uneasy conscience and your friend will be sorry
that he was so generous. Also, when you have carelessly missed a six-inch putt for the half,
do not remark to your opponent, as some players do, of course if you insist upon it, I will give you
the whole. It is no question of insistence. It is the rule of the game. I say stick to the rules of the
game. Never use long-headed clubs. The shorter-headed clubs are easier to play with and are
more accurate. Do not wear too tightly fitting clothes, particularly be careful to see that there's
plenty of spare cloth under the arms. Tightness here, where there should be the utmost freedom,
means the wholesale ruination of what would otherwise have been good strokes. Always use braces
in preference to a belt round the waist. I never play with the belt. Braces seem to hold the
shoulders together, just as they ought to be. When a man plays in a belt, he has an unaccustomed
sense of looseness, and his shoulders are too much beyond control. It is a mistake to imagine
you can swing better with a belt than with braces. For the same reason, I do not advise a golfer
to play without his coat, even on the warmest day if he wants to play his best game. Whenever possible,
use shoes for golfing instead of boots. They allow more freedom to the anger.
and make it much easier to pivot on the toes.
Keep the leather of your boots and shoes,
soft and pliable.
Apply dubbing to them in the winter.
Take care that there are plenty of nails
on the soles of your boots and shoes,
and that they are in good condition and the heads not worn away.
Nails in this state are almost useless
and create a great tendency towards slipping.
Aluminum nails, though very light,
wear away too quickly and have a tendency to drop out.
to drop out. I do not like big nails of any description, nor do I favor small ones arranged in clusters.
Those that I prefer have round heads about the size of a small pea and are fluted down the sides.
I have the soles and heels of my boots freely studded with these, and always according to the same
system. There are 25 nails on the sole of each boot and 14 on each heel, and they are arranged as in the
accompanying diagram. It will be observed that there are plenty of nails in the fore part of the
soul on which the pivoting is done and where there is the greatest tendency to slip. Do not get into
the habit of counting your strokes from the beginning of the round in every match that you play,
in the hope that each time you may be able to beat your own record for the course. If you do so
and play one or two bad holes to begin with, you will suffer from a sense of disappointment,
which may have a bad effect upon your play for the remainder of the game.
Obtain a thorough knowledge of the rules of the game.
Always play strictly according to them and adhere rigidly to the etiquette of golf.
When you assist upon the rules being applied to yourself,
even to your own disadvantage,
you are in a stronger position for demanding that your opponent
shall also have the same respect for them.
When play is always according to the rules,
with no favor shown on either side,
the players know exactly where they are. When the rules are occasionally overthrown,
difficulties and dissatisfaction constantly ensue. When playing in frosty weather,
do not take it for granted that because the greens are hard, they are also fast. Unless the
greens were exceedingly smooth when the frost began, they will be covered with an abundance of
little frozen knobs and pimples which greatly retard the progress of the ball. In wet weather,
it is a good thing to carry a piece of chalk in your pocket and to rub the face of the driver
and brassy with it each time before making a stroke. It prevents the ball from skidding.
Unless you have a very good and special reason for doing so, do not play in gloves. The grip is
seldom so secure and exact as when it is affected with the bare hands. Always use the club that
takes the least out of you. Play with an iron instead of forcing your shot with a mashie.
never say oh i think i can reach it with such and such a club there ought never to be any question of your reaching it so use the next most powerful club in order that you will have a little in hand it will be easier and the result will be much better or at least it ought to be
never use thick handle grips they place weight at the wrong end of the club i like the thinnest i can get i do not advise playing with rubber grips if they can be avoided
On a wet day, they might be the cause of a lost match.
Always use spliced in preference to socketed clubs.
They are better in every way.
Do not be tempted to invest in a sample of each new golfing invention
as soon as it makes its appearance.
If you do, you will only complicate and spoil your game
and encumber your locker with much useless rubbish.
Of course, some new inventions are good,
but it is usually best to wait a little while
to see whether any considerable section of the golfing public approves of them before rushing to a shop to order one.
If you have completely lost confidence for the time being in any particular club,
even though it may be one with which you have performed brilliantly in days gone by,
leave it out of your bag altogether for a short season and try to forget all about it.
The day will come before very long when you will feel that it is once more the very club you are wanting to
make your game perfect, and you will rejoice to renew its acquaintance when you take it out of your
locker. We can see too much of even our best friends. Always make up your mind definitely and
finally before taking up your stance, what club you are going to use, and exactly the kind of shot
that you want to play with. When you have taken up your position, but still ponder in a state of
uncertainty, it is very probable that your mind will be affected by your hesitation, and
then your swing and the result thereof will be bad.
There are fewer certainties in golf than in any other game,
and dogged pluck is rarely so well rewarded as on the links.
If you are playing golf in the afternoon,
do not lunch any more heavily than you feel to be necessary.
A heavy lunch tends to take the keenness out of a golfer,
and at the same time it has what very few people suspect,
a very serious effect upon the eye and its capacity
for work. The golfer's eyes often give way to the strain that is put upon them long before his limbs.
When we talk about keeping the eye on the ball, we do not mean the top of the ball. Your object is
not to hit the top of the ball with the bottom of your club. For an ordinary stroke, keep your
attention fixed on the grass immediately behind the ball. This should result in the soul of your
club sweeping evenly along the turf and taking the ball just as it ought to be taken.
but there are special occasions as when a low shot against the wind is wanted fully explained in previous chapters when it is desirable to hit the ball rather higher up the eye should then be fixed on the edge of the ball just half-way up from the bottom to the top
the accompanying diagram shows exactly the points to be looked at when playing the different strokes you may get in good strokes when looking at the top of the ball but it is only because you have accustomed yourself by long experience
to make a small allowance for doing so.
The practice is theoretically bad,
and it is mainly the reason why beginners
top their ball so frequently.
Of course, when you look down the side of it
in the manner indicated,
you have the ball always in view.
The life of a rubber cord ball
does not always last as long as it shall,
and its best driving capacity has often disappeared
when there is scarcely a scratch upon it.
Therefore, if you are playing in an important,
you are playing in an important match with the ball that has already been used at a large number of holes.
It may be advisable to put down a new one when long work with the driver and brassy is a vital necessity.
A close watch for loss of shape should also be kept on these rubber cord balls.
They vary very much in this respect, and not only is it impossible to put well with the ball that is not perfectly round,
but it never flies so well as one which is quite true.
Always use a clean ball and carry a sponge to keep it clean with.
It detracts from the pleasure of a game more than you may imagine if your ball is always dirty
and cannot be seen from a distance.
Besides, the eye is less drained when a clean white ball is played with,
and there is less likelihood of fuzzled strokes.
Moreover, your dirty ball is a constant irritation to your opponent.
Don't act upon the advice of your caddy when you are convinced in your own mind that he is wrong.
If you do so, you will very likely play the stroke hesitatingly and without confidence,
and the result in these circumstances is seldom satisfactory.
It is not impossible that the caddy knows less about the gain than yourself,
and on the other hand, his views as to the best thing to do in a particular situation
are often regulated by what he has seen the scratch men do at such times. You may not be a scratch
man. When playing in a for some, never forget that you have a partner. If you are the inferior
player, make a rule when in any doubt asking him what he would prefer you to do. When you are
addressing the ball and a conviction forces itself on your mind just before making the stroke,
that your stance or something else is radically wrong, do not be persuasive.
that it is best to get the stroke done with notwithstanding.
In such circumstances, it is almost certain to be a failure,
and you will wish then that you had taken a fresh stance
as you knew you ought to have done and made a proper job of it,
even at the risk of annoying your partner by fiddling about on the tea.
At a crisis in a match, some golfers, fighting desperately for victory or a half,
give themselves up when on the tea to hideous thoughts of all the worst
ways in which they have ever made that particular drive and of the terrible consequences that ensued.
This is fatal. A golfer must never be morbid. If he cannot school himself to think that he is
going to make the best drive of his life, just when it is most wanted, he should try not to think
of anything at all. Don't try experimental shots on a new system when your opponent is dormy.
It may be quite true that those you make on the old system are very bad, but you had better
stick to them until the end of this match at any rate.
Do not attempt to play two kinds of golf at the same time.
That is to say, if you are playing for a medal, do not keep up a whole-to-hole match with your
partner.
You will become confused with no clear eye of what you are trying to do, and you will probably
win neither the medal nor the match.
If you feel that you must match yourself in some manner with the man who is going round with you, back your net return against his.
Because you do a hole in bogey or even sometimes in one stroke less, do not always take it for granted that you have therefore played perfect golf.
Some bogeys are very easy and some shots are very fluky. A man may miss his drive, run a bunker, and hole out with his mashy, beating bogey by a stroke.
but he would be well advised not to say anything about it afterwards lest he should be asked for details not the smallest credit attaches to him for this remarkable performance always play from a low tea except when the wind is behind you
see that your head remains rigid from the moment when you have finally taken up your position and are ready for your swing until you have struck the ball in addressing always opposed to the ball that part of the face of the club
with which you want to hit it.
Go slowly back, but be quick on the ball.
But do not swing back too slowly,
or you will lose control over your club.
Gain speed gradually.
At the finish of the swing for a full shot,
the right heel should be well up
and the toe pointed downwards.
The chest should then be facing the hole.
But these and all similar movements
should be quite natural.
If they are forced, they are useless and dangerous
and only indicate that your methods
and your swing are altogether wrong. In such a dilemma, study the photographs in this volume,
particularly those that show you how you ought not to do the various strokes. If these do not
provide you with a cure, consult the professional at your club. Don't press, but note the definition
of pressing in Chapter 6. You can hit hard without pressing, which really means jumping at the
ball. When your swing is working to perfection, and you are full full,
of confidence you may let yourself go as much as you please. It is not true as some
golfer say that a gently hit ball will travel as far as one which has been hit
with much more force, but otherwise in precisely the same manner. You must be
particularly on your guard against pressing, real pressing, when you are two or
three holes down and are becoming anxious about the match. Perfect confidence and
a calm mind are necessary for the success of every stroke.
Keep your eye on the side of the ball, particularly when you are near the hole and perhaps playing a little chip shot onto the green.
There is a tendency at such a time, so great is the anxiety of the golfer to know whether he is laying himself dead or not,
to take the eye from the ball and direct its attention to the pin before the downward swing is complete and the stroke has been made.
But I do not approve of keeping the eye fixed upon the place where the ball lay.
so that the grass is seen after the ball has departed.
Keep your eye on the ball until you have hit it, but no longer.
You cannot follow through properly with a long shot if your eye remains fastened on the ground.
Hit the ball and then let your eye pick it up in its flight as quickly as possible.
Of course, this needs skillful timing and management, but precision will soon become habitual.
When you hit the small of your back with the head of your club in the upward swing,
it is not so much a sign that you are swinging too far back as that your wrists are enjoying too much play,
that you are not holding your club with sufficient firmness and that your arms are thrown too much
upwards. Try a tighter grip. Remember that the grip with both hands should be firm,
that with the right hand should not be slack, as one is so often told.
If your eyesight is not good, then you are obliged to resort to artificial aids when playing the game,
spectacles rather than eyeglasses and specially made sporting spectacles in preference to any
others. It is of the utmost importance that the glasses should not only be perfectly steady at all times,
but that the rims should not be so near to the center of vision as to interfere with it under any
circumstances. The sporting spectacles which I recommend are similar to those used for billiards
and shooting. The rims and the glasses are circular and not oval in shape, and they are
are unusually large, about one and one-half inches in diameter. By the use of them, the player
is afforded a field of vision as wide as with the naked eye, so that practically he is not
conscious that he is wearing glasses at all. The eye is a factor of such immense importance
in the proper playing of golf that this is a matter to be strongly insisted upon. My own eyesight
is perfect, and I have never had occasion to resort to artificial assistance of it, but I
adopt these suggestions from players of experience who have worn these glasses and upon whose judgment
I can rely. If you have no caddy, do not order your opponent's caddy about as if you were paying
for his services. Any assistance that he may give you as an act of courtesy extended to you by your
opponent. Always fill in afterwards every hole that you make in a bunker. If all players do that,
both you and the others will benefit constantly.
Make a point of seeing that your caddy always replaces your divots,
or replace them yourself if you have no caddy.
This, as we all know, is the golfer's first duty.
If your ball at any time came to rest in a hole where a divot had not been replaced,
you would be extremely annoyed,
would say hard things about the other players on the links,
and would declare that the course was badly kept.
Never practice swinging on the putting green. It is not good for the green, and the greenkeeper who takes a pride in the results of his work is not usually in the best of tempers when he sees you at this little game.
When carrying your own clubs, do not throw the bag down on the greens. If you do so, the toes of the iron clubs are certain to make marks, which neither improve the greens nor the game of the players who follow you.
Never try your shots over again when there are other players behind you.
It makes your partner uncomfortable, and he feels that he ought to apologize on your behalf
to those who are kept waiting.
When practicing, use the club that gives you the most trouble, and do not waste your time
in knocking a ball about with the tool that gives you the most satisfaction and with which
you rarely make a bad stroke.
End of Chapter 15.
Chapter 16 of the Complete Golfer
This is a LibriVox recording.
All LibriVox recordings are in the public domain.
For more information or to volunteer, please visit LibriVox.org.
Read by Claire, The Complete Golfer by Harry Varden.
Competition play
It is the same game, whether it is match or metal play, and the same whether you are merely engaged in friendly rivalry with an old friend,
with half a crown or nothing at all, but the good game itself.
at stake, or testing your skill and giving rein to your ambition in a club or open tournament
with gold medals and much distinction for the final victors. But same game as it is, how convinced
have we all been at times that it is a very hard thing to play it always in the same way?
How regularly does an evil fate seem to pursue us on those days when we are most desirous of
doing ourselves full justice? Five times in a week will a golfer go around the course and
beat boge reckoning after each performance that he is only to repeat it on saturday to win the prize
which he covets with several strokes to spare then saturday comes and a sad falling off is there by the time
the sixth or seventh hole has reached the all-important card has perhaps been torn up into little pieces
and flung contemptuously into a convenient ditch of course much of this sort of thing is due to nervousness
and there is no game in which full control of the nerves and extreme coolness are more necessary than in golf
Let the player be as keen as he likes, the keener the better, but if he is apt to become too anxious at the critical stage of a rounder match, he is not the man who will ever win prizes in great competitions.
He, who is the most composed when in difficulties and when the game is going against him, and who treats each fresh trouble as it comes along as a part of the ordinary day's work to be surmounted in the best manner possible, is the player who will most frequently come out the conqueror.
In many cases, the tendency to fall into a highly nervous state at the smallest provocation
will disappear with time and lengthening experience.
Each year of golf should bring increasing steadiness, and the steadier a golfer becomes
the more frequently will he do his best scores when they are most wanted.
And so I must leave it to time and practice and the proper cultivation of the best methods
to bring the ambitious beginner along into the front rank of his contemporaries.
But still there are some useful hints which I may offer him.
and which may facilitate his progress towards the acquisition of medals and cups.
To begin with, there is a little sermon to be preached on that torn card.
Nill desperandum should always be the motto of the competition player,
and it is a motto that will probably pay better in golf than in any other game.
I think it is very likely that some scores of monthly medals have been lost through
a too precipitous destruction of the scoring card when everything seemed to be going the wrong way.
Every player should remember that it is indeed a perfect card that is without a blemish,
and that on the other hand there are a few rounds played by a man who knows anything about the
game that are bad all through.
But some men, because they have the misfortune to be debited with a couple of eights
in the first four or five holes, forthwith give up the ghost and rend their cards into
small pieces with many and varied expressions of disgust.
Thereafter they play well, and at the conclusion of the match are inclined to think that they
were rather in too much of a hurry to be out of the competition in its early stages.
If they had made a fine card for 14 or 15 holes from the beginning, they might have taken
two-eighths towards the end much less serious to heart. They would have said to themselves that at all
events there were many very fine holes, and the misfortunes which came later were not sufficient
to spoil their chances of success. Well, then, when these annoyances happened near the beginning,
why not take a philosophical view of them and say that, as they had to come it, was the
best they should come quickly and be done with, and then go on playing whole after hole,
coolly and properly, until at the end it is found that the early misfortunes have been
amply retrieved. I am aware that this is very simple advice, and that it appears like a string
of platitudes, but it is extremely sound, and yet it is ignored on every metal day. Never, never tear up
your card, for golf is indeed a funny game, and no man knows what is going to happen when it is being
played. There are numberless historic instances to support this council, but I will quote only one
which came under my personal observation recently, and which to my mind is one of the most remarkable
of all. It occurred at a London club. Six players were left in the final round for a cup competition,
and the conditions of playing in this final were that a metal round should be played on two different
Saturdays. On the first Saturday, three of the players tore up their cards, and so only three
remained to fight out the issue on the second Saturday. On this occasion, one of the remaining
three tore up his card very early, and soon afterwards a second did so, each being unaware of the
other's action, the third player being likewise ignorant of the fact that his rivals had disappeared
from the contest, and that now, being the only man left in, he could make any return he liked
and become the possessor of the cup. Presently, he also fell into grievous difficulties,
and was on the point of tearing up his card like the others, when the player who was marking for him
stayed his hand. He had some idea of what had happened, and bad score as his man's was,
he insisted on its being completed, with the result, of course, that he was hailed as the winner of the
tournament. He, at all events, would, for the rest of his golfing days, respect the moral which I have
here endeavored to convey, and what must have been the reflections of the other competitors
who threw up the sponge when they discovered afterwards that if they had kept plotting along,
they would still have had an excellent chance. Similarly, in match-play competition,
do not get into the way of thinking that your chance is hopeless just because your opponent becomes
two or three up on you, or even more than that early in the game. And above all, do not alter your
style of play and consequence. Nothing pays like your own best and steadiest game and a solid indifference
to all the brilliant things that your opponent is doing. It is unlikely that he will keep on doing
them all through the game, and when the reaction comes you will speedily make up the leeway.
There are many ups and downs in a game of golf, and when the players are at all evenly matched
and neither has lost his head, early differences have a way of regulating themselves before the game
is very far advanced. No doubt it is disconcerting to be three down after only three have been
played. But are there not 15 still to come? But it often appears that an even greater danger
awaits with the inexperienced golfer than that of the funk when things are going against him,
and that he is too frequently apt to become careless when he has obtained a trifling advantage.
Never slacken your efforts when you are two or three holes up, but continue to play with all your might,
and with an extreme of cautiousness until at last you are one more up than there are holes still to play,
for not until then are you sure of victory?
When a man has once held a good lead, but by playing carelessly has allowed his opponent
to get on level terms with him again, the moral effect upon him is usually extremely.
bad. When this has happened, he is inclined to regard himself not as still on equal terms with his
opponent, but as having suffered a great loss and being in grave danger of defeat. And this feeling is
the prelude to actual defeat and the bitter self-accusations that must inevitably follow.
I may have seemed to labor these simple points, but every old golfer will bear me out in saying
that a proper regard for the essence of this advice is the first necessity for the man who covets
honors in the golfing world. I say that all golfers,
is the same, and no matter whether it is a match or metal play, the simple object is to hole out
each time in the fewest number of strokes. But the fact that a single bad hole counts far more
heavily against you in a metal round, where all the strokes are added together at the finish,
than in match play, where the bad hole is simply one of 18, and in which there is only one man
to be beaten of whose performances you are a spectator, instead of an invisible field, this difference
generally calls for a change in tactics, particularly on the part of the player who knows, to a
nicety, his own capabilities and limitations.
Scoreplay is not, of course, so generally interesting as matchplay, and for this reason we'll never
be so popular, but from my point of view, it is the best golf and the best test of golf.
Indeed, in these respects, I think there is really no comparison between the two systems.
Scoreplay tests the qualities of both the golfer and the sportsmen.
If he makes a bad hole and drops two or three to bogey, he must not lose his temper,
which proceeding is both useless and fatal, but must screw up his determination,
and realize that if he can snatch a stroke from bogey at the next two or three holes,
all will be just as well as ever. He must always be hopeful.
If we never made a bad hole, we're never set any difficult task and always did just what we tried to do,
well, what then would be the use of playing golf? We should very soon ask ourselves this question,
and as there would be no satisfactory answer to it, we should cease to play.
The difficulties in the annoyances of golf are, after all, the things that make the game so attractive
and render it so subtly fascinating.
But all the same, when you are playing a metal round in a competition, give due consideration
beforehand to this overwhelming fact that bad holes do tell more heavily against you than in match play,
and that when they are made, they are not over and done with, but are on permanent record as
faults to be atoned before the round is completed. When the score player sends his ball into a bunker,
takes two to escape, and holes out in eight strokes instead of five, his punishment is not completed
at this stage, as in match play. The case is held over in view of what his future conduct may be.
He is, in fact, ordered to come up for judgment if called upon. Now, to avoid the pain and anxiety of all
of this, I suggest to the player who takes out a card in a score competition that he should make up his
mind at the beginning of the round that from the first hole to the finish, he will be more
than usually cautious. By this I do not mean to say that he should always play the strict
safety game, for the man who invariably plays for safety and nothing else will soon find his
card running up very high. Certain risks must be taken, but do not accept the very doubtful risks.
In match play, I say always play the bold game. Go for everything that you can. If there is
a bunker somewhere about the limit of your best possible carry, go for it.
If you have a long putt for the hole, give the hole a chance and either be in or beyond.
But I do not suggest that these things should also be done in score-play competitions.
If the hole is guarded by a bunker, then you have reason to fear that you cannot carry that bunker.
It is in these circumstances a thousand times better to play short than to take the risk of putting your ball into it and making a serious blot upon your card.
Similarly, when on the putting green and there is a long distance between your ball and the hole, bring your mind to realize that it is really a really a lot of the ball.
less importance that you should hole out in one stroke than that you should do so in not more than
two, and therefore concentrate your whole energies on placing yourself dead for the second pot.
Therefore, I say, accept a risk now and then when there is a fairly good prospect of success,
and when the reward for it will be commensurate with the danger that was incurred.
The last named is an important clause.
The course should be studied whole by whole for metal play, and the competitors should come to an
exact understanding with himself as to the things that must be done and what things need not be done.
Thus it frequently happens that a player, seeing a bunker some distance in front of him, but yet
not quite out of his range, goes for it as a matter of course.
Obviously, he must incur a certain amount of risk, and it may happen that even if he carries
it in safety, he may not be better off at all than if he were 10 or 15 yards on the playing
side. In either case, it may be an easy shot to the green, and it may even happen that of
the two of the longer, one would be the easier for this particular golfer. But it is quite likely
that he never took any account of that when taking the risk with a bunker. Now this man is to be
remonstrative with four, with all the best intentions, he is displayed not courage but folly.
He must realize that all bunkers are not of necessity to be carried with long shots. If all golfers
played the same game and always their best game, and moreover if all bunkers were placed
in the proper places for bunkers, then it would be their duty to go for them every time.
But either through the very good or the very bad shots that have gone before,
we find that these carries very, very much,
and besides, the bunkers on all courses are certainly not placed exactly where they ought to be,
and so for reckoning up the proper mode of play in order that the hole may be captured
in the fewest possible number of strokes,
they can sometimes, for all practical purposes, be disregarded.
A golfer is often in an anxious state of mind when the day of a competition in which he wishes to do well arrives,
and he is painfully conscious that he is completely off his play with one or other of his clubs,
and has an abiding fear that it will bring him to grief.
When he feels like this about the club, it will probably do so.
Now the question is whether at this crisis he shall take out a new one with which he is entirely unfamiliar and trust to luck with it,
or put his faith once more in the instrument which of late has repeatedly spoiled his game.
He is usually advised that in such circumstances he should not indulge in any risky experiments,
and that it is madness to take a new and untried club out with him
when it is more or less imperative that he should play one of his best rounds.
But I am not by any means sure that this advice is well-founded.
No golfer plays well with a club in which he has completely lost confidence.
It may not be the fault of the club at all.
but there is the fact. On the other hand, the player is also possessed of a certain amount of hope
when he takes a new implement in his hands. He has convinced himself beforehand, or at least ought to have
done, that its points are just what he most admires, and that he is likely to do well with it.
And so he probably will, even if it is only for a round or two. It is the confidence trick again.
What I suggest, therefore, is that when this grave uncertainty exists about the kind of
performance that will probably be made with one of the articles in the bag, and there is a new and
good substitute ready at hand, the latter should not be disregarded because of a kind of instinct
that in a big fight it is best to stick to the old weapons. Take the new one out with you,
but do not call it into service for the first hole or two. During this preliminary stage,
give the old but disappointing favorite another chance to show that it will not desert you
in the hour of need. But if it fails to rise to the occasion and you blunder with it during the play
at the first and second holes, pass sentence upon it forthwith, and relegate it finally to your bag.
Then at the third hole, let the new one have its trial. Over and over again have I found this method
succeed most wonderfully, and I'm a particular believer in it in connection with putters.
A golfer may have been putting badly for a long time, but directly he takes a new putter in his
hand, he feels that a great change for the better has been affected, and forthwith he begins to
astonish himself by holing out from almost anywhere, or at least always getting his ball dead
the first time. There is no accounting for these things. They seem very absurd, but there they are,
and no doubt it will be agreed that a metal or a cup is worth a new putter any time.
I do not believe in any sort of training for important golf matches. It is not necessary,
and it generally upsets the man and throws him off his game. If he is a smoker, let him smoke
all the time, and if he likes an occasional glass of wine, let him take it as usual. A sudden stoppage of
these luxuries causes a feeling of irritation, and that is not good for golf. The game does not
seem the same to you as it was before. For my part, I am neither a non-smoker nor an abstainer,
and I never feel so much at ease on the links and so fully capable of doing justice to myself
as when smoking. But at the same time, I believe in the most complete moderation. Only by the constant
exercise of such moderation, can that sureness of hand and eye be guaranteed, which are absolutely
necessary to the playing of good golf. On one occasion, when I had a championship in view, I stopped
the tobacco for a short period beforehand, and I am bound to confess that the result seemed excellent,
and perhaps someday I may repeat the experiment. But there was nothing sudden about the abstinence
in this case, and by the time the big days came round I had become thoroughly accustomed to the
new order of things, and the irritation had passed away. However, these are matters which every man
may be left to decide for himself, according to his own good common sense, and the only object I
had in introducing them was to counsel the avoidance of sudden whims and freaks, which are never good
for golf. Another question is how much or how little golf should be played beforehand, when a man
desires to give himself the best chances of playing his best game on a certain specified day.
That depends largely upon how much golf he is in the habit of playing in the ordinary course.
If he is a man who plays regularly almost every day when it is fine,
I think he will generally do far better for himself by abstaining altogether for a day or two before the competition.
Then, when he goes out to play it, he will experience a zest and keenness which will be very much in his favor.
There is no danger that in this brief period of rest he will have forgotten anything that he knew before,
but on the other hand, he will have a greatly improved capacity.
for taking pains, and every stroke will be easy to him. His confidence will be refreshed.
If he continues to play his round or two rounds every day right up to the date of the competition,
he will undoubtedly be over-golfed, will have a great tendency to fall into errors, and will be
generally careless. But if the would-be prize winner is a man who is usually to content himself
with a weekend golf, it would be all in his favor if he could put in a day or two of practice
before taking part in the big event.
There will be no possibility of his becoming stale by doing so.
When a competitor has the choice of playing his round either in the morning or the afternoon,
I strongly advise him to select the former and get the thing over as soon as possible.
I am positive that his chances of success are usually greater when he does so,
especially if, in case of his electing to play in the afternoon,
he has nothing particularly to occupy his mind and attention in the interval,
as prospects in the forthcoming contest.
Golfers are freshest and keenest in the morning.
Their bodies and limbs are most vigorous and anxious for work,
and, a very important consideration,
their eyes are most to be depended upon.
And it is not an unimportant consideration that there is no indigestible lunch
to interfere with the perfect ease of mind and body,
which are necessary to the making of a good card.
But often, particularly in the case of important open competitions,
the times of starting are decided by lot, and the competitor on arriving at the course
finds that he has to accept the disadvantages of a late draw, and must endure a period of waiting
for his turn to tea up. It is best to dispose of these wearisome periods not in hanging about
the tea or in the vicinity of the clubhouse, but by going out with one of the early couples,
watching their methods and making notes of the exact manner in which their best holes are
played. If the course is a strange one, the information which the watcher thus derives,
will be invaluable to him when he comes to play his own round,
for he will now be possessed of the most excellent hints as to the difficulties
which demands special efforts to avoid,
and of particular strokes which it is in the highest degree necessary to play well.
Not until, as he watched the play of others in this manner,
will the enormous significance of the position of a particular bunker be made clear to him.
He will discover the great danger of being short with certain strokes,
and of overrunning the green at various holes.
By thus watching other competitors play, he will probably learn more about the nature and peculiarities of the course and the way it is playing on this particular occasion than if he were doing a round with his own clubs.
Therefore, if there is time to be killed, this is most decidedly the way in which to kill it, and I may add that it is the method which I myself adopt on every possible occasion.
I know that in championships and tournaments I have reaped great advantage in watching closely the play of my fellow competitors,
triumphs and their failures while waiting for my own turn to begin.
End of Chapter 16.
Chapter 17 of the Complete Golfer.
This is a Libravox recording.
All Libravox recordings are in the public domain.
For more information or to volunteer, please visit Libravox.org.
Read by Ron Fine, The Complete Golfer by Harry Varden.
Chapter 17.
The Forsome.
I think it is to be regretted that the old-fashioned forsome, in which the respective
partners play together with the same ball, has so completely lost favor of late, and that it has been
superseded to a large extent by the four-ball four-ball four-sum. To my mind, the old four-sum provided a much
more interesting and enjoyable game than its successor, and tended to be much more to the cultivation
of good qualities in a golfer. It seems to me that this new four-ball game is a kind of mongrel mixture.
It is played, I presume, because men feel that they would like to have a game of partners and yet
are unwilling to sacrifice half the strokes of a round, as they do in the old game.
and also because the man who is on his game desires all his power and brilliancy to count,
and that they may not be interfered with by the possibly erratic procedure of his partner.
But this is a selfish spirit, and quite opposed to that which should properly animate the men who play in combination.
When a golfer is thus anxious for the display of his skill,
surely an ordinary single-ball match is the proper thing for him.
The four-ball force, I admit, has much to recommend it,
when the partners are equally matched, when both are really good players.
more likely to do a hole in boge than not,
and when the course is clear,
and there is no prospect of their protracted game
interfering with other players who may be coming up behind.
When a short handicap man is mated with a long one,
the place of the latter in a foursome of the new kind
is to my thinking not worth having.
Is it calculated to improve his golf
or to afford him satisfaction of any kind whatever
if he plays his ball round in what is for him very good form
and yet only contributes the having of a single hole
as his share of the victory of the combination?
Very likely after such a game he will feel that he must fall back once more on that old excuse of the golfer for a disappointing day,
that at all events he has had the fresh air and the exercise.
The tasting of the pure atmosphere and the working of limb and muscle are splendid things,
enough to justify any day in any game,
but no golfer is hurt to put them in the forefront of the advantages he has derived from his day's participation in the game,
unless the golf he has played has been miserably disappointing.
This new foursome is also a selfish game because it is generally played with too little regard for the convenience and feelings of other golfers on the links.
It is very slow and couples coming up behind who do not always care to ask to be allowed to go through are often irritated beyond measure as they wait while four balls are played through the green in front of them, and eight putts are taken on the putting green.
The constant waiting puts them off their game and spoils their day.
Another objection that I urge against this kind of game is
that even when there is nobody pressing behind
and there is no particular reason for hurry,
there is a natural tendency on the part of each player to make haste
so that he shall not delay the other three.
This is the case all the way through the green,
and particularly when the hole is reached and the putters are taken out.
Then everybody's ball seems to be in the way of the others.
There's continual lifting and replacing,
more hurrying, and then to make matters worse,
there is a doubt as to what a man should do in order to help
his side, whether he should hole out in one or two, or whether there is any use in
holing out at all. Consequently, his mind is in a confused state of reckoning and doubt when he
makes his putt, and poor putt it is likely to be in such circumstances. Frequently, when a blind
hole is being played, it needs a few minutes' close examination to decide which ball is which
after the drive, unless each has been carefully marked to distinguish it from the others.
As a final indictment against this species of golf,
I would say that even when the partners are equally matched and both good players,
there is still a tendency for their individual play to be spoiled,
in as much as there is the feeling the constantly present in the mind of each,
that even if he does happen to do a bad hole,
it will not matter very much at all,
as the other man is sure to come to the rescue.
When it happens that just the same thought enters the brain of that other man,
a lost hole is likely to be the result.
Decidedly, this is not the sort of game.
to improve the golfers play.
The four-ball foursum is so very like two single matches that there is little special advice
to offer concerning the playing of it.
One of the few special points to be observed by the player who is taking part in such a match
is that without being unduly selfish and grasping, he should as frequently as possible
avoid being the last man of the four to make his drive from the T.
The man who drives last is at a very obvious disadvantage.
In the first place, if he has seen the other three make really good drive,
he is too much tempted to try to beat them all, and the usual result of that temptation is a bad stroke.
On the other hand, if he has seen two or three foozles, it is quite possible that he will follow the bad example that has been set him.
Thus, whatever has happened before, the last man has no real encouragement offered to him.
In addition to these objections, when three men have driven from the T, they are somewhat impatient to be moving on and playing their second shots,
and in this mood they have little care for what happens to the last drive.
They have already had quite enough of driving.
fourth man is quite conscious of this impatience on their part, even though it may not be openly
expressed by the smallest sign, so he's in a hurry to oblige, and his effort is then disappointing.
I seldom hit my best ball when I am driving forth in a four-ball force him. Of course, somebody must
drive last, but not necessarily the same man every time. All that I wish to suggest is that a
player should not be too self-sacrificing, and should not, with too much modesty about his own
prowess on the tea, always volunteer to drive after his partner.
The old-fashioned or two-ball forcum makes a really fine and enjoyable game.
It brings golfers together on even more intimate and friendly relations than usual.
Partners in a foursome see very deep down into the human nature of each other.
They are overwhelmingly conscious of each other's faults and weaknesses.
They are enormously dependent upon each other.
At the same time, I do not think that even this kind of forcum is the best thing in the world for the improvement of a man's game,
and I advise the young player to resist the temptation to take part in too many forsums,
to the neglect of ordinary match play in singles.
For one thing, the partners, of course,
only get half as much golf as they would
if they were playing around in a single match.
And for another, they are too constantly anxious
to play their best game.
The sense of responsibility is frequently
a little too much for their nerves,
and you often see a man,
a most dogged and persistent player in an ordinary match,
who is a consistent failure in forsums,
and who in this style of game
ought to be rated at six strokes higher handicap
than his allowance for ordinary.
purposes. One feels in a forcum that one must be so very careful and takes so much extra pains,
and when that feeling is uppermost in the mind while the stroke is being made, the result is often
disastrous. It is unwise to interfere unduly with a partner system of play while a match is in
progress. He may be missing his drive because his stance is wrong, or his swing is faulty. But the
state of affairs would probably be worse than ever if an attempt were made to put him right while the game is
going on. The hint will be more useful when the match is over.
And if he has a particular fancy for playing as Brassy,
when experience tells you that an iron club should be taken,
it will not generally pay to make the suggestion at the time.
The man naturally takes the club with which he has most confidence
and with which he believes he can make the shot that is wanted.
It is fatal to interfere with confidence of this kind,
and to substitute for it the hesitation and doubt
which inevitably take possession of the man when he takes in his hands
a weapon with which he rarely does well,
and which, whatever you may tell him,
He's convinced is utterly inadequate for the purposes of the situation.
Let each man play the various strokes that have to be made in a for some in his own way without interference.
For nothing but chaos and a lost match can follow upon the enforcement upon each other of individual ideas and methods.
This, of course, is not saying that each man should not play his game so that it may fit as well as possible into that of his partner.
He may play with the club he particularly fancies and play it in his own way.
But there should be some sort of a general understanding about what he is going to do.
do, and the exact effect which his performance is likely to have upon the way the hole is played
if everything happens according to program. This makes it very desirable that the partners in a
force a match to which any importance is attached should have more than a passing knowledge of each
other's play and of individual weaknesses and excellences. One partner may be particularly good at making
a fairly full iron shot, but shaky indeed when it comes to a little pitch with the mashie
over the bunker that guards the green. It is clear on refurb.
that the chief part in this playing up to each other's game should be taken by the man who has the longer handicap and is therefore the weaker all-round player.
The Scratchman, being a wise and experienced golfer, will naturally place his nervous 18-handicap friend in as few difficulties as he can,
and will constantly exert himself to leave him a comparatively simple shot, which he may be dependent upon, with some certainty, to accomplish in a workman-like fashion.
But the junior player must remember that it behoves him to be the most careful and considerate in matters of this kind.
For an emergency, it is generally the senior who must be depended upon to win the hole or pull the match out of the fire.
Let him, therefore, impose upon himself a considerable measure of self-sacrifice, playing up to his partner for all he is worth,
contented in the knowledge that he is doing the proper thing,
and that though he is sinking his own individuality and doing much of what can be,
only be described as donkey work, he is being considerably honored by being invited to play
in such superior company. It is not always the place of the junior partner to take risks. That is
the prerogative of the senior. There may be a particular carry on the course, which the young
player is always doubtful about, but which when playing alone he constantly makes an attempt
to accomplish, and very properly so. But if his effort is as often as not a failure,
With the result that he is badly bunkered and the hole is lost,
it would be madness for him to attempt the carry when he is playing in a foursome
with a far better man than himself as his partner.
He must depart from his usual custom and play short for safety.
It will be a great relief to his partner.
Not lately, but in the early years of my experience,
I have seen this principle carry to a curious success.
When there was a difficult carry from the T,
and an inferior player and short driver had the turn to make the stroke,
I have seen his partner instruct him to miss the ball altogether,
not to tap it off the tee, but miss it.
Thus the other man, presumably a good driver,
had the ball left teed for him.
These men reckoned between them that on an average
it would prove of more advantage to be well over the far hazard in two strokes
than to take the risk of being short with the tee shot
and possibly not getting over with the second or even the third.
However, there is no doubt that performances of this kind
were a violation of the spirit of golf.
It is the game to hit the ball,
and it is unsportsmanlike to try to miss it.
Nowadays, the golfing world quite realizes that this is the case.
In the same way, in playing through the green and in putting,
it must be the constant object of the junior to play the safety game
and feed his skillful partner with as many possible of those strokes at which he is best.
Do not let him try for a desperately long second,
emulating the example which his partner set him on the tea,
in the hope that he may land the ball on the green.
He is not expected to do anything of the kind.
If he should happen to be successful,
his partner would know that it was not his usual custom,
that he had played beyond himself,
and that therefore there was something of the fluke in the stroke after all.
He would be much more likely to fail and foozle,
and then what a miserable golfer he would be.
His obvious duty is to play a simple, easy stroke,
which will be practically certain of placing
the ball in such a position that his partner will have no difficulty in getting on the green with his
third. And on the putting green, when anything over 10 feet distance intervenes between the ball and the
hole, while always giving the latter a chance, he should remember that his first duty is to lay the ball
dead. If he holes out, well and good, but his partner insists first of all that the ball should be
laid dead. At this crisis also, he should be particularly careful that he never commits the
and pardonable sin of laying himself, or rather his partner, a stymie. Of all the stymies in the
world, that which has been laid you by your own partner in a forsome is the most exasperating.
Of course, for the proper blending of each partner's game with that of the other, it is
advisable, or rather necessary, that before the first stroke in the match is taken, there should
be some kind of general understanding about the policy that is to be pursued. First consideration
is given to the turn in which the T-shots are to be taken,
and the drives are so arranged that the better player takes them at a majority of T's
where good drives are most wanted.
But it seems to me that very often an arrangement of this sort
has arrived out without sufficient consideration.
For example, it frequently happens that a long handicap man is a very good driver indeed,
better, in fact, than the man who is his partner and has a handicap of many strokes less.
And in the same way, it commonly occurs that a short handicapped man may be decidedly weak
with the short approaches.
On the average of the play from the T to the whole,
the senior player may be fully so much better than the others
as the difference in their handicapped suggests,
but it by no means follows that in particular features of the game
there is the same difference.
Therefore, the wise partners will adapt themselves to each other
so that they will get all the good out of themselves
and leave untouched, that which is bad.
And when this compact is completed and honorably adhered to,
there are at hands the makings of a victory.
When four players have decided among themselves to play a foursome,
and there are wide differences in their respective handicaps,
there is often considerable difficulty in arranging the best partnerships.
It is good to be guided by mutual preferences, for preference means confidence,
and that is everything in foursome play.
But at the same time, it is always advisable to sort out the players in such a manner
that there is as little as possible at giving and receiving strokes.
For example, when there is a scratch man, two nines, or a six and a ten,
And in 18, the best and most enjoyable match is always likely to result from a combination of the Scratchman with the 18 against the two players of medium handicaps.
Although the Scratchman, if a selfish player may not be disposed to saddle himself with the unreliable person at the other end of the scale.
It is a point to be borne in mind that the 18 man, if, despite his handicap, he is a real and conscientious golfer, is more likely to play above his handicap than the Scratchman.
It is much easier for an 18 handicap player to perform like a 12
than it is for a scratch man to play like a plus 3.
In my opinion, the arranging of strokes to be given and received in foursome play
is far too delicate and complicated.
In ordinary single-match play, handicapping does not always work out very well,
and it is often made to look foolish in a foursome.
Far better is it than adding up and dividing by clumsy fractions
and then finding that one party gets five strokes or eight,
that the players should take a broad view of the respective merits
and then decide that they will either play on level terms
or that a third or a half shall be given and received.
The best foursum of all is one played on level terms
and an effort should always be made
and even a point strained here and there
to affect such partnerships as will make this arrangement feasible.
A really good foresum,
when the partners play harmoniously and the holes are well fought out,
is a splendid diversion from the ordinary game of golf.
The interest and excitement of each member of the party often seems to affect the others,
and to lead up to an intense mutual keenness which is often superior even to that experienced in single play.
There is a wholesome satisfaction in the community of interests.
The winning of a whole is coveted as it was never coveted before.
Have you ever heard what should be a classical story about the foursome?
The match was all square on the 16th green,
and one excited Scott stood by while his partner made a drive upon which the fortunes of a heart-futable.
fought game might rest. The caddies had been sent forward. The t-shot was pulled, and the ball went
twisting round in the direction of the driver's boy. It struck him, and he fell flat upon the ground.
The driving partner dropped his club, and with his face turned pale, muttered hoarsely to his friend,
Donald, I've killed the caddy. But Donald's mind was fixed upon other matters than the mere
question of life and death, and with many excited gestures and a shriek of despair, he exclaimed.
then damn it all we've lost the hole, as under Rule 25 they had.
At the end of this chapter I will make the simple remark,
that you can pay a golfer no higher compliment than to say that he is a good forsome player.
For such a one must not only be a good golfer and a steady one,
but a man of the serenist and even the most delightful temperament.
You must always feel that you could not play in the company of such a man too often,
either with him or against him.
This is the end of Chapter 17.
Read by Ron Fine, Brantford, Ontario, August 6.23.
Chapter 18 of The Complete Golfer.
This is a Libravox recording.
All Libravox recordings are in the public domain.
For more information or to volunteer, please visit Libravox.org.
Read by Betty B.
The Complete Golf by Harry Varden.
Golf for Ladies
Some people say that golf is not
a ladies' game. And from time to time one hears of something in the nature of dissensions
within the family circle, when there are wives and sisters anxious to take up the sport,
which palpably affords their male relatives one of the greatest enjoyments of life.
And when there are husbands and brothers, who, it is said, advance arguments which for number
and ingenuity would do credit to a king's counsel designed to show the absurdity and the futility
of the desire expressed. It is a question upon which it would be out of place for me here to take
any side, though it seems to me that there is something to be said for the complete separation
of the men's golf from the ladies' golf, particularly in the case of large clubs and crowded
courses. Golf is essentially a sport of freedom. Restraint of even the most trivial and
conventional character in regard to manners and customs is irksome, when there are holes to be
played and tight matches to be pulled out of the fire. I like to see a lady go out in the golf links
in whatever costume she thinks fit to wear for her own comfort and good play, and generally to do
as she likes, as if there were nothing but nature and a little white ball and the hole with the
flag in it in all the world. I have a great admiration for the American lady golfer, whom I have
several times had the opportunity of studying on her native teas, and the other day I read the
perfectly true story of an American clergyman making a scathing attack from the pulpit one Sunday upon
Lady Golfers, of whom he numbered many in his congregation. The Reverend gentleman exclaimed that some of the
lady members of his congregation attended divine service in the customary manner on the Sabbath,
and then swore like troopers on the golf links on the Monday.
The conduct of these ladies was no doubt exaggerated,
but it appears as if it may have been reprehensible.
However, it shows the keenness and the enthusiasm of the American lady golfer,
and I am not at all sure that the answer of the English lady player,
when she was asked if those bad words were ever uttered in this country,
that the English woman made fewer bad shots and had no
occasion for an extended vocabulary was entirely convincing one hears that the ladies have coined new words for the expression of their disgust at the results of their strokes and on the other hand that the limits of expletive which they permit themselves when bunkered consist of the chiding utterance oh you naughty naughty little ball
however this may be i know not and i would only remark without presumption to the ladies as i have done in another place to their husbands and brothers that golf is a game for thought and silence
now i am glad to see so many ladies taking up the game year by year and thus giving the best possible answer to the question whether it is a real lady's game or not and furthermore i am pleased to bear witness that the standard of ladies golf in this game
country is improving every season, so that now it needs a fine man-golfer to give a third to the best
of the gentler sex. These good lady players, or some of them, are attiring themselves in these days
as I like to see lady golfers attired. That is to say, there's evidence that they think a trifle less
of fashion and dainty appearance than they do of security, comfort, and freedom of limb and muscle.
But the majority of lady players do not attach the proper amount of importance to these considerations,
and that is why one is sometimes a little doubtful as to the prospects of ladies' golf,
generally in this country, in comparison with those of American ladies' golf.
The American girls are adopting the game more wholeheartedly and thoroughly than their English sisters,
and their devotion to it will tell.
the lady of the states who is a golfer dresses for golf and for golf only very seldom do you see in america a lady golfer wearing a hat or head covering of any description when she has one it is almost invariably a light tamashanter or something very small and soft which clings closely to the hair and does not get in the way of the swing of the club she tucks up her sleeves like a man and in the soles of her shoes she has plenty of goodly size
nails. And she does not look a tittle the worse for any of these things. Indeed, the picture of the
determined, strenuous, and yet charming lady golfer was one of the most attractive that I saw when in
America. The average English girl does not appear willing to make so many sacrifices for golf as the
American. She seems too often to say to herself that it is only a little game after all, and there is an
end of it, and yet she is always desirous of getting on and reducing her handicap. I need hardly say that
this is not the proper spirit in which to achieve success at golf. We see too many ladies on our
links with big hats and no nails in their shoes. I have no faith whatever in their future as
golfers. It is impossible to play good golf if one is not fitted out properly for the game,
whether the player be lady or man.
Few players of our sex would dream of going on to the lynx
in a tightly fitting coat and smooth sold shoes,
but the ladies are more venturesome.
After this brief lecture on attire,
let me at once declare that there are many points
about our English lady golfer that I greatly admire.
It has been my privilege to teach the first principles of the game
to many of them,
and I am bound to say that for the most part,
I have found them excellent pupils, better generally than the men learners.
They seem to take closer and deeper notice of the hints you give them,
and to retain the points of the lesson longer in their memories.
They are painstaking, and if she begins to play early enough in her life,
adopt sensible methods, and is possessed of an average amount of athleticism,
I can see no reason why any lady should not become a very fair golfer.
many somewhat spoil their prospects by concluding too hastily that they must play an altogether different game from that of their men friends that they must have special clubs special methods and so forth this is not the case no doubt it is well for ladies to admit it once that they cannot drive as far as the men but otherwise the man's game and the ladies game are the same in principle and in practice as for the manner in which to play i have not as
single special piece of instruction to offer and can only refer the lady neophyte to the previous pages in which i have set forth as well as i am able the precise method in which each of the many strokes in golf should be played
i have merely to insist that they shall not deviate from these methods in one or two special matters in which they are advised or inclined to do ladies are frequently advised that they ought never to take a full swing
of course in the foregoing pages i have frequently insisted that a golfer should avoid the absolutely full swing with all iron clubs believing that he gets for the most part at least as good results with a good three-quarter swing
but those people who warn the ladies against the full swing not only with their irons but with their wooden clubs also advised the half swing because they say it is better for them for physical reasons and that the results will be practically as good as if they had taken the three-quarter or the full
now i am convinced that this is altogether wrong and without encouraging any of my lady readers to the development of a big swing and a slashing style i do say that they will do well for themselves and for their golf if they will train themselves to the making of at least a full three-quarter
i believe that the half-swing entails a severe strain upon the body when made under these circumstances than the full three-quarter and that the body does altogether
more work than it's good for it, while the delusion is entertained by those who recommend the
short swing, that the opposite is the case. In this half swing, the body seems to get too much
in front of the club and to labor heavily, while in the three-quarter the arms do most of the
work, as they ought to do, and the body comes in at the proper time for the remainder. Though in previous
chapters I have strongly advised golfers to play a half-shot with one club in preference to a
full shot with one more powerful. I only do so obviously when the distance is fixed and the half-shot
will reach it. In playing from the T it is an altogether different matter. In this case the distance
is not fixed. The object is usually to drive as far as possible so no half-shots are wanted
here. As a general rule, ladies make use of clubs that are far too light for them. Frequently they do so by
advice, and then their own instincts suggest to them that they should employ weapons less weighty than
those of their male relations. This would be very sensible and proper if the clubs which men make
use of were the heaviest that they could swing with effect. But a man only uses a club of a certain
weight because experience has proved that it is the best and most effectual for its purpose.
And usually he has a very great reserve of strength, which could be employed with heavier clubs
if necessary. There is no reason at all why ladies should not employ clubs of good average weight
instead of feather weights. By so doing, they would spare themselves a great amount of
exertion, and they would certainly get better results, for it is always much more difficult to get
good results with a light club than with one of medium weight. With the feather weight, the
swing is very liable to get out of gear. It is cut short and is apt to wander out of its proper direction.
There is, in fact, no such control over the club as there is when one can feel the weight of the
head at the end of the shaft. A lady may require clubs a trifle shorter in the shaft, but this is
the only difference which need exist, and it is not of itself sufficient to make any perceptible
in the weight. So far as I have discovered, ladies have no special faults or weaknesses of their
own, as distinct from other players. But I have found them more than usually addicted to inaccuracy
in the backward swing, causing the toe of the club to be pointing upwards instead of downwards
instead of downwards at the turning point. This is the result of wrong action and loss of control
over the wrists. And a study of my remarks on driving, where this matter especially dealt with,
should do much to obviate it. It is possible, however, that the lady's inferior strength of wrist,
as compared with a man's, may have much to do with the fault. But even in that case, it only needs
caution and care to bring about a cure. I should say that fully three ladies out of every five
whose play I have watched make this mistake, and it is a fault which has very serious consequences.
I should advise all of them to make a periodical examination of the position.
of the club head at the top of the swing, as I indicated when discussing the drive,
and if they find the toe is upwards, they must make up their minds to get rid of this bad
habit at any cost. If it has already become a part of the player's system, it will not be
abolished without considerable difficulty. To begin with, she would try swinging back more slowly,
as a too rapid backward swing has often much to do with it. Finally, I would suggest that
any lady who aspires to be a really good golfer should take numerous lessons from those players
superior to herself who are qualified to give them. I have already said that I have found ladies
exceedingly good pupils, and when they set about learning the game in the right way, they often
make really astonishing progress. But it must be confessed that in too many cases, they do not
treat the difficulties of the game with sufficient seriousness, and are inclined to think that they
can get on best in their own way and by the adoption of their own methods. When once a lady has been
given a couple of lessons in the swing for the drive, she often insists on finding out the rest for
herself, and then a bad result is inevitable. All the practice and patience in the world will not make a
good lady golfer if she does not learn the game in the right way. The simple fact is that when a man
sets about the game, he admits its difficulties from the beginning.
and goes about surmounting them in the right manner if he is really ambitious and covetous of a short handicap.
But it often seems that ladies will not admit these difficulties and persist in their attempt to make golfers of themselves unaided.
Perhaps that is one reason why ladies do not always continue with the game with that increasing eagerness and enthusiasm,
which is an almost invariable characteristic of the man golfer.
learn properly and practice much and well yes do the rest like a man and not as if there were a special woman's way that is the essence of my counsel to the lady aspirin on the links end of chapter eighteen chapter nineteen of the complete golfer
this is a liverbox recording all liber box recordings are in the public domain for more information or to volunteer please visit liverbox.org
The Complete Golfer by Harry Varden
The Construction of Courses
Many as are the golf courses with which the coast, the country, and the suburbs of the towns and cities of Great Britain are studied,
they will no doubt be still more numerous as time goes on, and it is earnestly to be desired
that in the laying out of links in the future, more thought and ingenuity may be exercised
than has been in the case in far too many instances during the past few years, when clubs have
been formed and links have been made in a hurry. Certainly some are excellent, and I cast not the
least disparagement upon them. I enjoy them. Frequently, the hand of the master architect of golf
is visible where one observes how shrewdly and exactly the hazards have been placed, and the
peculiarities of the confirmation of the country turned to the utmost account when useful,
or cunningly dodged when it has been considered that they could be no good to a golfer.
Without a doubt, generally speaking, those courses are the best which have been designed by good players,
because none know better than they what makes the best golf.
A man whose handicap is some distance removed from scratch, but who has played golf for many years
and thinks with good reason that he knows a fine course when he sees one, would nevertheless,
in designing a new one, be led unconsciously to make holes which would be more or less suited
to his own style of play.
He might indeed, in a most heroic experience,
it, place a bunker at a point which he knew would be more than usually dangerous for him,
and he would feel a better and a braver man for this act, but a hundred of its kind would not
prevent the course from being the ideal of the long handicap man, and not the ideal of the fine
player. If plans were prepared for renew links over a particular piece of territory by a 12-handicab
man and a scratch player, it is highly probable that in the most material matters they would differ
greatly, and it is fairly certain that of a committee of the oldest and most experienced
golfers would unanimously pick out the scratch player's plans from all the others as being the best
and soundest, and that without knowing who would prepare them. Time and the aggregate of pleasure
given to golfers of all degrees would justify the selection. Therefore, when a new club is
established and a new course is to be laid out, I suggest that it is the wiser and the better
plan to take time over it and secure the best advice.
A good links is not made in a day or a week.
Perhaps the cleverest and most ingenious constructor could not in a whole year make one which
was in all respects the best that the land could give.
Almost every time the course was played over during the first hundred rounds,
a new thought for its improvement in some small detail would occur.
The moving of a T 20 yards to the right,
the addition of a couple of yards to the end of one of the bunkers,
the placing of a shallow pot bunker some eight or ten yards across at some.
particular point, all these and many other matters of equal significance will constantly suggest
themselves. My experience tells me that the perfection of a good course is slowly attained.
Like wine, it takes time for the richness of its qualities to mature. Therefore, when the committee
of a new club in the country sits in conference with a plan of its newly acquired land laid
on the table and decides unanimously that a T should be placed at a point marked A, a bunker
along the line B, another bunker at C, and the hole at D, and so forth, I protest that they are
doing poor justice either to themselves or to the game. But are many links made during the past
few years, made in a hurry, the results of such mechanical methods are only too apparent.
I hope that the few hints that I offer in this chapter may be a service to old clubs with
improvable courses and new ones with none as yet, and to those fortunate individuals who
contemplate laying out a course in their private grounds for the use of themselves and their
friends. Private courses are increasing in number, and for my part, though I most obviously
be guilty of prejudice, I can conceive of no more enjoyable acquisition to a country house than a
nine-hole course, and assuredly the possessor of it will be envied and his invitations to weekends
much coveted. The question of the amount of land that shall be called into service for the
fulfillment of a scheme for a new lynx is one that is usually outside the control of those who
project it. They have to cut according to their cloth. I need only
say here, therefore, that in a general way some 30 or 40 acres of land are necessary to make
such a nine-hole course as shall possess a satisfactory amount of variety, and not less
than 70 acres, for a full-sized 18-hole course. This is a matter of fact being the acreage
of the South Hertz Club's course at Totteridge, with which I am at present associated.
By great economy of space and the exercise of unlimited ingenuity, courses might be made from a
trifle-lust land, but they are better when they are made from more.
Two or three hundred acres are sometimes utilized for a good lynx.
Where land is very scarce, and there is no possibility of obtaining more of it, I earnestly
advise private owners and committees to content themselves with a nine-hole course,
which will have plenty of length and good sporting quality about it, rather than sacrifice
the good golf that is thus within their reach and a desire to possess a regulation
18-hole links that could only give complete satisfaction to ladies and children.
Too many courses with scarcely a brassy shot upon them have been ruined by this greed for holes.
When the land has been allotted to the purpose, a very thorough and careful survey should be made of all its features.
This is not to be done in one morning. The land, no doubt, is very rough, and at the first glance it looks ill-adapted to the golfer's purpose.
Many times I have had the task of making a course from materials which at first seems so unpromising as to be hopeless.
There should be no hurry at this time.
those who are designing the lynx walk slowly and meditatively over nearly every square yard of the
land at least two or three times before coming to any final decision as to where to place a single
t bunker or hole. An open mind is the best to begin with. After one or two of these preliminary
surveys, some general idea of the possible formation of the links will begin to shape itself in the
mind. And this having been done, it will be practically impossible for an intelligent person to make
additional journeys over the land without being struck with an idea for a great improvement
at one or other of the holes which he has fashioned in his mind.
If it is possible, take two or three weeks over this slow process of creation of the
links. They may be altered afterwards to some extent, but for good or ill, their main features
will probably remain as at the beginning, and may endure for centuries. Having secured to the mind
this general and somewhat vague idea of the plan of the lengths, it is a good thing to plant a stake
at each spot where it is proposed to make a hole. And when the land is all staked out in this manner,
there is, as it were, a solid foundation upon which to build up the links. The location of the
stakes can be inspected from a distance and from different points of view, and it will constantly
happen on these occasions that for the improvement of one or other of the holes, its removal
to a different place will be suggested. Continue your walks, examining the stakes from north, south,
east, and west, and moving them here and there, until you begin to feel a trifle-weary
of the business, and confident that you have planned the best possible holes out of the country
that you have to deal with. Then you may proceed with perhaps the more interesting, but
certainly the harder part of the task. It is useless to think about fashioning the links from
the plan which will now have been formed until those natural disadvantages of the land,
which cannot be allowed to remain, have been removed. Gorse and rocks may have to be cleared,
and it is essential that at this stage an effort should be made to rid the course of the rabbits
and other undesirable vermin, if any, should infest it.
Rabbits help to keep the grass nice and short,
but they make too many holes in the course,
and there is no alternative but to regard them as the enemies of golf,
and to make out the death warrants of them all accordingly.
The quickest and surest way of getting rid of them
is to search for every hole, apply to ferrets,
step up the holes afterwards,
and to keep a watch for any of that return.
If only one or two are left here and there,
they will play much havoc with the course in the future.
From this point, the way in which the work is perceived,
with will naturally depend to a large extent on the length of the schemer's purse,
and on their optimism or otherwise as to their future prospects.
But I ensure that it is best to employ as many men as can be afforded at the outset,
and so grapple with the execution of the plans in a thorough and determined manner.
In the making of a golf course, it is very easy to be a penny-wise and pound foolish.
The situation of the greens having been decided upon,
the question is to the length of the holes, as to which some general impression will have already been formed,
comes up for a decision.
A proposed teeing ground should be selected for each hole,
the length of the holes then examined and compared,
and the teas move nearer or farther back
as seems desirable for the improvement of individual holes
or the increase of variety.
If at this stage there's any chance of finding a ball
afterwards, it is a good thing to drive a few from each tea
and play them with the brassy, clake, irons, and mashie,
up to the green.
If you drive half a dozen from each tea
and play them through the green to the place
where the holes will be,
There will surely be one or two that have turned out excellently if you are a player of any skill, whatever,
and a study of the strokes which have been applied to these one or two, the point of pitching,
and the final lie will reveal the entire character of the hole you are making,
and tell you plainly how it must be bunkered.
In a nine-hole course, I think there should be seven medium or long holes,
and two short ones to break the monotony and test the golfer at all points.
The situation of these short holes in the round will naturally be decided to a large extent
by the land in other circumstances, but when the power of selection is left to the designer,
I incline to the belief that numbers three and seven are the best for these dainties.
I like a short hole to come early in the round, as at number three, because then a golfer
who has made a bad start is given a chance of recovering before he is hopelessly out of the
hunt.
He has a better prospect of making such a recovery, or thinks he has, which is much the same
thing, at a short hole than at a long one, and, being put in a good temper again, he will
very likely go on very well for the next two or three, when he will be favored, with another short
one. The play to the player, who has discovered at the beginning of a metal round that he is
off his drive and brassy, and that six or seven holes have to be played before a little one is
reached, is certainly not pleasant. I call a good short hole one that can be reached by good
play at any time with an iron club, because it fails to be a short hole when it is necessary
to take wood upon the tea in order to get to the green. In an 18-hole course, you might have
three or four short holes. I think three are sufficient.
and it would be well to vary their length so as to test the capacity of the golfer with different clubs,
and to bring out all of his qualities of resource.
For a fourth hole on the short side, plenty of sporting chance would constantly be afforded by one of two hundred yards' length.
This could not be called a short hole, because under ordinary circumstances and on most days,
it would be too far for even a good driver to reach from the tea,
but he would often be tempted to nerve himself to a superior effort,
and an occasional strain of this kind is advantageous in the long run.
Besides, when the wind was at his back, he would frequently be successful, and on such occasions
he would experience more pleasure and satisfaction from this particular T-shot than from any other
of the whole round.
The remainder of the course should be made up of a variety of two-shot and three-shot holes.
The lengths should be varied as much as possible, and with a limit of 370 yards and, say,
530 to work between.
It should surely not be so difficult as it appears to have been, in so many cases of inland
links to get 14 or 15 quite different holes.
Those of from 230 to 330 yards, with which so many courses abound, are not good holes, in my opinion,
because they give an almost equal chance to the man who has driven well and a man who has driven badly.
Take a common sort of hole, 280 yards in length.
A player misses his drive, and his ball travels only for, say, 100 or 120 yards.
He may still reach the green with his brassy, and should be able to do so.
Now, the man who drove well at this hole would need to make a second stroke with an iron club to reach the green,
and with this gain nothing from his better play.
This is unfair, and when is unfair, is bad.
The good two-shot hole is one of the nicest and best coals on a course when it is really good.
Its length is about 370 to 280 yards.
Thus it will be perceived that a first-class drive from the team must be followed up by a fine second,
as straight as it is long if the green is to be reached.
The good player who has done all that he ought is thus rewarded by the clear gain of a stroke
and the capture of a hole in four, whilst the man who is a man who is done,
a trifle weak with either his drive or his second, or has faltered to the slightest extent at either
stroke, has for a certainty to use his mashey before he can call for a putter. When a two-hole
shot is to be adjusted to this nicety of perfection, there is plainly not much margin for the
variation of its length, but it is not necessary, nor is it even desirable, to demand continually
such unerring skill from the golfer. My idea of a good three-shot hole is one that stretches
for 500 to 530 yards, three fine shots being wanted.
For holes of much greater length than this, I have no fancy.
Perhaps no serious objection can be laid against an occasional hole of 550 yards length,
but what is really gained by such long journeys?
Certainly the true skill of the golfer is not being more severely tested.
When we come to such monstrosities as holes of 600 yards in length, it is time to call
out enough, for by this time we have descended to slogging pure and simple, and the hard
field work at which an agricultural laborer would have the right to grumble.
So I repeat that the best hole for golfing is that of a good two-shotter which takes the ball
from the T to the green in two well-played strokes without any actual pressing.
As for total length, it should be borne in mind that links over 6,000 yards long is considered
a long one, and that there are championship greens, Prestwick, and Muirfield, which are, or
were until quite recently, there is a tendency to stretch everywhere since the rubber-core
ball become predominant, shorter than 6,000 yards.
In making the plan of the course, a point of interest and importance to decide upon is the direction in which the holes should be played.
Some golfers prefer that the first and succeeding holes shall lie to the right of the starting point,
while others like best to go out on the left-hand side, that is, to play round the course in the same direction as that pursued by the hands of a clock.
It is largely a matter of fancy, but personally my choices for going out to the left, because I think in this case the holes are generally more difficult,
and the boundary usually being near to the left, constant precautions must be taken against pulling.
Another matter, particularly to be remembered, is that the first tea and the last green,
should be close together, and neither of them more distant from the clubhouse than is necessary.
A wide separation of these points always seems to be contrary to the proper order of things.
And now we come to the perplexing problem of bunkers and where to place them,
and in this connection I would remark that it would be well not to regard the lengths of the holes
as so far arranged as final and irrevocable, and not to establish permanent teeing grounds accordingly,
for it must necessarily happen, as the bunkers come to be formed on the course, and more trial
rounds are to be played, that one's ideas will undergo considerable change, and it is easier
to lengthen a hole at this stage of proceedings by simply placing the tea further back than it will
be afterwards. It has been a great question with some committees of newly established clubs,
or of older ones in search of new courses, as to whether, in laying out their greens and
settling upon the location of all their nice new bunkers, they should keep more particularly
in mind the excellences of the scratch player, or the trials and trouble.
of the 12 to 18 handicapped men.
On the one hand, the scratch player is the experienced golfer, the man who plays the true game
as it should be played, and who finds no real enjoyment in so-called golf, wherein he is
never called upon to do more than tap the ball over an obstacle 90 or 100 yards in front.
Sunchlinks never put up a fight against him, and he finishes his listless round with something
as near to the sense of weariness as it is possible for the golfer to ever experience.
But these scratch players, in common with the men with all handicaps up to five or six,
are in a very heavy and hopeless minority in most clubs today.
The bulk of membership is made up of players from six to 24,
with a concentration of forces between 12 and 18.
These men say, or at all events think,
that as they run the club, they have a right to be considered,
and in their hearts the committee believed that they are justified.
These men with long handicaps,
some of whom have not even a desire to reduce them to any considerable extent,
st, deriving the utmost pleasure in playing a game in their own way, can find no fun in being
always and inevitably in the same bunkers, and regard driving from a tea when they are either
obliged to play short deliberately with an iron or be bunkered for a certainty with their driver,
as the most dismal occupation with which a Saturday or Sunday sportsman could ever be afflicted.
Therefore they cried loudly for shorter carries. They say the others are not fair,
and from their particular point of view the remark is possibly justified.
Even the young golfer, who is determined to be a scratch man some day, though he has 18 strokes from that pinnacle of excellence as of yet,
becomes rather tired in the long run of finding constant punishment waiting upon his valiant attempts to drive his longest ball,
and thinks that committee should be reminded that there are others in the world besides the immediately coming champions.
Amidst these conflicting desires, committees and course designers appear frequently to have attempted a compromise with no particular satisfaction to anybody.
It is impossible to lay out a course to suit all the different players in a club, and my own
decided opinion is that the bunkers and other hazards should always be placed to test the game
of the scratch player, and not that of the handicapped man.
A course that is laid out for the latter very often inflicts severe punishment on the
scratch player, and it is surely hard that the man who has spent many years on the most patient
and painstaking practice should be deliberately treated in this manner when the comparative novice
is allowed to go scot-free.
Moreover, when a bunker is so placed that a long carry is needed from the tea,
a handicapped man will find his game much improved by playing on the course.
At first he finds he cannot carry the hazard, and for a little while contends himself
with playing short, but he soon tires of this timidity, takes more pains with his strokes,
braces himself up to bigger efforts, and at last the day comes when his ball goes sailing
over the obstruction.
Afterwards, the performance is repeated quite easily, and the views of one man as to the
unfairness of that particular carry have undergone a radical change.
It is better for the beginner that he should have a hard course to play over than an easy one,
and, much as he may grumble at the beginning, he will in the end be thankful to those who impose a severe experience upon him in his early days as a golfer.
Therefore, if it has decided that there must be a bunker in the center of the course in the line of the drive,
I suggest that it should be placed at a distance of about 130 to 145 yards from the T.
The second bunker, if there is to be another stretching across the course with a view to imposing difficulties on second shots or guarding the green,
should be rather less than this distance from the first, so that the man who has topped his drive and is short of the first hazard should still have a chance of clearing this next one with his second shot.
Recovery ought never be impossible, but really I am no believer at all in bunkers placed across the course.
Certainly let there be one in front of the tee to catch the bad drive and another to guard the green, but generally speaking the merely short ball carries its own punishment with it in the distance that has been lost and has to be made good again.
The straight driver is not the man to be punished.
It is the player who slices and pulls and has obviously little command over his club and the ball,
and it was taken no pains to master the intricate techniques of the drive,
for whose careless shots traps should be laid.
As often as not, the bunker in the center of the course lets off the ball with a bad slice or pull on it.
So I say that bunkers should be placed down both sides of the course,
and they may be as numerous and as difficult as the controlling authority likes to make them,
but hazards of any description should be amongst the last feature to be added to a newly made golf length.
Not until the course has been played over many times under different conditions, and particularly in different winds,
can anyone properly determine which is the true place for a hazard to be made.
At the beginning, it may have been placed elsewhere in a hurry,
and it may have seemed on a few trials to answer its purpose admirably,
but another day, under different conditions, it may be made clear that it is in the very place
where it will catch a thoroughly good shot and allow only a bad one to escape.
I would not have insisted so much on this need for deliberation and patience if it did not so often happen that as the result of placing the hazards on a new course in too much haste, they are found afterwards to be altogether wrong and have to be moved, with the waste of much time and money.
There is little to the point that I can say about the making of the putting greens, as so much depends upon the natural conditions and opportunities.
Sometimes there is nothing to do but to cut the grass short and pass the roller over a few times, and the grain is made, and a first-glass screen, too.
At other times there is need for much digging, and the turf with which the carpet is to be relayed
may have to be carried to the spot from a considerable distance.
Particularly when so much trouble is being taken over the laying of the greens,
do I beg the makers of courses to see that they are not made dead level,
and as much like a billiard table as possible, which often seems to be the cheap desire.
To say that a putting green is like a billiard table is one of the worst compliments that you can pay to it.
By all means, let it be true in the sense of being smooth and even,
and presenting no lumps or inequalities of surface that are not plainly visible to the eye,
and the effect of which cannot be accurately gauged by the golfer was taught himself how to make allowances.
But on far too many greens, the man with the putter has nothing to do but gauge the strength of his stroke
and aim dead straight at the hole. He derives infinitely less satisfaction from getting way down
a 15-year putt of this sort than does the man who was holed out at 10 feet and has estimated the rise
and fall and the sideways slope of an intervening hillock, to begin with, and a winding valley,
to follow, his ball, first of all, running far away to the right, then trickling across to the left,
and finally wheeling around again and rolling into the tin. Only when there is this much calculation
to be done, and it is so precisely accomplished does the golfer practice the real art of putting,
and taste the delights of this delicate part of the game. The other is dull and insipid in comparison.
There is the less excuse for making the flat and level greens inasmuch as even the beginners
can appreciate the sporting quality of the others and enjoy practice upon them from
the first day of their play. Let there be plenty of undulations, and then with the changing
positions of the whole, a player can practically never come to any particular green, upon which
he may have putted hundreds of times without having any problems set him entirely different
from any that he has had to work out before. Greens, of course, are of all sizes, from 15 to 50 yards
square, and I beg leave to remark that large size is at fault in them, and as much as the bigger they are,
the less is the skill required in the approach shot.
It is perhaps unnecessary for me to point out as a final word
that when T's have to be specifically prepared and turf,
it is a decided improvement to a course to have two at different points for each hole,
one nearer and one more to the side than the other.
Not only do these alternative T's enable each of them to be given a periodical rest for recovery
from wear and tear, but they afford an interesting variation of the play,
make it possible to impose a severe test than usual upon the players when it just felt desirable to do so,
as on competition days, and also in some measure to counteract the effects of wind.
Of course, when teas have not to be specially made, there is endless variety open.
It is obvious that the greater part of the foregoing remarks applies chiefly to the construction
of inland courses. Seaside links laid over the dunes are made by nature herself,
and generally as regards to their chief features, they must be taken or left as the golfer decides.
A new hazard may be thrown up here and there, but usually the part of the constructor of a seaside course
is to make proper use of those that are there ready-made for him,
and which are frequently better than any that could be desired by man.
End of Chapter 19.
Chapter 20 of The Complete Golfer.
This is a Libravox recording.
All Liberbox recordings are in the public domain.
For more information or to volunteer, please visit Libravox.org.
The Complete Golfer by Harry Barden.
Links I have played on.
Of all the golf courses that have any pretensions to be considered first-class,
or even good second class, I can call to mind very few over which I have not yet played around.
And at a time when the reputations of so many of them are being severely overhauled, and their
merits and demerits, criticized, some expression of my own opinions may prove interesting,
alike to the golfers who know them well, and to others who are looking forward with eagerness
to the enjoyment of games upon them at future holiday times.
Recent championships and big matches have resulted in such wonderful scores that some
golfers are inclined to ask despairingly whether we have any really first-class course at all,
and links which in the past have been considered perfect are spoken of contemptuously as fit only
for handicapped men who want their golf made easy. If they attach any importance to my opinion,
then let them be assured that we still have many links which come near to being perfect,
and that, notwithstanding the advent of the rubber-cord ball, there is no reason to complain
about them or agitate for great alterations. We have them in England, Scotland, and Ireland,
perhaps more in Scotland than elsewhere, but that is chiefly due to accidental circumstances.
I am constantly asked, when the discussions to which I have referred are taking place,
which, in my opinion, is the best course in the world? Many considerations enter into such a
reckoning, but, after making it carefully, and with full knowledge of the fact that my answer is at
variance with many of the best authorities on the game. I say sandwich. Then let me tell you why I
consider the links of the Royal St. George's Club to be the best that are to be found anywhere.
There is, in the first place, not a single tea shot in the round where good play must not be
shown by the golfer if he wants to achieve success. There is scarcely a hole at which a player
who only half hits his ball from the tea does not find himself in grave difficulties,
demanding an unusually brilliant recovery and sterling play until he has holed out if he is to have a chance of getting on level terms with his opponent again, assuming that the latter is playing the proper game.
The bunkers are so placed that a good shot has to be made every time to carry them.
On the other hand, you are always satisfied that virtue is properly rewarded at Sandwich, and that if your T-shot is hit truly and well, you are certain to be nicely situated for your second.
Elementary considerations, as these may appear to be,
there are many courses having the reputation of being first class
where this reward is not always so sure as it is at Sandwich.
The greens on that course are in all cases well protected,
and they abound in character and variety.
Some critics say that the carries over the first bunkers from the teas are too long,
but I do not agree with them.
Without being a particularly long driver,
anybody who hits his ball truly can carry any bunker at Sandwich
that ought to be carried from the tea.
Then, at the championships in 1904, everybody was declaring, with much knowledge that had come after the event, that the course was on the short side, as was proved, they said, by the phenomenal scores that were made in the open competition.
I do not agree.
The scores made by two or three players were certainly low, but that was because they played exceptional golf.
If I admit that the course is the merest trifle on the short side in going out, I hasten to add that a man must be playing perfect golf to get to the turn with a low score,
while, unless his play does come within these narrow limits of perfection, he may find,
grand player though he be, that he may easily run up a total for his nine holes that would look
foolishly large.
Coming in, there is certainly no shortness about the holes, and there is plenty of scope for
the man who wants to open out his shoulders with his driver and his brassy, while there are
hazards everywhere for the punishment of the balls that are not kept in the fairway.
These are the chief considerations which lead me to give an emphatic vote in favor of
sandwich when I am asked which is the best course. That is to say, the best test of golf,
that is to be found in the British Isles, or elsewhere so far as I know, and I asked to be given
no more favorable opportunity of studying a golfer's points than to see him play a round or two
over the St. George's links. I should say that the third hole sandwich, although a short one,
is in golfing quality one of the best of the 18, because it is so splendidly protected with
bunkers and rushes everywhere, so that the golfer who would get on to the green from
the tea does indeed need to be bold, and as accurate as he is bold. No faintness of heart,
no doubtful stroke, will ever in the result be flattered by this third hole. The sixth or maiden,
famous everywhere, is very fine indeed, though it is not nearly so difficult as it used to be.
The eighth is another beauty, well guarded by bunkers. A trifle on the short side if the wind is
following, but a terror in length if a breeze is coming from the green. The ninth is good. The
the tenth calls for a perfect drive straight down the middle of the course, in default of which
the second shot will abound with difficulty.
And at the 15th, another very straight T shot is wanted.
If there is a breath of wind to help the ball from the T, a plucky player may then come
to the conclusion that he has a chance of reaching the green with his second, and a fine
shot will take him over the treacherous little bunker that guards it, giving him a four
of which he may be proud in the bust company.
These are the gems of Sandwich.
Next to this course, I think that Preswick with its Himalayas and its Alps is the finest that we have.
It is an excellent test to apply to a would-be champion, although there have been complaints that this course also is short.
Yet it is longer than it used to be, and it is merely the rubber-filled ball that makes it seem short.
The third hole at Prestwick is one that stirs the soul of the dare-devil golfer, for, after he has dispatched the ball safely and well from the tea,
he finds a big gaping bunker, the famous cardinal, ahead of him for his second,
an ugly brute that gives a sickening feeling to the man who is off his game.
Defy this bunker, be on the green with your brassy, put a four on your card,
and you have done something which should make you happy for the morning.
The ninth again is an excellent hole at which the street driver is rewarded all the way,
and, if he does his duty, is given a five.
I have no hesitation in giving my judgment that the 17th is the five.
minus hole to be found on any links. I say so because it is the best specimen of a really perfect
two-shot hole. If there is the slightest flaw in either the drive or the second stroke,
all prospect of reaching the green in two vanishes into thin air. Mr. Lydley once lost a match and an
amateur championship because his second shot here was not quite good enough. A good T-shot
well into the middle of the course, a second that is as clean as a shot can be and as straight as a
bullet from a gun, with the gods of golf smiling approval all the way, and particularly when
your second is nearing the green, with all of these you may ask for your putter for the third
stroke, but there is a bunker before the green, a bunker just beyond the green, and rushes
to the right and left, so that the second shot has to indeed be a beauty for its maker to be
wholly satisfied. This is the sort of hole that all good golfers best like to play, because
they know that the good shots are certain of their award, and that not
merely the bad shots, but the indifferent ones are met with just penalties every time.
It is said that no two golf strokes are ever alike, but there is just enough similarity
about them to prevent individual strokes from living very long in history, except in a few
striking cases. Perhaps the most memorable shot ever played in golf was that made at this hole
by the late Mr. Fred Tate, when he was engaging with Mr. John Ball, June, and the final tie of the
an amateur championship in 1899.
The Scottish favorite was in the bunker guarding the green with his second, and it is so
happened that the bunker on this occasion was filled with rainwater, in which the ball was
floating.
Mr. Tate chipped the ball out beautifully onto the green, and saved a hole which seemed a certain
loss.
It is hard to find many holes that are worthy of being put in the same class as this.
Man cannot make such holes.
They are there when he seeks up the land for the first time with his golf clubs.
Hoylick is a good course.
There are one or two holes on it that must be admitted to be very tame.
If the land in the middle of the course which is at present out of bounds were taken in and made playable, these holes could be much improved.
The hazards are good and plentiful, and a satisfactory premium is put upon straight play.
The ninth is a nice hole, a really good drive helping the player considerably.
The 11th is another pretty one, neither long nor short, but just that length which a fine shot from the T will reach, and accuracy is demanded by the
rushes which seem all over the course as you stand to drive.
I call St. Andrews a good course generally, but its bunkers are badly placed.
They punish the man who is driving well more than the man who is driving badly,
for they are generally the length of a good long drive.
If this defect could be remedied, and if there were a few more bunkers at the sides
to catch the pole and sliced balls, then St. Andrews would be a fine lynx indeed.
As it is, there are some excellent holes.
The second is beautiful.
beautiful, beautiful if the flag is put in the center of the green, because then a good second
shot is rewarded as it ought to be. But it generally happens when big matches are being played
there that the hole is placed in a corner, which frequently spoils the prospects of these good
second shots. The seventh is good, calling for a most accurate second, and the 11th is the
finest one-shot hole to be found anywhere. The green is on a plateau with bunkers all about it,
and if you overpitch it, your ball will be in the rushes beyond.
Many golfers swear by the 17th, but I am not one of them.
I declare that it is a very unfair hole, and there is no encouragement here to be plucky.
The player must be pocky all the way, for it is fully two to one against there being anything but punishment as the result of bold tactics.
The man who tries to place his long shot on the green may try again and again,
and he will be convinced that it is next to impossible to stop there when he reaches it.
For some reason, I like Muirfield.
but it does not enjoy so many advantages as the other championship courses.
There are not so many sandhills.
It is on the flat side, and at the first glance you might take it to be an inland course,
but after a single round you are greatly impressed by the good golf that is to be obtained upon it.
The Turf is capital.
Some of the hazards are very fine, and on the whole I think it may fairly be regarded as a very good championship test of golf.
The fourth, 12th, and 18th holes all call for first-class seconds if the greens are to be reached.
There are so many other good links in the North that a further selection becomes increasingly difficult.
Trune, abounding in Sand Hills, is very fine, and the player needs to be very skillful to get rounded in a low score.
North Berwick is also good, and it is surprising to see how well the links are preserved,
considering the enormous amount of play to which they are subjected.
There are many good holes at popular carnesty, with a fine length about them, which calls for good brassy play,
play, and which is calculated to bring out all the good points that a golfer has in him.
Fredden Bay and Darnock are enjoyable, but those who want to get the best golf in Scotland
need not always go to those places that revel in reputation and where an inconvenient crowd
may at most times be dependent upon. Some of the gems of North Britain are hidden away in
inaccessible corners, and the golfers who would reach them must take tedious journeys by land
and sea. But he who is worthy of the game is, in my opinion, amply rewarded
for these travelling labours, by the quality of the golf that is vouchsafed to him at his
journey's end, and he spared the annoyance of being obliged to book his starting time
overnight, and of having a couple of hours to wait upon the tea if he is a minute late
in the morning.
I believe that Makrahanish is one of these very fine, but out of the way courses, but it
happens to be one over which I have not hitherto played.
I can tell of another where the most glorious golf is to be obtained, and which I strongly
recommend to those on the lookout for a place at which to spend a golfing home.
holiday. It is Islay. There, the air is grand, and there is excellent accommodation to be obtained
at the combined hotel and clubhouse. And as for the quality of the golf, I do not hesitate to say
that the course is in every respect fit for the championships to be decided upon it. There is one
hole there, the third, which is the most difficult anyone can imagine. If I were asked to select
one from all the thousands of holes that I have played in my time, I should pick this one out
for the difficulty. They call it Mount Zion.
and I think it is a good name for it.
You must make three very good shots to reach the green,
and in the matter of accuracy, the third needs to be a gem,
if any satisfaction whatever, is to be got out of the whole business.
The green is on a plateau,
and it is protected by every contrivance
that ingenious nature has vouchsafed to the makers of courses.
If you are short, you are in a running stream.
If you pull, you go out of bounds.
And if your ball trickles over the green,
away it goes into the sea,
tortures the most terrible.
for the airing ball. Yes, decidedly, I think this is the hardest hole I have ever seen.
The first time I played it, I took ten to hole out, and yet won it from a very professional
player who was an ex-champion. I have never done a hole better in my life than when I once
have this with Taylor in four in the course of a match which Taylor won at the 24th hole.
The seventh is also a very fine hole with a bunker in front of the tea, which is very similar
to the maiden at sandwich.
An old golfer who lives there
told me he can remember the time
when it was a rapid scrape.
Like all golfers who know them,
I sing the praises of Gullen,
Killspendy, and Lufnes.
There is a variety of good golf
to be obtained in Ireland as well.
Portrush, Port Marnock,
Dollymount, Le Hinch,
and Newcastle, Co. Down.
All these are fine links.
For a place to visit
for an enjoyable golfing holiday,
when health is a governing consideration also,
I should select Port Rush as one of the very best,
while golfers who wish to play at Port Marnock and elect to put up in a Dublin
hotel have an experience of pleasant variety which I at all events have found very
agreeable, for you have first the train, then the car, and last of all, the boat to take
in order to reach the course, and not an inch of the journey is wearisome.
Of course, this proceeding cannot be recommended to those golfers who prefer to sleep in
close proximity to the first tea. Regardless of all other pleasures that are to be obtained
without any sacrifice of the game.
The course I like best in Wales is that at Ashburnham,
over which the Welsh Championship was last played for.
It is one of those excellent natural links which require very little attention.
The Royal St. David's course at Harlech is also very good.
Coming back to England again,
I agree with all others that Splendid Golf is to be obtained at Westward Ho.
Although there is one quite unique feature of this course of which some golfers,
myself among the number, do not bear the pleasantest recollections.
I refer, of course, to the rushes of a peculiar growth, which are to be found there in such abundance.
I can conceive no nightmare more horrible to a player than one in which during his hours of troubled sleep,
he is in the imagination vainly trying to rescue his unhappy ball from the clutches of these famous rushes.
They stand full five feet high, strong and stiff, like stout twigs,
and they have sharp and dangerous points, which seem as if they might be made,
of tempered steel. A kind of blossom appears on them in the season as if to disguise their evil
features. Any player who is unlucky enough to put his ball into them, and there are one or two
holes at which even a good shot might find its way there, must always encounter a considerable
risk of breaking his club in the endeavor to play it out again. I believe that attempts have been
made to grow these rushes elsewhere, but the seeds have been carried away from their native
westward hoe have never prospered. Perhaps some golfers mirror.
reflect that this is just as well, though, with all their faults and dangers, I certainly do not condemn them as a hazard. They are a novelty, and all things that come from nature must be admitted without question into the game of golf. On the south coast, there are several fine links. Newquay is excellent for a holiday, and a course of the Saint-Quault's club, a deal, now that it is 18 holes, is very fine. I have not enjoyed recent acquaintance with it, but the short fourth hole, which they call the sandy parlour, struck
me when I was last down there as being a very sporting little piece of golf. Both Little
Stone and Rye are admirable, and I have pleasant memories of the latter, particularly in connection
with a match I once played there with Mr. Fred Tate. Again on the east coast of England,
there are courses in number which afford the best opportunities for enjoyable and skillful golf.
Promer is a mixture of inland and seaside. It is one of those seaside courses which don't look what
they are, but some parts of it are good, especially those which lie through the sand dune.
The lower part is tame.
However, the air is beautiful, and the golfer who makes his headquarters at this place
enjoys the material advantage of having three or four other first-class links within easy reach.
For example, there is Braincaster, which, though a long distance from any railway station,
is worth any amount of trouble that may be expanded on the journey.
The turf is excellent, the hazards well-placed, and the golfer who does not keep straight
is penalized as he ought to be.
It is a fine course.
Then there is Hunstanton, which is a good.
also very good and sharing them too. Higher up there is golf at Redcar and Seton
Kerou which none need despise. On the northwest coast there is more golf to be
had that is well worthy of the name. St. Anne's and Formby are both capital and the
fine golf is necessary to get round these courses at all well. Wallacee is highly
satisfactory. Both my space and my memory are unequal to giving a complete
list of all the seaside courses that should be commended, and the absence of any particular one
from my little list does not imply that I rank it as inferior, although I have tried to mention
all those that I consider the very best. So far, I have said nothing about inland links,
because the golfer who is going away from his own for a brief period for pleasure and improvement
usually elects to play at the seaside, and wisely so, for, apart from the superior hygienic
properties of the atmosphere, there is no getting rid of the fact, however much we may be
attached to some inland courses that seaside golf, when it is the real thing, is entirely different
from any other.
It is better in every respect.
In fact, it is usually ideal.
It gives more benefit to the mind and body of the overworked player, and it pulls out his
game and makes a golfer of him as nothing else can ever do, and it affords such variety
of a true sporting character as nothing but nature can provide.
But in thus extolling the seaside game, I do not wish for a moment to be considered as
disparaging the gulf that is to be had
almost everywhere throughout the country
in these days. Inland golf
is a necessity to all accept the
leisured people who have no occupation which
chains them to cities and towns,
and there is now so much of it that it
has taken a dominant place in the golfing world.
And if the inland turf does
not possess those glorious qualities that
distinguish the seaside article, and if
the bunkers constantly bear evidence
of having been carted to the place where they are
situated, and if, moreover,
the evenness of many green fields
becomes somewhat monotonous, nevertheless the golf which is to be obtained at many of these places
is thoroughly enjoyable, and at the same time as severe, a test of skill as the most conceited
player could ever wish for. Take Sunningdale, for instance. This course, in my opinion,
is the best of all the inland links with which I am familiar, and it requires the very finest
golf to get rounded in anything like a decent score. Unless the golfer plays with his head as well
as with his club, he will find himself in difficulties all the way.
Walton Heath is another good example. Here also a capital player must be on the top of his
game to get round in anything like Bogie. Those who made this course have mastered the
undesirable eccentricities of the rubber-cord ball, as few others have done. This ball is too apt to
despise the average inland bunker, particularly in the summertime, and go skipping over it
as if there were no obstruction in sight. But it does not do that at Walton Heath, where the
they have made the bunkers so deep that the ball inevitably stops in, and there is nothing for it
but to ask the caddy for the niblic and resign yourself to losing a stroke. I should like to see
the managers of other courses take a leaf out of the Walton Heath book. Bunkers that were once quite
deep in the old days of the gutty are in too many cases shallow and useless under the new conditions.
I do think that the splendid state of the Walton Heath links is marvelous considering the
short time that has elapsed since the club was formed. I've never played at Huntercombe.
over which my old friend and opponent willie park has spent so much care and time and money but i believe that it is similarly good and i have heard golfers for whose opinion i have the highest respect declare enthusiastically that it is one of the best inland courses to be found anywhere while the high hill air is splendid
considering the many disadvantages under which they labour particularly in the matter of soil which is mostly of the clay variety the links round about london may be considered good and though the metropolitan golfer
may not always appreciate the fact, during one period of the year he scores over all others.
This is in the summertime, when the hot sun has at least dried and burnt up the grass on many
seaside links and made them slippery and difficult even to walk upon. At such times, the grass on the
London links is still usually quite fresh and green, and not until some weeks later does it yield
to the scorching rays. For the most part, too, the London links are exceedingly well kept.
Lee's, the Greenkeeper at the Mid-Surray course at Richmond, is the best man for that duty that I know.
I cannot attempt to give any adequate information about the hundreds of links that are now dotted about all over the shires.
It must suffice to say, in confining many to large centres, that I have pleasant memories of good golf that I have had on the fine courses at Lindrick in the Sheffield District and at Trafford Park near Manchester.
This is indeed a very nice inland course, with gravelly soil, and a capacity for keeping dry during the winter.
At Timperly, there's another good links.
The Huddersfield course is a splendid one to play upon, and very tricky too.
Its merits are indicated by the quality of golfers that it breeds.
It has made several men who have won the Yorkshire Championships, and in club matches the Huddersfield team is a very hard one to beat.
There's one class of course, of which I have not yet made any mention, and which I do not think
it is necessary to do more than refer to. It is that mongrel kind, which is both seaside and inland,
but which is in the full sense neither situated, that is, at a seaside resort, and may be in the
very closest proximity to the sea, but with none of the properties of the real seaside course,
no seaside turf, no sand dunes, no wild natural golf. These courses are usually elevated on cliffs.
In many cases, the golf that is to be obtained upon them is excellent, and I only wish to point
out to unpracticed golfers who are about to start for a holiday and have taken no advice,
that if they are making for a seaside place and want that kind of golf which they have heard
is to be had at Deal, Sandwich, Rye, Westward Ho, Littlestone, St. Andrews, North Berwick,
and scores of other places, they should make quite certain that they are taking their
railway tickets in the proper direction. Otherwise, when they arrive upon the links that they have
chosen, they may fail to discover any difference between the course visited and that on which
they are in the habit of playing when at home. I only mention the matter because I have known
so many cases of severe disappointment arise through mistakes of this kind.
End of Chapter 20. Chapter 21 of the Complete Golfer. This is a Libravox recording. All Libravox
recordings are in the public domain. For more information or to volunteer, please visit
Libravox.org. Read by Ryan Powell. The Complete Golf by Harry Varden. Golf in America.
I have a higher opinion of both the present and the future of golf in America than that which seems to be entertained by a large number of eminent players in this country.
I think that American golf is very good at the present time, much better than it is given credit for being, and I am convinced that it will be still better in the future.
I made a long golfing tour through the United States in 1900, when Englishmen, for the most part, regarded the game in that country with as much seriousness as they would have bestowed upon golf in Timbuktu if they had heard that it was being played there.
At that time, it seemed to be taking a firm grip of our cousins, and I saw enough to convince me that America was coming on quickly, and that before long the old country would have reason to fear her.
Everything that has happened since then has strengthened my belief, and the eyes of the British were at last fairly opened when the championship was played for at Sandwich in June of last year, when, to the chagrin of our own leading amateurs, an American and the person of Mr. Walter J. Travis, became the victor, and took back with him across the Atlantic, the Amateur Championship Cup.
So far from surprising me, that event was exactly what I expected.
When I was in America, I played against Mr. Travis once or twice,
and though he was then in the improving stage, and evidently not at the top of his career,
I felt that he was a man who might very likely do great things in the future.
Afterwards, I followed his play with some curiosity and interest.
I saw that in the course of time he beat many good men, whose form I understood precisely.
I knew that he was one of the setteous golfers I had ever seen,
a man of fine judgment and marvelous exactness,
who always played with his head
and was constantly giving the closest possible study to the game.
I felt that when he came to play for our championship,
he would make a very bold bid for it.
When I heard that he was going to sandwich last year,
I made him my tip for premier honors,
and before the first round was played,
I said to many friends,
mark my words, if Travis gets anything like a fairly easy drawl to start with, he will go right
through. And so he did. I saw him play on this memorable occasion, which will never be forgotten as
long as any of the events of golfing history are remembered, and in opposition to the opinions of
other British critics expressed in many columns of print during the week's following. It was,
and is my absolute conviction that his was the best golf played in that tournament,
and that he thoroughly deserved to win.
He played with his head the whole way through, and his golf was really excellent.
It was only natural that our people should be very downhearted when they saw what had happened,
for it seemed nothing else than a great disaster.
I do not think that in the long run it will prove to have been so,
for the inevitable effect of it was to wake up our British golf,
which stood sadly in need of arousing.
I think that amateur golf in this country has been steadily depreciating for some time,
and at the present moment, I think the standard of merit of our best players is lower
than in the days when Mr. Harold Hilton, Mr. John Ball Jr., and the late Mr. Freddie Tate were at their best.
And despite the American shock, I cannot profess that the outlook at the present moment is particularly encouraging.
There are other good golfers in the States besides Mr. Travis, and, frankly, I think that unless we wake up in this country, the cup will go there again.
For the moment, our numerical strength in the championship tournament is in our favor.
When there are only half a dozen Americans entered out of a total number of over 100, the odds are evidently against them.
But an American invasion is threatened, and then we shall see what we shall see.
The chief reason why it is difficult to feel optimistic about the prospects of amateur golf in this country
is because the rising generation, upon whom we must depend for our future champions, do not take
sufficient pains to make themselves masters of the game. They are too haphazard in learning it.
The beginners on our side are too apt to say to themselves, I will go and teach myself to hit a ball first,
and then I will take a lesson, which is, of course, entirely wrong.
Then one of their friends tells them to do a certain stroke in one way, and another tells them in the opposite,
and thus at the end of six months they have got into such a thoroughly bad style that it is the most difficult task in the world for a professional to set them right.
Those who have the future of British golf at heart cannot afford to disregard or wink at these vagaries on the part of beginners,
on whom we depend to constitute the national system in coming years.
Now the national system in America is altogether different.
They are not haphazard there.
They seem to take a deeper interest in the game and its science,
and they never think of trying to learn it by the chance methods
which are so much in favor with us.
They take the game with the utmost seriousness from the very beginning
and obtain the very best advice that they can.
The professionals never have a minute to spare,
and their engagement books are constantly filled up for three weeks in advance,
so that without the length of notice, nobody stands a chance of getting a lesson for love or money.
That is the way in which the people of America are learning to play golf, and it is the proper way.
It is slow, but it is very sure, and unless I'm very much mistaken, there will in the future be other players coming across the Atlantic to take part in our championships,
who will be as great as Travis, if not greater, and if we on our part do not forthwith begin to take our golf more serious,
it may be a sad day for us when they do come.
As I have said, American golf was only just budding when I made my tour through the country in
1900, but nevertheless, I found that tour extremely interesting and enjoyable, and everywhere
I was given the heartiest and most enthusiastic reception.
Nobody even begrudged me the American Championship, which I brought back with me,
and nobody made any unkind criticisms of my play or suggest.
that I did not in any way deserve the victory.
My tour began in March and did not finish until the end of the year,
but was interrupted for a short period at the beginning of the summer
when I made a flying trip home in order to take part in our own Open Championship.
As it happened, the best that I could do was to finish second to Taylor,
but I may add that this result was better than I expected,
considering the sudden change of golf and climate that I experienced.
I had to cover several thousands of miles in order to play the matches in which I took part in America.
Of these matches, I only lost two when playing against a single opponent, and each time it was Bernard Nichols who beat me, first at Normand and then at Brayburn.
There was not a blade of grass on the course on which Nichols won his first match from me, and I leave my readers to imagine what playing on a lynx consisting of nothing but loose sand was like.
Altogether, I suffered only 13 defeats, but in 11 of them, I was playing the best ball of two or more opponents, which was the task that was generally set me.
I won over 50 matches and halved two. Some of my victories were somewhat substantial. At point comfort, I beat Willie Dunn by 16 up and 15 to play, and at Scarsdale, I got the better of the same opponent to the extent of 15 and 14.
Such wide margins naturally suggest opponents of inferior ability, but if I may modestly say so,
I do not think that was wholly the case. I consider that at that time I was playing better golf
than I had ever played before or have done since. As was the custom there, I used to go out on
the lynx in the very thinnest and airiest costume. In Florida, it was too warm to play with either coat
or vest, so both were discarded, and shirt sleeves rolled up. Generally, like my opponents,
I wore no jacket, but a neat waistcoat with sleeves which helped to keep the arms together.
In such attire, one was afforded a delightful sense of ease and freedom, which considerably helped
one's golf. Then again, whether it was due to the fine, dry atmosphere, as I think it was,
or not, the ball certainly seemed to fly through the air with less resistance offered to it that I had
ever experienced before. Never have I driven so well as I did with the old gutty in America that
year. Many of the professionals whom I met were men who were taught their golf in this country,
and were players who would usually hold their own in the best of professional company.
The American papers gave very lengthy reports of all the matches in which I took part,
the headlines and what followed them being frequently very flattering. There was the Golf
King, and many such as that,
and type nearly an inch deep.
Perhaps I may, without offense, be permitted to quote
from the account given in a leading daily newspaper of the second match
in which I defeated Willie Dunn at Scarsdale,
which I only do for the purpose of showing that the conditions of play
were sometimes really trying,
and not at all conducive to big victories or record-breaking.
This paper said,
if it were necessary to dwell upon the extraordinary consistency of the champion's game,
one has only to refer to his card for the four rounds.
It was a nine-hole course in yesterday's match,
as his worst nine-holes totaled 41 and his best 37.
If the turf could only unearth a thoroughbred as reliable as Varden,
pool rooms in Greater New York would be past history in very short order.
Varden's skill probably never underwent a severer test than in the match yesterday.
Everything was against his exhibiting anything approaching championship form.
He had not only to contend against a biting northwest wind,
which temporarily got mixed up with the flurry of snow,
but the course itself, from the character of the land,
is about as difficult to score over as any in the country.
The ground is one succession of copies,
while seven of the nine holes are on the collar all the time,
and at an angle from 20 to 30 degrees.
The course is only 2,677 yards in playing distance.
On paper, this gives the impression of being nothing out of the ordinary, but confronted with it in actuality,
it is about as hard a proposition as any victim of the golf habit could tackle.
The only course one can compare it with here is Oakland, and the latter is a billiard table by the side of it.
At the finish of the 36 holes, Varden said,
I never felt so fagged out in my life.
In fact, I could play 72 holes on the other side of every day for a week and not have been so fatigued half so much.
I don't remember that I ever committed myself to such an extravagant statement as this, but the course was certainly a very trying one that day.
Yet on that occasion, I lowered the 18 holes record for the course.
Altogether, I beat most of the records of the courses during my tour.
The first time I ever took my clubs out on American soil on the course of the Lawrence Hart,
Harbor Country Club, I reduced the record for the nine holes, held by Willie Dunn, from 41 to 40.
Yet the weather was so bad just then, and the clay greens were in such a state of puddle,
that temporary greens had to be made on the fairway. I won my first match by nine up with eight to play.
On one or two occasions, I was obliged to beat the record in order to win my game.
Thus, when playing on the Wheaton links at Chicago, Will Smith was three up on me at one time,
but by beating the lynx record, I won at the finish by two up with one to play.
This was one of the very toughest struggles I had over there.
There was no mistaking the enthusiasm of the American spectators.
They came to the matches and great crowds,
always a large proportion of ladies,
and they seemed bent on learning all that they could from the play.
Everybody seemed to be trying to practice my grip.
All kinds of theories were invented to account for the manner in which my shots came off.
On one occasion, after I had got in a good one with a clique, an excited spectator jumped the ropes, ran up to a friend of mine and screamed,
Say, which arm did he do that with?
I looked to see if all my arms and legs were intact, or if there was anything that appeared unusual about them.
I discovered afterwards that by arm he meant club.
Many places of business were closed for the afternoon when I was playing in certain districts, and on one occasion the stock exchange did so.
A letter to one of the papers, concerning the extraordinary manner in which America was taking the Gulf fever, contained these sentences.
I went into a leading business house today and found the three partners of the firm in a violent discussion.
As I thought they were talking business, I concluded that my presence was unnecessary and started to edge away.
Suddenly, I noticed the head of the firm rush into his office and rush out again with a cane.
As the words were heated, I was just about to interfere when I saw a weapon appear on the scene.
But the head partner wasn't looking for blood.
Instead of hitting anyone, he swiped the cane along the ground, and then I heard the words.
This is how Varden holds it.
I wanted to make an appointment with one of the partners, but he told me that he wouldn't be in.
However, I guess I'll meet him, because I'm going out to Dixie myself.
The professionals in the golf shop suddenly began to do an enormous trade in sticks,
and Bernard Nichols, the only man who defeated me single-handed, preferred not to play me again for a long time.
He said his victory had done an enormous amount of good to his business, and he did not want to spoil it.
From numerous quarters, I received all kinds of offers to star in one way or another, some very big fees being suggested.
Would I become store manager at a huge salary?
Would I make an exhibition for so many hours daily of driving golf balls in a padded room in the city?
And so on.
I actually did an offer one day to do exhibition swings in a room in a Boston store.
I was to start at 9.30 and continue until 5 each day, doing tea and other shots into a net for half an hour at a time, and then resting for an hour before taking the next turn.
There was a fresh house of about 200 people every time, and it was part of the bargain that my manager should stand by and explain everything.
But he had had enough of it after one or two turns.
Then I found it became terribly monotonous, and to interest myself, I kept trying to hit one particular spot on the wall in your first.
the ceiling, until the store's manager came forward in a state of great excitement, declaring
that only six inches from that spot was the tap of a patent fire extinguishing arrangement,
and that if I hit it, the room would be flooded by a series of water spouts and less time than I
can imagine. By four o'clock, my hands were blistered badly, and at that stage, I had had enough
and went out. In the meantime, I was the constant recipient of numerous presence of all kinds,
and the invitations that I received to dinners were far too many for any professional golfer to accept.
I do not mention these things with any desire for self-glorification.
They are ancient history now, and nobody cares about them.
But they serve to show the wholehearted manner in which America was going in for golf,
and their tremendous hold that it took on the people.
We talk on this side of the golfing fever, and of people going mad about the game.
Believe me, the Britisher is a mere dahlier in comparison with his American.
an interesting incident happened when the American championship was played for on the Wheaton course when as I was informed the game of golf achieved the most notable victory that it had ever achieved in the United States
this was the complete surrender to it of the veteran champion and overlord of baseball the American national game how that came about I will leave one of the Chicago newspapers to relate Cap Anson surrendered to golf yesterday the capitulation of the veteran of America's national game
game took place on the links at Wheaton during the race between Harry Varden and J. H. Taylor.
Cap says the game of golf is a go. He has stood out against it and ridiculed it ever since it began to get the people.
Anson knows Charles S. Cox, Varden's manager, and accepted an invitation yesterday morning to look in on the game.
On the links, he balked at the proposition of walking four miles and one trip around the course,
but he lined up with the crowd to see Varden drive off.
The ball went higher than any fly pop ever saw in his life.
It sailed 220 yards.
Anson was the first to start the applause with a good boy.
She's a homer.
Then he led the gallery to the first green.
He was puffing when he pulled up at the 18th hole,
but he felt better than if he had stolen second base.
I'd like to take a crack at that golf ball, he said.
You can put me down for a trial the first chance I get.
wouldn't mind talking up in kilts just to give the Prince of Wales a run for his money.
For the sake of giving prominence to it,
this paragraph was put in a fancy border and let into the middle of the sheet of newspaper,
so the Chicago people evidently attached some importance to the capitulation of the worthy captain,
and I hope that by this time he has had many thousands of cracks at the golf ball,
and that his handicap is low.
I was intent on making a bold bid for this American Open Championship.
victory in it seemed to be the one thing essential to make my trip the greatest possible success.
My friend Taylor, who had just beaten me for the Open Championship at St. Andrews,
had himself come over to the States and was also a candidate for the premier honors of American golf.
As it turned out, we had practically the whole contest at Wheaton to ourselves,
and a rare good duel it was, at the end of which I was at the top of the list,
but only two strokes in front of my English opponent, while he was eight in front of the next man.
The system of deciding the championship was the same on this side, that is to say, four medal
rounds were played, two on one day and two on the next. And at the end of the first day's play,
I was just one stroke better than Taylor. My score for the two rounds bring 157 to his 158,
and on the second day I did 156 to his 157, so that the whole whole.
whole event, I was 313 to his 315. Taylor waited on the edge of the green while I hold out my
last putt, and was the first to grasp my hand in sincere congratulations. Beautiful weather, the biggest
golfing crowd ever seen in America up to that time, and a good lynx made the tournament a great
success. The partner who went round with me during this championship competition was Will Smith,
the holder who finished fifth. I had some curious experience.
experiences in the course of my journeyings about the country, and I'm not sure that they were all good for my game.
During the early months, I was down in Florida away from the cold and the snow.
I met some good golfers there. It was necessary to play an entirely different game from that to which we were accustomed in this country.
There was no grass on the putting greens. They were simply made of loose sand, sprinkled on the baked ground, and watered and rolled.
When there was a shortage of water, and there was windabout, the fine part of the sand was the sand.
was blown away, and the surface of the greens then consisted of nothing but little pebbles.
It was not easy to put over this kind of thing, but I must not convey the impression that these
sand greens were wholly bad. When properly attended to, they were really nice to put upon
after you have become accustomed to them. It was impossible to pitch onto them, and one had to
cultivate the habit of running up from a very long distance. Thus I got into the way of playing a kind
of stab shot. The teas consisted not of grass but of hard soil, and one had to tee up much higher
than usual in order to avoid damaging the sole of the driver. This provoked the habit of cocking the
ball up, and as a corrective, all the teeing grounds in Florida sloped upwards in front.
Locusts were responsible for eating all the grass away from some courses, and I had a unique
experience when I played Findlay at Portland. When we were on the putting greens, men had constantly
to be beating sticks to keep the locust off the lines of our putts.
If it struck a locust, the ball would come to a sudden stop.
Acres and acres of land about there were without a single blade of grass.
The locust had eaten it all away.
After we left Florida, we reached some good courses and resumed the old kind of play.
It has often been suggested that the peculiar conditions of play in America,
to which I was subjected for a long period, resulted in a permanent injury to my game as I played at home.
And in light of reflection and experience, I am persuaded to think that this is so.
I have played so well since then, have felt equal to doing anything that I ever did before,
and have indeed won the championship.
But I think I left a very small fraction of my game in the United States.
In the way of other novel experiences, I might mention that on one occasion I played as Mr. Jones.
I wanted a quiet day and did not wish a too attentive public to know where I was.
Three friends joined me in a foursome, but when we went into the clubhouse after our game,
another anxious golfer went up to my partner when I was standing by, and inquired of him
whether he had heard that Varden was playing on the links.
My friend declared that he knew nothing of such a rumor, and I could hardly refrain from
laughter as the anxious one went to pursue his inquiries in other quarters.
Another time or two, other professionals and myself visited a course where we were unknown,
and, hiding our identity, pretended that we were novices at the game, and begged of our caddies
to advise us as to the best manner of playing each shot, which they did accordingly.
We deliberately duffed most of our strokes at several holes, but this, of course, procedure
tired us immensely, and so at last we abandoned it and began to play our natural game.
Imagine the consternation and indignation of those caddies.
Each one of them threw down his bag of clubs, and,
declining to carry them for another hole, walked sulkily off the course.
On one occasion, we camped out for the night on the links on which we were playing,
and a very pleasant variation from the ordinary routine we found it.
The American newspapers, to which I have frequently referred, do their golf reporting very well.
Their journalism may be sensational, or whatever you like to call it,
but the golfing section of it was usually interesting, ingenious, and very intelligent and reliable.
On the occasion of one match in which I played, a paper gave up nearly the whole one of its pages
to a large panoramic view of the links.
The flight of my ball and that of my opponent, and the places where they stopped after every
stroke, from the first to the last, were accurately marked.
Thus, the whole game was illustrated in a single picture in a very effective manner.
As was inevitable, I was sometimes victimized by interviewers who wrote interviews with
me, which I had never recorded, containing most amazing particulars about my methods and habits.
Occasionally, a reporter was turned on to describe a game when he knew nothing about golf,
and then the results were sometimes amusing. One of these writers had it that I carried away the
green with my drive. Another said I dropped dead at the hole. When playing at Washington against two
opponents, I happened to beat bogey at the first hole. One of the reporters was told of this
achievement, but did not quite understand it. Going to the next hole, we were walking through a bunker
when he came up to me and politely inquired if that the bunker was the kind of bogey that I had beaten.
I was told a very good story of American golf reporting. A match was arranged between two well-known
amateurs, one of whom happened to be a very rich banker. One reporter who admitted that he knew
nothing about the darned game, arrive rather late on the course, and borrowed the copy of an
experienced golfing journalist for information of what had already happened. When this copy was duly
returned with thanks, the late-comer remarked to his obliging friend, Say, you made a bad mistake in one
part. What was it? The other asked. Wow, you say the so-and-so lift the hole for a half. Yes, that is right.
Oh, go away, you don't mean to tell me that a rich man like that would be playing for a paltry 50 cents.
I've altered it to lip the hole for $100.
And I remember that once when I was playing the best ball of two amateurs,
one of the reporters had been instructed by his chief to keep the best ball score.
I happened to lose the match on the last green,
but on looking through the paper the next morning,
I was surprised to see it stated that I was beaten by not one but many holes,
making this defeat, in fact, the biggest inflicted on me during my tour.
The paper said that it was.
I could not make anything out of it for some time,
until at last I discovered that the reporter had reckoned my score also in the best ball figures.
Obviously, I cannot beat myself.
The best I could do was to get a half,
and that was how it came about that I never won a single hole
and the Harry Varden versus Harry Varden and two others match.
End of Chapter 21, Golf in America
Chapter 22 of the Complete Golfer.
This is a Libre Box recording.
All LibreVox recordings are in the public domain.
For more information or to volunteer, please visit LibriVox.org.
Read by Claire.
The Complete Golfer by Harry Varden.
Concerning Caddies.
The caddies is an indispensable adjunct to the game of golf,
and for the most part he fulfills his functions very capable.
but there are caddies of every imaginable variety, and their vagaries are such as to cause
wonderment on the part of their employers sometimes, amusement and others, and not in frequently
exasperation. Some of them know too much about the game and others far too little, and I hardly
know which of these classes is in the long run the worst for the golfers who engage them to
carry their clubs. An incident of which I had heard that happened to a well-known player on the
North Berwick-Links must have been very trying to him. On a bit of a bit of a bit of a bit of a
busy day, all the regular caddies had been engaged, and the fishermen were drafted into the
club-carrying service. The player, having asked one of the fishermen if he knew anything about the game,
and having been informed that he had only a little knowledge of it, resigned himself calmly to the
inevitable, and told the man complacently that he would do. This player happened to be left-handed,
and took up his stance on the first-tee accordingly, whereupon the sun of the sea it once adopted
the part of Tudor, and with some warmth and show of contempt, exclaimed loudly,
I didn't ken much abut the game, but you dinn't a wee bit.
Ma'an you're standing on the wrong side of the ba.
Awah to the other side.
Golfers at the beginning of a round are proverbially susceptible to small influences,
and when a player is accustomed to lean somewhat upon his caddy,
as even some of the best occasionally do,
I can well imagine that such a trivial matter as this is enough to mar a tea shot.
There were some strange specimens of the caddy species at Gammon,
when I was there. Make a tea, boy, said a golfer to one of them, evidently a novice one day.
The player had been waiting about for something under a minute, while his servant showed no sign
of making the usual preparations for the tea shot. The boy did not seem to understand.
Make a tea boy, exclaimed the player a second time sharply, but still there was no response,
and then the man called for some sand, bent down and made the tea himself. At this the boy
attributed the failure of his understanding to the player's limited powers of expression,
and somewhat scornfully exclaimed, why, if you had told me it was a cockshot that was wanted,
I should have known what you meant. On competition days at Gantin, we often had to secure a number
of lads who had never seen the game played before, and very interesting specimens of the
youth of Yorkshire they often were. One day, I remember, a competitor pulled his ball very badly,
and his caddy, who had gone on a little way in front, received it hard,
on a very tender part of his head. He was not seriously hurt, but much pained, and forthwith,
excusably perhaps, he gave way to tears. To soothe him, his employer presented him with half a sovereign.
The tears suddenly ceased, the boy's face broke into a happy smile, and a moment later, when the two
were trudging away towards the hole, the youngster ingeniously inquired, will you be coming out
again this week, sir? There is a kinship between this story and that of the caddy at North Berwick,
son of the Greenkeeper there some years ago, when first he began to carry clubs.
He was a very precocious little fellow, and the player for whom he had been engaged to carry
for that day was a well-known golfer from the south. When the day's play was far advanced
and the time of reckoning was drawing nigh, the boy seized an opportunity of sidling close-up
to his patron, and asking him, do you ken Bob? The said Bob being one of the nobilitys of the
links. The player answered that he had not the pleasure of Mr. Robert's acquaintance so far,
and inquired of the boy why he asked such a question. Weill was the answer. It's a Pity
you dinah Ken Bob. He's a real fine gentleman, for he I gis twasheilin twaschelan
a rune for Karen Tillam. No like some that can themselves gentlemen and only gee a
But less it should be imagined from the recital of these incidents that the caddy is invariably
over greedy, and that he has no soul for anything but the pecuniary reward of his service.
Let thereby way of contrast be told the story of the boy who was willing to carry clubs for nothing,
the one solitary instance of such a disposition to self-sacrifice that there is on record.
This time the golfer was not a great one. He had his faults, and they were numerous,
and for their conquest and suppression he came to the conclusion that it would be better if he
went out alone over the links and wrestled with them determinedly. A caddy watching him go out
thus solitary and felt sorry, so he said to him, I will carry your clubs for a shilling, sir. But the
golfer replied, no, my boy, not today, thanks, I will carry them myself. The golfer missed his drive,
foozled his second, put his third into a bunker, and endured other agonies. The caddy had
been following at a respectful distance, and when the ball had been duly picked up out of the bunker,
he made a further appeal. I will carry for nine pennies. I will carry for nine pennies. I will carry for nine
sir. No, I do not want a caddy, was the answer again. I will carry for sixpence then.
No, go away. On the next tee, the player, overcome by conflicting emotions, missed the ball altogether
two or three times, and then was the caddy's opportunity which he sees without hesitation.
I will carry for the fun of the thing, sir. This is a digression, but I fear that digressions
are inevitable when one enters upon the subject of caddies, and is persuaded to dip into one's
recollection of caddy stories. The ignorant caddy is trying, but not less is the one who
knows too much about the game, or thinks he does, and insists upon inflicting his superior knowledge
upon you during the whole course of the round. Once when I was playing for the championship,
my clubs were carried by a caddy who swore horribly at me all the time. Notwithstanding that
from the beginning, I was going strongly for the first place. That boy got on my nerves.
I was approaching well, but my putting was certainly not so sure and confident as it might have been.
What the is the good of shooting at the flag if you can't put worth a, he exclaimed in great disgust on one occasion when I had the misfortune to miss holling out a somewhat short putt.
He has begged to be allowed to carry for me many times since then, but I have steadfastly refused his offer, for I would not be handicapped with him upon any consideration.
The caddy I like the best of all, and he who I am convinced is the best servant for the average.
golfer, is he who thoroughly understands the game, has a deep knowledge of the course that
is being played over, knows exactly what club to give you upon any and every occasion,
and limits its functions to giving you that club without being asked for it.
This caddy is a silent caddy, who knows that words of his are out of place,
and that they would only tend to upset his master's game.
It will generally be found that he, above all others, is the only one who takes a deep
and sympathetic interest in that game.
He never upon any consideration gives advice without being asked for it.
On the other hand, he takes care that no act or omission of his shall ever cause his man the most momentary
irritation, for he has sufficient knowledge of the golfer's temperament to know that these
trifles are a constant source of bad holes.
When the player is preparing for his shot and his eye is wandering anxiously between the
ball and the hole, he puts out his hand whilst still continuing his survey of the ground,
and as he puts it out, he feels it grasped the handle.
of the exact club that is wanted. There is little need to look at it. The caddy knew and acted.
The stance is taken while the player is still in his thoughtful mood. The shot is made while his mind
is still concentrated to the utmost extent on the difficult task in hand, and then, after a happy
result, the player and this faithful, truly sympathetic caddy go quietly on their way.
When you're on the green, he never needs to be told to go to the pin. He is always there,
standing at the hole as soon as the time has come to putt, and while,
if the putt is a poor thing, he has nothing to say, for silence is more than ever welcome at such a time of sorrow and disappointment.
He permits himself a few courteous words of congratulation if a great success has been achieved at the last stroke at the hole,
and the crown been placed upon an effort that has been truly praiseworthy throughout.
This is my ideal, Caddy, and I am prepared to make some concessions to have him always at my side during the most trying rounds that I have to play.
If he always performs the duties I have named, promptly and quietly, I do not care whether he really
knows much about the game or not. If a caddy does the round of a course often enough in the company
of good golfers, he knows the club to use for every particular stroke, even though he may have
no practical knowledge of the game. And I ask nothing more of him than that he should always
hand the club to me without keeping me waiting for a single moment. These caddies are a rarer
species than the others. I am no advocate of female labor, but I have often, after an experience of
the girl caddy, been tempted to wish that there were more of them in the land, for they are uncommonly good.
The little girl of humble lots seems, nine times out of ten, to possess all those qualities
which go to the making of a good caddy, according to my standards of a good caddy, in a
remarkable degree. Unlike some of her elder sisters, she never talks, but she always watches
the game very closely and takes a deep interest in it.
She is most anxious, if anything, too anxious to do her service properly and well,
and to the most complete satisfaction of the gentleman who will reward her for it at the finish.
She never keeps you waiting for your bag.
The clubs are always there at your hand.
If it is obvious to this little girl's simple intelligence that you want your brassy,
she has it ready for you.
If there is a doubt about the club, she does not make the mistake of offering you one-on-chance, as it were.
She is too timid for that.
She holds the bag before you and lets you choose your seat.
and carry all the responsibility on your own shoulders. The good boy caddy, whom I have referred to as my
ideal, does that also. I said he was always waiting with a club ready, but if it is evident to him
as to the player that it is a difficult question of judgment as to which particular club should be
taken in somewhat puzzling circumstances, he allows the golfer to make his choice from the whole
collection in the bag, making no suggestion of his own either by word or movement, unless invited
to do so. Cannot every golfer.
recall numberless instances of bad shots and holes lost because in one of these moments of doubt,
when his own inclination was leaning to the employment of one particular club, his caddy thrust
another before him? Feeling that there must be something good in the caddy's recommendation,
he has been tempted in spite of himself to use it. How frequently are the consequences disastrous
in such circumstances as these, and how unenviable are the golfers after reflections upon its
own weakness. Yes, decidedly the girl caddy excels. I have seen her on many links up and down the
country, and she is always good. In one of my last matches last season, at Luton, I had one to
carry for me, and she was as good as any. Perhaps it may be urged by some players that it is not
a good thing for girls to do this work. About that I have nothing to say. I only know that they do
their duty well. A peculiarly caustic but half-unconscious humor is the characteristic of caddies everywhere.
But particularly in the north, and while golfers continue to lack absolute perfection,
and their ministering attendance to expect it from them every time, it will probably remain a
characteristic. A fair specimen was the remark of his caddy to a player whose handicap was several
strokes removed from scratch, and who, having become badly bunkered on one occasion,
tried nearly every iron club in his bag in a vain endeavor to get out. The case was heartbreaking,
and he turned despairingly to his caddy with a question,
what on earth shall I take now?
There was little encouragement in the answer.
Take the 4.5 train.
There is a good story also of a certain Welshman of title
who became enthusiastic over the game,
though he did not excel at it.
He conceived that it would be a good thing
to make a tour of the famous Scottish courses
with the object of improving his play,
and in due season he arrived at a certain famous green,
where he employed as his caddy,
an individual who had a considerable reputation for blunt canter.
The turf suffered severely every time this player made use of his irons, and the caddy shook his head
gloomily and sadly as he witnessed the destructive work that went on daily.
At last there came a day when he could stand it no longer, and when the Welshman had taken a
mighty swipe at the ball with a heavy iron, and made a deep excavation for several inches behind it,
the club carrier moaned painfully.
Oh Lord, man, high mercy on pure old Scotland.
It is said that the golfer played no more on those links.
It was on the same course that two players went out one morning to play and found a friend waiting
alone on the first tee, who said that he had fixed up a match with a certain Captain Blank,
who would be coming along presently.
The possibility of a forsome was considered, and a question was asked as to what kind of
player the captain was, his partner replying, oh, he is excellent, he drives a good
ball, plays his irons well, and is exceedingly useful at the short game.
In fact, he's a first-rate all-around man.
expecting confirmation of this eulogium, he turned to his caddy and said,
You know the captains play well enough.
Now what sort of a player would you say he is?
The caddy replied scornfully, Captain Blank, he can't play a shot worth a D.
He's nay better than yourself.
The fact is that no player is great in the eyes of his caddy,
for on one occasion when two gentlemen who were very fair hands at the game were doing a round
and being closely pressed by a couple behind,
who seemed to be driving inordinately long balls.
One of them observed that perhaps they had better let them go through
as they seemed to be playing both well and quickly.
Nay, nay, nothing of the kind, interposed one of the caddies.
They're just twa-duffers like yourselves.
In great eminence and other fields counts for nothing with the caddy
if his man cannot golf in good style.
There is the story told by Mr. Balfour of the Distinguished General,
hero of many battles, who, having duly found his way into his 20th bunker, was startled by a cry of irritation from his caddy.
Come, come, old gentleman, this will never do.
This great statesman golfer relates another antidote showing that caddies are much the same as the whole world over.
An English golfer was playing at POW and had a French caddy attending upon him.
He made one particularly fine approach shot, and as golfers will at such times, he turned round to the boy with excusable vanity
for applause. But the boy's English vocabulary so far comprised only two words which he had heard
uttered on several occasions, but the sense of which he did not understand. Feeling sure, however,
that they must be appropriate to this occasion and desiring to be appreciative,
he smiled pleasantly into the golfer's face and murmured beastly fluke. Mr. Balfour, by the way,
had a particular and decided tasting caddies, for he has written that he can gladly endure
severe or even contemptuous criticism from them, can bear to have it pointed out to him that all
his misfortunes are the direct and inevitable result of his own folly, can listen with equanimity
when failure is prophesized of some stroke he is attempting, and can note unmoved the self-satisfied
smile with which the fulfillment of the prophecy is accentuated. But ignorant and stupid indifference
is intolerable to him. The caddy, in the statesman's opinion, is not and ought not to be
regarded as a machine for carrying clubs at a shilling around, but rather occupies or ought to
occupy the position of the competent advisor or interested spectator. The caddy ought to be as
anxious for the success of his side as if he were one of the players, and should watch each move
in the game with benevolent, if critical interest, being always ready with the appropriate club,
and, if need be, with the appropriate comment. But I don't like to see this anxiety for the
success of one's fortunes upon the links carry to excess.
It is then a disturbing factor, and its humorous aspect does not always appeal to one as it should.
Some golfers might be flattered when they come to know that their caddies have backed them to the extent of half of the remuneration they will receive for carrying the clubs for the round.
It is a touching expression of the caddy's belief in them, but after all this kind of thing does not help to make a good caddy.
Apart from other considerations, it does not make the boy carry any the better because he is over-anxious about the result of the match.
and, though some golfers might be inclined to ridicule a suggestion, it nevertheless is a
disturbing element in one's game if one knows that even the caddy will be very deeply concerned
if every stroke does not come off just as well as it ought to do.
The caddy is not above letting you know of his wager.
Sometimes he will even tell you of it.
Two golfers of some Highland celebrity were playing a match one day at Loughness, and after a hard
round they came to the 18th T, all square, and but this one hole to
play. At this critical stage of the game, the caddy of one of them approached his master and
nervously whispered to him, please, sir, why do you do your very best here for there's money on this
match? And the golfer did try to do his very best indeed, but he pressed and he foozled and he lost
the hole in the match. Sympathetically, he turned to his caddy to ask him, what was the amount
of the lost wager that he might pay it for him and soften his disappointment?
It was a penny, sir, said the boy. But despite his constant
sarcasm and his utter inability to tolerate anything except the very best in golf,
there is, after all, much good human kindness in your caddy if he is worthy of the name.
Big Crawford will always be remembered as a fine specimen.
On the day when Mr. A. J. Balfour played himself into the captaincy of the Royal and Ancient Club,
a gentleman who was looking on and who was well acquainted with a fact that when Mr.
Balfour was in Ireland as chief secretary, he never played a round of any of the Irish links
without having plain-closed detectives walking for and aft, inquired very audibly.
Is there no one looking after Mr. Balfour now?
Big Crawford was caring for him that day, and he heard the question.
He turned with a look of severe pride towards the quarter once it came and answered it as loudly.
I'm looking after Master Balfour.
There was nothing more to be said.
The chief of the Conservatives has certainly an enormous popularity with the caddies.
He so evidently loves his golf so much, and he has a lot.
great sympathy with them. He bears amiably with their weaknesses. He was one day playing a match with
Tom Dunn, who was his tutor at North Berwick, and by a mixture of skill and luck, was enabled to hole out
at Point Gary out in two. It happened that he received a stroke from Dunn at this hole,
and the caddy ingeniously pointed out to him that this was thus entitled to consider that he
had done the hole in one. How excellent, he said, but in the same breath the caddy begged
leave to remind him that it was customary for all good golfers to celebrate the performance of this
particular feat by the bestowl of some special token upon their caddies. Mr. Balfour was amused.
He tantalized the boy by observing that rather than that he should have to pay anyone for watching him to
do these great things, he surely ought to receive remuneration from all the spectators for doing them.
The boy felt sure that there was truth in this new view of things, and a sad look was stealing over his
face when the right honorable gentleman handed over to him the customary fee.
Another time on the links, two officers, a colonel and a major, were playing in front of Mr.
Balfour and his partner, when the latter were courteously invited to go through so that their
enjoyment of the round would not be interfered with by any waiting.
At the moment when Mr. Balfour was passing the others, he was surprised to hear a word of
command called out by the colonel's caddy, who happened to be a Lucknow veteran.
Attention, eyes front, shoulder arms, present, present,
arms, and thereupon each of the caddies took from his bag a driver, and with it presented
arms in proper soldiery style. Mr. Balfour, who was chief secretary at the time, smiling with
pleasure at the interesting compliment and acknowledging the salute. He has a remarkable
memory for the caddies who have served him, and once, when on the tea, just about to engage
in a forcum, he recognized one of his opponent's caddies as a boy who, on a former occasion,
had carried his own clubs, and he nodded to him kindly. Naturally, the caddy was
immensely pleased, and turning to one of his colleagues, he remarked,
You see who we conservatives can ein another?
Another instance of the deep humanity of Big Crawford, whom I have just mentioned, occurred
on one occasion when he was carrying for an Edinburgh clergyman, who was going in for the
Redan, had the misfortune to be badly bunkered, his ball, in addition to the other difficulties
of the situation, lying in a deep heel mark. He was palpably in great agony of mind, all the
greater in that he never uttered a word. Crawford crept quietly to his side and whispered gently.
What a pity! What a pity! But Ginnonathwaad, relieve ye, sir. Didn't mind me? Didn't mind me?
And thereupon he discreetly retired for some little distance. Sandy Smith, another famous caddy,
was one day carrying for a player who had the good fortune to be no fewer than six holes up on
his opponent by the time the eighth hole was reached. At this green,
something having gone wrong with a reckoning of the strokes, there was a mild dispute as to whether
the hole had been won by Sandy's man or whether it had been halved. Eventually it was agreed that it was
halved, but as the players moved away to the next tee, he who was six down being out of ear
ear shot in front, his opponent remarked to Sandy, you know, Sandy, I still think I won that hole
after all. Sandy seemed shocked at such a cold-blooded greed for holes, and reprovingly, very
seriously and sharply said to his employer,
Ha'ed your tongue, sir, ha'd your tongue. Why'd you break the man's heart?
Sandy used to remark that the finest golfer on the green was Master Edward Blythe,
and it was not until he had expressed this opinion with an almost wearying frequency
that his hearers suspected that there was some connection between his choice and the fact,
which he admitted one day, that his old claws fit me best. Apparently he had the measure
of every player on the course. I'm wanting a word
with ye, Mr. Blythe, he said to his favorite one day. What is it, Sandy? It's no muckle, sir.
It's just this, you can. I'm wanting an old suit, O'Claas, from ye. You're the only man
hereabout that'll fit me. But apparently there were others, for one day when a player for whom he was
carrying, asked him if he knew the Lord Justice Clerk, who happened just then to be passing in a
foursome. Sandy replied, that's Lord Kingsbury, you mean? Oh, I, he's a great freon o' mine.
Nobody kins his lordship better nor me. That's his breeks, Sivan. Golfers should, I think,
sometimes be on their guard, lest a too kind-hearted caddy and an excessive zeal for his employer,
should be tempted to transgress the laws of the game, or depart from strict truthfulness in his behalf.
Sometimes it is done with a wonderful air of innocence and simplicity. Catties have been known when
their employers have been in doubt as to exactly how many strokes they have played at certain holes,
to give an empathetic but none the less untruthful declaration on the side of fewness.
They mean well, but mistakenly, and it is the better for everyone being concerned,
but particularly for the caddies, that they should be severely reprimanded
when there is a reason to doubt their good faith.
And who shall say that another, and for our purposes,
the final characteristic of the average caddy of experience,
is not a wonderful amount of solid, worldly common sense
of a variety specifically adapted to golf?
and what golfer is there who is not at one time or another had the advantage of it?
But he may, at the time, have been unconscious of the assistance.
There is a historic case of the caddy on the Scottish lynx who warned a beginner,
dallying too much on the tea, that he mauna address the bossy muckle.
Fourthwith, the southern Tyro greatly exasperated his own failures burst out.
So far as I know, I haven't said a word to the infernal thing,
but the irritation of this beastly game is enough, and if I have any more of your
confounded tongue you may repent it. Then the caddy murmured to himself. I dinna like his look.
I'll better get him ruined as pleasant as possible. Could any advice have been more delicately worded
than that of the caddy to the stout clergyman, who, with all of his strength, made a most mighty
swing at his ball on the tea with the usual result? A fuzzle? It'll nay do, sir. You can a drive
as far as that. What do you mean by such a remark?
as far as what gasped the reverend but irate gentleman i just mean sir that ye cannot drive as far as ye would like perhaps we shall never hear the best caddy stories for it is not likely that a great abundance of them are made and told in the sheds after the day's play is over
and when the golfer's tools are being wiped and cleaned, and his irons burnished to a beautiful brightness?
It is then that the caddy is in his happiest vein, his tongue and disposition untrammeled by the presence of the club members.
What are you doing, clean in them club so grand, asked one caddy of another,
who was evidently bestowing unusual pains on the polishing of the set that were in his keeping.
The caddy was in a thoughtful mood.
He was the regular attendant of an old golfer who had a most disastrous day.
I'm to clean him better than ever, he answered, and when I've cleaned him I've got to break
him across my knee, and then I've got to chuck him in the blooming river. Sometimes we see, if he is a
simple-hearted, faithful caddy, his lot is not a happy one.
End of Chapter 22.
Chapter 23 of the complete golfer. This is a Libravox recording. All Libravox recordings are in the
public domain. For more information, or to volunteer,
please visit Libravox.org
The Complete Golfer by Harry Varden, Chapter 23
Chapter 23
Reflections and Recollections
I think that every good golfer of experience
reflects upon his past history with mingled pleasure and sorrow.
Pleasure when he calls to mind
all the many glorious matches in which he has taken part
and sorrow when the thought arises that all that golf has been played and done with and can never be played again.
But we have all this abiding consolation, that even if we cannot retain our very best form to the end of our days,
we can still hope to play a good game to the finish.
And there is the heroic example of rare old Tom Morris to stimulate us in this hope.
Much is given to golfers, perhaps more than to the participators in any other sport, but they are rarely satisfied.
The wonderful fascination of golf is indicated in this eternal longing for more.
Sometimes, when I glance over the records of the history of the game, I feel a twinge of regret that it was not possible for me to play with, or even to see, such giants of the past, as Alex.
Robertson, David Strath, the Duns, Willie Campbell, Willie Park, Sr., or the famous young Tom Morris.
Golf is great today, but it must have been great in those days also, even if there was less of it than there is now.
But I have had the good fortune to play with all the well-known amateurs and professionals of my own time,
and it is pleasant to think that they are nearly all still alive, and that therefore,
I may sometime or another play with them again.
There is one great exception, Mr. Fred Tate, who was killed in South Africa.
I don't think anyone could have ever had the smallest doubt about the reason for his enormous popularity.
I had the delight of playing against him two or three times, and I thought that he was not only a very fine golfer indeed,
but one of the very finest gentleman that I could imagine.
It is something for me to remember that I played in the last important match in which he figured before he went out to the war.
An international forsome, England versus Scotland, that was played at Gantin.
Willie Park and Mr. Tate representing Scotland, while Mr. John Ball Jr. and I were for England.
From all the amateurs with whom I have ever come in contact, I have always received the greatest kindness and encouragement.
and I do not know a single one with whom I would not like to play again someday or other.
It has always seemed to me that there is something about golf that makes a man a good fellow,
whether he is amateur or professional.
I wish to speak in the same way about my professional brothers as I have done about the amateurs.
I have always found them all first-class sportsmen in the strictest and best sense of the word,
and some of the best friends I have in the world are among them.
There are some very fine players among the professionals of today.
I have often watched and greatly admired the splendid skill
of such friends and constant opponents as J.H. Taylor, James Braid,
Alexander Hurd, Jack White, and many others whose names would fill a page,
not forgetting my own brother Tom.
I have, from time to time, been indebted to many of them for various acts of kindness.
There is a fine spirit of freemasonry among us professionals.
Whenever we play against each other, each of us does his level best to win,
and gives no quarter with a single stroke.
But it has been my invariable experience that when the matches over,
the loser is always the first to congratulate the winner.
and to do it not as a mere matter of form, but with the utmost sincerity.
And here, I should like to say a few words with the object of removing a misconception,
which still seems to linger in the minds of followers of the game.
Dear me, Varden, what a grand time you fellows have,
traveling all over the country in this manner,
and doing nothing but playing golf on the very best courses,
is the kind of remark that often greets me when I have,
just returned from playing in one match or tournament, and I am due to start for another in a day or two.
But I am not sure that we have such a grand time as those who say these things seem to think.
We enjoy it just because we enjoy everything connected to golf, and particularly the playing of it.
But playing these exhibition matches is not quite the same thing as going away for the weekend
and having a quiet round or two with a friend, however hard you may do.
tried to beat him. Some people entertain a fancy that we do not need to strain ourselves to the utmost
in these engagements, and that therefore we take things easily. I can answer for myself, and I am sure
for all my brother professionals, that we never take things easily, that we always play the very
best golf of which we are capable, and that if a championship rested on each match, we could not play
any better. It must be remembered that when we are invited by any club to play an exhibition match,
that club expects to see some golf. And thus it happens that the fear of a great responsibility
is always overhanging us. We dare not play tricks with such reputations as we may have had the
good fortune to obtain. We are always well aware that there are very good golfers in the crowd
who are watching and criticizing every stroke that we make.
Therefore, we keep ourselves in the very best of condition,
and do our utmost to always play our best.
How difficult is our task when sometimes we are not feeling as well as we might wish,
as must occasionally happen.
I will leave the charitable reader to imagine.
Has he ever felt like playing his best game,
when a little below par in either mind or body.
This is where the really hard work of the professional's life comes in.
There is no closed season in golf, as in cricket, football, and other sports.
When a cricketer plays indifferently, after two months of the game,
his admirers cry out that he is stale and needs a rest.
But there are 11 players on each side in a cricket match,
and constant rests for all of them,
so that to my mind their work is very light in comparison with that of the golfer,
who enjoys no close season, and has all the work of each match on his own shoulders.
Surely he also must become stale, but such a state on his part is not tolerated.
Again, one often hears that a certain match between professional players has been halved purposely.
That is to say, that it was an arranged thing from start to finish.
Such things may have happened in other sports, but take it from me that it never, never happens in golf.
One man never plays down to another, whatever disparity there may be in their respective degrees of skill.
It does not matter how many holes one is up on one's opponent.
There is never any slackening until the game has been won.
It makes no difference if the man you are playing against is your very best friend or your brother,
and one has sometimes to pass through the trying ordeal of straining his every nerve to win a match when in his heart of hearts,
for some particular reason he would like to see the other man win.
I intrude these affairs of our own in these concluding reflections,
only for the purpose of indicating that, though we love our game,
and always enjoy it. Professional golf is not quite the same thing as that played by amateurs,
and must not be judged from the same standpoint. I think it is because of this continual sense
of a great responsibility that the custom and necessity of always, absolutely always, trying to
play our very best game, that the leading professionals are constantly a stroke or two better
than the most skillful amateurs,
even though the latter practice the game quite as much,
and have apparently just as much opportunity,
or even more, of making themselves perfect.
I have mentioned the spectators.
I have generally found that the crowds who follow a big professional match
round the links, both highly intelligent and exceedingly considerate.
But sometimes we overhear some strange things said.
Taylor and I were once fulfilling an important engagement together, and when my opponent had a
particularly difficult shot to play, two ladies came up quite close to him and persisted in talking
in a loud tone of voice. Taylor waited for a little while in the hopes that their chatter would
cease, but it did not. Then, in a feeling of desperation, he attempted to address his
ball, but the task was hopeless. The conversation went on more loudly than ever, and he was doomed
to certain failure if he attempted his stroke in these circumstances. So he stood up again,
and looked round in the direction whence the voices came. Oh, said one of the ladies then,
you can go on now, we've quite finished. We must be thankful for small mercies.
James Braid and I were once playing down at Beckenham
At one of the putting greens
We were both a long way from the hole
My ball was a trifle the more distant of the two
And so I played the odd
And managed to get down a wonderfully fine putt
Then Brade played the like and hold out also
These were two rather creditable achievements with our putters
When the ball had trickled safely into the hole,
and the spectators were moving toward the next tea.
Braid and I were amused, but not flattered,
by the words of a man who was speaking to a friend
in such a loud voice that we could all hear.
Oh, he exclaimed depreciatingly,
those fellows only do that sort of thing for the sake of the applause.
How happy we should be if we could always make certain of those long putts
without any applause at all.
It was with Braid also that I was playing in a match at Luton toward the close of last year
when I overheard a singular remark.
I happened to be bunkered at the 14th and took my niblick to get out but lost the hole.
We walked on together to the next tea, and Braid was taking his stance when we heard two gentlemen
eagerly discussing and explaining the recent bunker incident.
evidently one of them was supposed to know something of golf and the other nothing at all you see said the former to his friend there is really no rule in the matter at all
varden or any other player could have used a shovel in that bunker and have simply shoveled the ball over on to the other side i was surprised that brade got his next t-shot in so well as he did and how very often i have heard the question asked in the crowd
Why do those fellows chalk the faces of their clubs?
And how, invariably, the answer has been,
so that they can see afterwards where they hit the ball.
When I write my recollection of these things,
I do not wish it to be imagined
that I am making any sort of accusation against golf crowds generally.
They are excellent from all points of view.
But it must inevitably happen
that there are some people among them
who know little of the game, and others who do not appreciate what a trying ordeal a hard-fought
match usually is.
Such questions are often put to me as, Varden, what was the greatest match in which you ever played?
Or, what was the most extraordinary occurrence you have ever seen on the links, and so forth?
They are questions which it is difficult to answer, for as not nearly every match that we play,
brim full of incident and interest? And at the time, do we not regard many of the incidents as most
extraordinary? It would then be too serious a task to attempt a selection from such a huge mass.
But, looking back over the last few years, it seems that my hundred-pound match with Willie Park
is that which remains uppermost in my mind, and the one that I am least likely to forget.
There was more talking and writing about it than any other match in which I have played.
The gallery that followed this match was the greatest I have ever seen or heard of.
And as I am questioned also about the curious and the singular in golf,
I may say that there was a coincidence in this game that struck me at the time as being quite unusual.
In a closely fought match, it is often interesting to notice how nearer,
Nearly each player's ball often follows the other.
Frequently, they are side by side within one or two clubs' length after the drive from the tea.
But in the first stage of this match against Park, after he had driven a long ball from the
tea at the 11th hole, I drove, and my ball pitched exactly on top of his.
The Messrs Hunter were kindly serving in the capacity of four caddies, and they were both
positive upon this incident. My ball, after striking his, rebounded slightly, and then stopped
dead about two feet behind. Its position rather affected my follow-through, so that I duffed my stroke and
lost the hole. This record, if it was a record, was also the means of eclipsing what I believe
was another record in first-class golf. The first ten holes in this match were halved.
and it was the incident of which I have just been speaking, and the duffed stroke that followed it, that led to the breaking of the sequence.
Now, Varden, how often have you hold out in one, they ask me also, regardless of the fact that this event demands not only a perfect shot, but a perfect fluke, and that the professional player is no more likely to accomplish it than anyone else.
Well, I have only been guilty of this fluke on one occasion, and that was not so very long ago,
and when it happened, it was at a hole a little over 200 yards in length.
On one occasion also, I have enjoyed the coincidence of holing out with my mashy approach
at the same hole twice in one day.
That was in the course of a tournament at Ellie, in which I had the good fortune to finish first.
As it happened, Andrew Kirkledy, who hoped to end high up in the list, was my partner for the first round.
And it came about also that he was watching me play when the holding out process was accomplished for the second time.
Then he lifted up his hands in horror and delivered himself of his famous remark.
You're enough to break the heart of an iron ox.
During the last round of this same tournament,
Andrew, who was playing some holes behind me, and was then himself in the running for the first place,
was kept posted up by a friend as to my score for each hole.
He did not seem to derive much encouragement from the reports,
for when the last one was carried to him, he asked the friend who brought it
if he thought that there was nobody who could play golf besides Varden,
and intimated at the same time that if anyone else brought him any more of those,
tales, he would strike him with his niblick. Of course, we all know what a really fine fellow is
Andrew Kirklandy, and how much poorer the golf world would be without his presence and his constant
humor. And now, I think I have holed out on the last green, and this long match is finished.
After all, it is better to play golf than to write or read about it. What anticipation is more
gloriously joyful than that of the man who handles his driver on the first tea on a bright morning of the
springtime. He has all the round and all the day and all the spring and summer and autumn before him.
And at this moment another spring is breaking brightly, and the gulf that is before each of us
promises to be as momentous and soul-satisfying as any that has gone before.
End of Chapter 23.
Read by J. D. Molloy, June 2023.
Section 24 of The Complete Golfer.
This is a Liborox recording.
All Librox recordings are in the public domain.
For more information or to volunteer, please visit Librox.org.
The Complete Golfer by Harry Varden.
Appendix. The Rules of Golf
Appendix.
of Golf, authorised by the Royal and Ancient Golf Club of St. Andrews, revised by the club
to September 27, 1904, and in force at the date of publication of this work.
1. Definitions
A. The game of golf is played by two sides, each playing its own ball.
The side consists either of one or of two players.
If one player play against another, the match is called a single.
if two play against two it is called a foursome.
One player may play against two playing one ball between them,
when the match is called a threesome.
Matches constituted as above shall have precedence of
and be entitled to pass any other kind of match.
B, the game consists in each side playing a ball
from a T and ground into a hole by successive strokes,
and the hole is won by the side which holds its ball in fewer strokes
than the opposite side,
except as otherwise provided for in the rules.
If the sides hole out in the same number of strokes, the hole is halved.
C. The T in ground is the starting point for a hole
and shall be indicated by two marks placed in a line as nearly as possible at right angles to the course.
The hole shall be four and a quarter inches in diameter and at least four inches deep.
D. The putting green is all ground within 20 yards of the hole except hazards.
e a hazard is any bunker water except casual water sand path road railway wind bush rushes rabbit scrape fence or ditch sand blown on to the grass or sprinkled on the course for its preservation bare patches sheep tracks snow and ice are not hazards
permanent grass within a hazard is not part of the hazard f through the green is any part of the course except hazards and the putting green which is being played to
g out of bounds is any place outside the defined or recognized boundaries of the course h casual water is any temporary accumulation of water whether caused by rainfall or otherwise which is not one of the ordinary and recognized hazards of the course
i a ball is in play as soon as the player has made a stroke at the teeing ground in each hole and remains in play until hold out except one lifted in accordance with the rules
j a ball has moved only if it leave its original position in the last degree and stop in another but if it merely oscillate without finally leaving its original position it is not moved
A ball is lost if it be not found within five minutes after the search for it has begun.
A match consists of one round of the links unless it be otherwise agreed.
A match is won by the side which is leading by a number of holes greater than the number of holes remaining to be played.
If each side win the same number of holes, the match is halved.
A stroke is any movement of the ball caused by the player except as provided for in Rule 3
for any downward movement of the club made
with the intention of striking the ball.
N. A penalty stroke
is a stroke added to the score of a side
under certain rules and does not affect the rotation of play.
O, the honour is the privilege of playing first from a teeing ground.
P. A player has addressed the ball
when he has taken up his position and grounded his club
or within a hazard when he's taken up his position
preparatory to striking the ball.
Q
The reckoning of strokes is kept by the terms
The odd
Two more
Three more, etc
And one of three
One of two
The like
The reckoning of holes is kept by the terms
So many holes up
Or all even
And so many to play
Two
Match begins by each side
Playing a ball from the first teeing ground
The player who shall play first on each side
Shall be named by his own side
The option of taking the honour at the
first teeing ground shall be decided, if necessary, by lot. A board played from in front of,
or outside of, or more than two club lengths behind the marks indicating the teeing ground,
or played by a player when his opponent should have had the honour, may be at once recalled by
the opposite side, and may be re-teed without penalty. The side which wins a hole shall have the honour
at the next teeing-ground. If a hole has been halved, the side which had the honour at the previous
teeing-ground shall retain the honour. On beginning a new match, the winner honour honour honour honour honour honour honour
of the long match in the previous round shall have the honour,
where if the previous match was halved,
the side which last won a hole shall have the honour.
3. If the ball fall or be knocked off the tea in addressing it,
no penalty shall be incurred,
and it may be replaced,
and if struck when moving, no penalty shall be incurred.
4. In a threesome or foursome,
the partners shall strike off alternately from the teeing rounds,
and shall strike alternately during the play of the hole.
If a player play when his partner should have done so, his side shall lose the hole.
5.
When the balls are in play, the ball further from the hole which the players are approaching shall be played first, except as otherwise provided for in the rules.
If a player play when his opponent should have done so, the opponent may at once recall the stroke.
A ball so recalled shall be dropped, in the manner prescribed in Rule 15, as near as possible to the place where it lay without penalty.
6. The ball must be fairly struck at, not pushed, scraped nor spooned, under penalty of the loss of the hole.
7. A ball must be played wherever it lies or the hole be given up, except as otherwise provided for in the rules.
8. Unless with the opponent's consent, a ball in play shall not be moved nor touched before the hole is played out under penalty of one stroke, except as otherwise provided for in the rules.
but the player may touch his ball with his club in the act of addressing it,
provided he does not move it without penalty.
If the player's ball move the opponent's ball through the green,
the opponent, if he choose, may drop a ball without penalty
as near as possible to the place where it lay,
but this must be done before another stroke is played.
9. In playing through the green, any loose impediment,
not being in or touching a hazard,
which is within a club length of the ball may be removed.
If the player's ball move after any such loose impediment
has been touched by the player, his partner, or either of their caddies,
the penalty shall be one stroke.
If any loose impediment, not being on the putting green,
which is more than a club length from the ball be removed,
a penalty shall be the loss of the hole.
10. Any vessel, wheelbarrow, tool, roller, grass cutter,
box or similar obstruction may be removed.
If a ball be moved in doing so, it may be replaced without penalty.
A ball lying on or touching such obstruction
Or on clothes, nets, or ground under a pair or covered up
Or open for the purpose of the upkeep of the links
They be lifted and dropped without penalty
As near as possible to the place where it lay
But not nearer the hole
A ball lifted in a hazard
Under such circumstances
Shall be dropped in the hazard
A ball lying in the golf hall
Or flag hole or in a hole made by the greenkeeper
They be lifted and dropped without penalty
As near as possible to the place where it lay
but not nearer the hole.
11. Before striking at a ball in play,
the player shall not move, bend,
nor break anything fixed or growing near the ball,
except in the act of placing his feet on the ground
for the purpose of addressing the ball,
insrolling his club to address the ball,
and in his upward or downward swing,
under penalty of the loss of the hole,
except as otherwise provided for in the rules.
12. When a ball lies in,
will touch it a hazard. Nothing shall be done
to improve its lie. The club shall not touch.
touch the ground, or shall anything be touched or moved before the player strikes at the ball,
subject to the following exceptions.
1. The player may place his feet firmly on the ground for the purpose of addressing the ball.
2. In addressing the ball, or in the upward or downward or downward swing,
any grass, bent, win, rather growing substance, or the side of a bunker, wall, pailing,
or other immovable obstacle, may be touched.
3. Steps or planks placed in a hazard by the Green Committee for access to or egress from
such hazard may be removed, and if a ball be moved in so doing, it may be replaced without
penalty.
4.
Any loose impediments may be removed from the putting green.
5.
A player shall be entitled to find his ball as provided for by Rule 31.
The penalty for breach of this rule shall be the loss of the hole.
13.
A player or caddy shall not press down nor remove any irregularities of service near a ball in play.
Darn, worm casts, or mole hills may be removed, but not pressed down.
without penalty. The penalty for breach of this rule shall be the loss of the hole.
14. 1. If a ball lie or be lost in water or in casual water in a hazard, a ball may be dropped
in or as far behind the hazard as the player may please under penalty of one stroke,
if it be possible from want of space in which to play, or from any other cause, to drop the ball
behind the hazard, the player may drop a ball at the side of the hazard as near as possible to where
the ball lay, but not nearer to the hole under penalty of one stroke.
stroke. 2. If a ball lie or be lost in casual water through the green, or if casual
water through the green interferes with the player's stance, the player may drop a ball without penalty
within two club lengths from the margin directly behind the place where the ball lay, or from the
margin nearest to the place where the ball lay, but not nearer to the whole. If the ball, when
dropped, roll into the water or rest so that the water interferes with the player's stance,
it may be redropped, without penalty, as near to the margin as the nature of the ground permits,
not nearer to the hole.
3.
In dropping a ball behind the spot from which the ball was lifted, the player shall keep that spot,
or, in the case of water, the spot at which the ball entered, in a line between himself
on the hole.
Wherever it is impossible to drop a ball as prescribed in sections 1 and 2, it shall be dropped
as near as possible to the place where it lay, but not nearer to the hole.
4.
If a ball lying casual water on a putting green, a ball may be placed by hand behind the water
without penalty.
The penalty for a breach of this rule shall be the loss of the hole.
15. A ball shall be dropped in the following manner.
The player himself shall drop it.
He shall face the hole, stand erect, and drop the ball behind him from his head.
If the ball when dropped, touch the player, he shall incur no penalty.
And if it roll into a hazard, it may be redropped without penalty.
The penalty for a breach of this rule shall be the loss of the hole.
16.
When the balls lie within six inches of each other on the putting green,
or within a club length of each other through the green or in a hazard,
the distance be measured from their nearest points.
The ball nearer the hall may add the option of either the player or the opponent
be lifted until the other is played,
and shall then be replaced as near as possible to the place where it lay.
If the ball further from the hole be moved in so doing,
when measuring the distance, it shall be replaced without penalty.
If the lie of the lifted ball be altered by the player in playing,
the ball may be placed in a lie as nearly as possible similar
to that from which it was lifted, but not nearer the hole.
17.
Any loose impediments may be removed from the putting green,
irrespective of the position of the player's ball.
The opponent's ball may not be moved except as provided for
by the immediately preceding rule.
If the player's ball move after any loose impediment
lying within six inches of it has been touched by the player,
its partner, or either of their caddies,
the penalty shall be one stroke.
18.
When the ball is on the putting green, the player or his caddy may remove, but not press down,
sand, earth, dung, worm casts, mole hills, snow or ice lying around the hole or in the line of his put.
This shall be done by brushing lightly with the hand only across the putt and not along it.
Dung may be removed by a club, but the club must not be laid with more than its own weight upon the ground.
The line of the putt must not be touched, except with the club immediately in front of the ball,
in the act of addressing it or is above authorized.
The penalty for breach of this rule is the loss of the hole.
19. When the bullet on the putting green,
no mark shall be placed, nor line drawn as a guide.
The line of the putt may be pointed out by the player's caddy, his partner or his partner's caddy,
but the person doing so must not touch the ground.
The player's caddy, his partner or his partner's caddy
may stand at the hole, but no player nor caddy shall endeavour by moving or otherwise
to influence the action of the wind upon the ball.
The penalty for a breach of this rule is the loss of the hole.
20.
When on the putting green, a player shall not play until his opponent's ball is at rest
under penalty of one stroke.
21.
Either side is entitled to have the flag stick removed when approaching the hole.
But if a player's ball strike the flag stick which has been so removed by himself
or his partner or by either of their caddies, his side shall lose the hole.
If the ball rest against the flag stick,
when in the hole, the player shall be entitled to remove the stick, and if the ball fall in,
it shall be deemed as having been holed out at the last stroke. If the player's ball knock in
the opponent's ball, the latter shall be deemed as having been holed out at the last stroke.
If the player's ball move the opponent's ball, the opponent, if he choose, may replace it,
but this must be done before another stroke is played. If the player's ball stop on the spot
formally occupied by the opponent's ball, and the opponent declare his intention to replace,
the ball shall first play another stroke,
after which the opponent shall place and play his ball.
If the opponent's ball lie in the edge of the hole,
the player, after hauling out, may knock it away,
claiming the hole if hauling at the like,
and the half if holing at the odd,
provided that the player's ball
does not strike the opponent's ball and set it in motion.
If after the player's ball is in the hole,
the player neglect to knock away the opponent's ball,
and did fall in also,
the opponent shall be deemed to have holed out at his last stroke.
If a ball in motion be stopped or deflected by any agency outside the match, or by the
forecaddy, the ball must be played from where it lies, and the occurrence submitted to, as
a rub of the green, if a ball lodged in anything moving, a ball shall be dropped as near as
possible to the place where the object was when the ball lodged in it, without penalty.
If a ball at rest be displaced by any agency outside the match, accepting wind, the player
shall drop a ball as near as possible to the place where it lay without penalty.
When the putting green, the ball should be replaced by hands without penalty.
23. If the player's ball strike or be moved by an opponent or an opponent's caddy or clubs,
the opponent shall lose the hole.
24. When a player has hauled out and his opponent has been left with the putt for the half,
nothing that the player can do shall deprive him of the half which he has already gained.
25. If a player's ball strike or be stopped by himself or his partner,
or either of their caddies or clubs, his side shall lose the hole.
26.
If the player were not intending to make a stroke or his partner or either of their caddies,
move his or their ball, or by touching anything caused it to move when it is in play,
the penalty shall be one stroke.
If a ball in play move, after the player has grounded his club in the act of addressing it,
or, when in a hazard, if he has taken up his stand to play it,
he shall be deemed to have caused it to move, and the movement shall be deemed to have caused it to move,
and the movement shall be counted as one stroke.
27.
Except from the T, a player shall not play while his ball is moving,
under penalty of the loss of the whole.
If the ball only begin to move while the player is making his upward or downward swing,
he shall incur no penalty for playing while it is moving,
but it is not exempted from the penalty stroke which he may have incurred under rules 9, 17 or 26,
and in a foursome a stroke lost under Rule 26 shall not,
in these circumstances, be counted.
is the stroke of the player so as to render him liable for having played when his partner should have done so.
28. If the player when making a stroke strike the ball twice,
penalty shall be one stroke, and he shall incur no further penalty by reason of his having played while his ball was moving.
29. If a player play the opponent's ball, his side to lose the hole, unless,
one, the opponent then play the player's ball whereby the penalty is cancelled,
and the hole must be played out with the balls thus extend.
or two, the mistake occur through wrong information given by the opponent or his caddy,
in which case there shall be no penalty, but the mistake, if discovered before the opponent
has played, must be rectified by placing a ball as near as possible to the place where
the opponent's ball lay.
For player-player stroke would the ball of a party not engaged in the match, and the mistake
be discovered and intimated to his opponent before his opponent has played his next stroke,
there shall be no penalty, but if the mistake be not discovered and so intimated until
after the opponent has played his next stroke, the player's side to lose the hole.
30. If a ball be lost, except as otherwise provided for in the rules, the player's side
shall lose the hole, but if both balls be lost, the hole shall be considered halved.
23. If a ball line fog, bent, winds, long grass, or the like, only so much thereof shall
be touched as will enable the player to find his ball. If a ball lie in sand, the sand shall not
be touched. The penalty for a breach of this rule shall be the loss of the hole.
32. If a ball be played out of bounds, a ball shall be dropped at the spot from which the
stroke was played, and a penalty of loss of the distance. A ball played out of bounds need
not be found. If it be doubtful whether a ball has been played out of bounds, another may
be dropped and played, but if it be discovered that the first ball is not out of bounds,
it shall continue and play without penalty. A player may stand out of bounds to play a ball
lying within bounds.
33.
A player shall not ask for advice from anyone except his own caddy, his partner, or his partner's
caddy, nor shall he willingly be otherwise advised in any way whatever onto penalty
of the loss of the whole.
34.
If a ball split into separate pieces, another ball may be put down where the largest portion
lies, where if two pieces are apparently of equal size, may be put where either piece lies,
had the option of the player.
If a ball crack or become unfit for play, the player may change it on intimating to his opponent
his intention to do so.
Muddered hearing to a ball shall not be considered as making it unfit for play.
35.
When no penalty for the breach of a rule is stated, the penalty shall be the loss of the whole.
36.
If a dispute arise on any point, the players have the right of determining the party or parties
to whom it shall be referred.
But should they not agree, either side may refer it to the rules of golf courts.
whose decision shall be final. If the point in dispute be not covered by the rules of golf,
the arbitrators must decide it by equity.
37. An umpire or referee, when appointed, shall take cognizance of any breach of rule that he may
observe, whether he be appealed to on the point or not.
Special rules for stroke competitions.
1. In stroke competitions, the competitor who holds a stipulated course in fewer strokes shall be the winner.
2. If the lowest scores be made by two or more competitors, the tie or ties shall be decided by another round to be played on the same day.
But if the Green Committee determined that to be inexpedient or impossible, they shall then appoint the following or some subsequent day whereon the tie or tie shall be decided.
3. New halls shall be made for stroke competitions, and thereafter, before starting, no competitors shall play on any of the putting greens, nor shall he intentionally play at.
any of the holes nor onto any of the putting greens and the penalty of disqualification.
4. The scores for each hole shall be kept by a special marker or by the competitors noting each other's scores.
Their scores marked ought to be called out after each hole, and on completion of the round,
the cards shall be signed by the marker onto penalty of disqualification and handed in.
Competitors must satisfy themselves before the cards are handed in that their scores for each hole are correctly marked,
as no alteration can be made on any card after it is being returned
if it be found that a score returned is below that actually played
the competitor shall be disqualified
for the addition of the scores marked the secretary or his deputy shall be responsible
five for competitor play from outside the limits of the teeing ground
the penalty shall be disqualification
six if a ball be lost except as otherwise provided for the rules of golf
the competitor shall return as near as possible to the spot from which the lost ball was struck,
tear a ball and lose a penalty stroke.
The lost ball shall continue in play if it be found before the player has struck another ball,
the penalty for a breach of this rule shall be disqualification.
7. If a competitor's ball strike himself, his clubs or caddy, the penalty shall be one stroke.
8. If a competitor strike another competitor or his clubs or caddy,
it is a rub of the green, and the ball shall be played from where it lies.
If a competitor's ball which is at rest be moved by another competitor or his caddy,
or his club or his ball, or by any outside agency accepting wind,
it shall be replaced as near as possible to the place where it lay without penalty.
9. A competitor shall haul out with his own ball at every hall,
and a penalty of disqualification.
If it be discovered, before he is struck off from the next teeing ground,
or if the mistake occur at the last hole, before he is handed in his card,
that he is not holed out with his own ball, it shall be at liberty to return and haul out with his own ball without penalty.
10. A ball may be lifted from any place under penalty of two strokes.
The ball so lifted shall be teed if possible behind the place where it lay.
If it be possible to tee the ball behind the place where it lay, it shall be teed as far as possible there too, but not nearer the hole.
The penalty for a breach of this rule shall be disqualification.
11. All balls shall be holed out under penalty of disqualification.
When a competitor's ball is within 20 yards of the hole,
the competitor shall not play until the flag is being removed under penalty of one stroke.
When both balls are on the putting green,
if the player's ball strike the opponent's ball, the player shall lose a stroke.
The ball near the hole shall, on request of the player,
be either lifted or hold out at the option of the owner,
under penalty of his disqualification.
Through the green, a competitor may have any other competitor's ball lifted
if he find that it interferes with his stroke.
12. A competitor, unless specially authorised by the Green Committee,
shall not play with the professional,
and he may not willingly receive advice from anyone but his caddy,
in any way whatever, under penalty of disqualification.
A four caddy may be employed.
13. Competitors shall not discontinue play
or delay to start on account of bad weather,
nor any other reason whatever,
except such as a satisfactory to the committee,
of the club in charge of the competition.
The penalty for a breach of this rule is disqualification.
14.
When the Rules of Golf, the penalty for the breach of any rule is the loss of the whole.
In stroke competitions, the penalty shall be the loss of two strokes,
except were otherwise provided for in these special rules.
15. Any dispute regarding the play shall be determined by the Rules of Golf Committee.
16. The Rules of Golf, so far as they are not at variance with these special rules,
apply to stroke competitions.
Rules for three ball matches.
In matches in which three players play against each other, each playing his own ball,
herein after referred to as a three ball match, or in which one player plays his own ball against the best ball of two players,
therein after referred to as a best ball match, the rules of golf shall apply, subject to the following modifications.
1. Where, in a three ball match, at any team ground, no player is entitled to claim the honour from both
opponents, the same order of striking shall be followed as at the previous teeing ground.
2. Except as here and after provided, the sight whose boards furthest from the hole shall play
first, but the ball lying near the hole and belonging to one of that side may, at their option,
be played before the ball lying furthest away from the hole. If a player play when his opponent
should have done so, he shall incur no penalty.
3. If a player consider that an opponent's ball in the putting green might interfere with his
stroke, he may require the opponent either to lift or to hold out his ball at the opponent's
discretion.
4. If an opponent consider that the ball of another opponent might be of assistance to the
player, he may require that it be either lifted or hauled out at the other opponent's
discretion.
5. If an opponent consider that his own ball might be of assistance to the player, he is
entitled to lift it or haul it out at his discretion.
6. If an opponent consider that the player's part of his purpose.
partner's ball might be of assistance to the player, he may require that it be either lifted or
hold out at the player's partner's discretion.
7.
In a three-ball match, a ball on the putting green, which is moved by another ball, must be replaced
as nearly as possible where it lay.
8.
In a best ball match, if the player's ball move his partner's ball or an opponent's ball,
the opponent shall in either case decide whether the moved ball shall be replaced or not.
9.
If in a three-ball match a player's ball strike will be moved by an opponent or an opponent's caddy or clubs,
that opponent shall lose the hole to the player.
As regards to the other opponent, the occurrences are rub of the green.
10. In a best-ball match, if a player's ball strike or be moved by an opponent or an opponent's caddy or clubs,
the opponent's side shall lose the hole.
11. In a best-ball match, if a player's ball, the player being one of a side,
strike or be stopped by himself or his partner or either of their caddies or clubs,
the player only shall be disqualified for that hole.
12. In all other cases where a player would, by the rules of golf, incur the loss of the
hole, you shall be disqualified for that hole, but the disqualification shall not apply to
his partner.
Etiquette of golf.
1. A single player has no standing and must always give way to a properly constituted
match. 2. No player, caddy or onlooker should move or talk during a stroke.
3. No player should play from the T until the party in front have played their second strokes
and are out of range, nor play up to the putting green till the party in front have hold out and
moved away. 4. The player who has the honour from the T should be allowed to play before his
opponent tease his ball. 5. Players who have hauled out should not try their putts over again
when other players are following them.
6.
Players looking for a lost ball must allow other matches coming up to pass them.
7. On request being made,
a three-ball match must allow a single, threesome or four-sum to pass.
Any match playing a whole round may claim the right to pass a match playing a shorter round.
8. If a match failed to keep its place on the green
and lose in distance more than one clear hole on those in front,
it may be passed on request being made.
9. Turf cut or displaced by a stroke should be at once replaced.
10. A player should carefully fill up any holes made by himself in a bunker.
11. It is the duty of an umpire or referee to take cognizance of any breach of rule that he may observe,
whether he be appealed to on this point or not.
End of the Complete Golfer by Harry Varden.
